From 05f1c48fd5ec674124630af0f2a7c5732412ea1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: zhangyue Date: Tue, 27 Feb 2024 17:24:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 1/6] OBS TOOL DOC Reviewed-by: Sabelnikov, Dmitriy Co-authored-by: zhangyue Co-committed-by: zhangyue --- docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json | 539 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json | 12 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html | 6 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html | 20 ++ docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html | 6 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html | 7 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html | 2 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html | 8 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1038.html | 20 -- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html | 2 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html | 2 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html | 2 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html | 2 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html | 2 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html | 4 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html | 2 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html | 2 +- docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1082.html | 11 + 18 files changed, 596 insertions(+), 53 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1038.html create mode 100644 docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1082.html diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json index 14089302..41dafbe5 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -1,581 +1,1106 @@ [ + { + "dockw":"Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)" + }, { "uri":"obs_03_1000.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1000.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"1", "des":"OBS Browser+ is a GUI-based desktop application that is intuitive and easy to use. It allows you to comprehensively manage OBS buckets and objects from your local end. Fo", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Introduction,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Introduction", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1001.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1001.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"2", "des":"Table 1 lists the functions supported by OBS Browser+.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"OBS Browser+ Function Overview,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"OBS Browser+ Function Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1003.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1003.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"3", "des":"To download OBS Browser+, you can click the OBS Browser+ package link on the homepage of OBS Console.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Downloading OBS Browser+,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Downloading OBS Browser+", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1005.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1005.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"4", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Installing OBS Browser+,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Installing OBS Browser+", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1004.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1004.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"5", - "des":"OBS Browser+ supports AK-based login.If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login.In AK-based", + "des":"OBS Browser+ supports login using a permanent AK.If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Logging In to OBS Browser+,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Logging In to OBS Browser+", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1040.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1040.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"6", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Basic Bucket Operations", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Basic Bucket Operations", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1041.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1041.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"7", "des":"Buckets are containers that store objects in OBS. To store data in OBS, you must first create a bucket.You can click next to the bucket name to learn about the bucket na", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Creating a Bucket,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Bucket", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1042.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1042.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"8", "des":"Search for a bucket on OBS Browser+ by using a string contained in the bucket name.Matching buckets are displayed in the list. If you want to search for other buckets, cl", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Searching for a Bucket,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Searching for a Bucket", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1043.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1043.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"9", "des":"View the basic information about a bucket, such as the bucket type, account ID, region, and storage usage.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Viewing a Bucket's Basic Information,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Viewing a Bucket's Basic Information", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1044.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1044.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"10", "des":"Data is uploaded to OBS using multipart upload. In the event of some situations, data uploads usually fail and generate fragments. You need to clear these fragments to fr", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Managing Fragments,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Managing Fragments", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1045.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1045.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"11", "des":"Delete the bucket created by yourself.The bucket you want to delete is empty.You are the bucket owner.All objects in the bucket have been deleted and all multipart upload", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Deleting a Bucket,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Bucket", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1046.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1046.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"12", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Advanced Bucket Settings", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Advanced Bucket Settings", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1047.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1047.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"13", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Bucket ACLs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Bucket ACLs", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1048.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1048.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"14", "des":"An ACL defines grantees and their granted permissions.Bucket and object ACLs are associated with accounts. By default, an ACL is created when a bucket or object is create", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Overview,Bucket ACLs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1049.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1049.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"15", "des":"Configure ACL permissions for owners, anonymous users, or specific users.If no ACL permissions are configured for a new bucket, OBS Browser+ automatically disables the ac", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Configuring a Bucket ACL,Bucket ACLs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Configuring a Bucket ACL", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1050.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1050.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"16", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Lifecycle Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Lifecycle Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1051.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1051.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"17", "des":"Lifecycle management for OBS includes periodically deleting objects from buckets and transitioning between object storage classes based on pre-defined rules.You may confi", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Overview,Lifecycle Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1052.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1052.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"18", "des":"Configure a lifecycle rule for a bucket to manage objects in the bucket.Status: Select Enable to enable this lifecycle rule after the configuration.Rule Name: Enter a rul", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Configuring a Lifecycle Rule,Lifecycle Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Configuring a Lifecycle Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1053.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1053.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"19", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Bucket Policies", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Bucket Policies", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1054.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1054.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"20", "des":"A bucket owner can configure a bucket policy to manage access to the bucket.Bucket policies centrally control access to buckets and objects based on a variety of request ", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Overview,Bucket Policies,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1055.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1055.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"21", "des":"Bucket policies define the access control over resources (buckets and objects) in OBS.Grant permissions to an account. In the following example, the account (whose accoun", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Configuring a Bucket Policy,Bucket Policies,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Configuring a Bucket Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1056.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1056.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"22", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"External Bucket Adding", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"External Bucket Adding", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1057.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1057.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"23", "des":"If you have ACL permissions on buckets of other users, you can add them through OBS Browser+ as external buckets. By doing so, you can access these external buckets local", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Overview,External Bucket Adding,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1058.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1058.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"24", "des":"Add buckets of other users through OBS Browser+.You have been granted the ACL permissions to access buckets of other users.For example, account A needs to add bucket buck", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Adding an External Bucket,External Bucket Adding,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding an External Bucket", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1059.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1059.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"25", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Object Operations", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Object Operations", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1060.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1060.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"26", "des":"Create a folder on OBS Browser+.Unlike a file system, OBS does not involve the concepts of file and folder. For easy data management, OBS allows you to simulate a folder ", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Creating a Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Folder", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1061.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1061.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"27", "des":"Upload local files or folders to OBS. If you do not specify a storage class during file or folder upload, any file or folder you upload will inherit the storage class of ", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Uploading a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Uploading a File or Folder", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1062.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1062.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"28", "des":"Search for a file or folder by name prefix on OBS Browser+.Matching files or folders are displayed in the list. If you want to search for other files or folders, click i", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Searching for a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Searching for a File or Folder", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1063.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1063.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"29", "des":"Download a file or folder from OBS to your local computer.You can hold down Ctrl or Shift to select multiple files or folders and batch download them. You can also press ", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Downloading a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Downloading a File or Folder", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1064.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1064.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"30", - "des":"Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.The source path and target path must be different.", + "des":"Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.The restore status of Archive objects cannot be co", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Copying a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Copying a File or Folder", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1065.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1065.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"31", "des":"Move a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be moved.The source path and target path must be different.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Moving a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Moving a File or Folder", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1066.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1066.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"32", "des":"Delete an existing file or folder as needed.Deleting a folder will also delete all files in it. Ensure that all files in a folder can be deleted before deleting the folde", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Deleting a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a File or Folder", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1067.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1067.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"33", "des":"With the URL generated during object sharing, anonymous users can access the shared object.Anonymous users have been granted the permissions through OBS Console to read t", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Sharing a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Sharing a File or Folder", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1068.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1068.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"34", "des":"Restore Cold objects before downloading them.Cold storage is secure, durable, and inexpensive for storing data that is rarely accessed (averagely once a year). It is suit", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Restoring a File,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Restoring a File", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1069.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1069.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"35", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Task Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Task Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1070.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1070.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"36", "des":"There are running tasks in the list.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Managing Running and Queued Tasks,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Managing Running and Queued Tasks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1071.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1071.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"37", "des":"There are suspended tasks in the list.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Managing Suspended Tasks,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Managing Suspended Tasks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1072.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1072.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"38", "des":"There are completed tasks in the list.You are advised to periodically delete the completed tasks from the list. For details, see Why Does the Task Processing Speed Slow A", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Managing Completed Tasks,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Managing Completed Tasks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1073.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1073.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"39", "des":"There are tasks being restored in the list.If a Cold object is being restored, you cannot suspend or delete the restore task.Objects in the Restoring state cannot be rest", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Managing Tasks Being Restored,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Managing Tasks Being Restored", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1074.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1074.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"40", "des":"There are failed tasks in the list.A failed task will be automatically retried three times.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Managing Failed Tasks,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Managing Failed Tasks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1006.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1006.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"41", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Best Practices", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Best Practices", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1075.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1075.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"42", "des":"OBS Browser+ supports upload by drag and drop. You can drag one or more files or folders from a local path and drop them to the object list or file list. You can even dra", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Drag-and-Drop Upload,Best Practices,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Drag-and-Drop Upload", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1077.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1077.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"43", "des":"If there are lots of tasks running on OBS Browser+, but you want to perform other operations outside OBS Browser+, you can close OBS Browser+ while tasks are still runnin", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Background Running,Best Practices,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Background Running", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1079.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1079.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"44", "des":"By default, OBS Browser+ uploads or downloads files or objects larger than 50 MB using multipart upload and download. To configure relevant parameters, choose Settings > ", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Optimizing the Upload and Download Performance,Best Practices,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Optimizing the Upload and Download Performance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1024.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1024.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"45", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"FAQs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"FAQs", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1007.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1007.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"46", - "des":"When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:Keep AKs and SKs properly to", + "des":"When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:This step is required only w", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Where Can I Obtain Access Keys (AK and SK)?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Where Can I Obtain Access Keys (AK and SK)?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1008.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1008.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"47", "des":"No. You can install only one OBS Browser+ tool in a system, because OBS Browser+ available at different site provides different functions.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Can I Install Two OBS Browser+ Tools from Different Sites in One System?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browse", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Can I Install Two OBS Browser+ Tools from Different Sites in One System?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1009.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1009.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"48", "des":"OBS Browser+ is an upgraded edition of OBS Browser, with the brand new GUI offering optimized user experiences. In addition, OBS Browser+ provides more login options, bet", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"What Are the Differences Between OBS Browser+ and OBS Browser?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"What Are the Differences Between OBS Browser+ and OBS Browser?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1010.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1010.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"49", "des":"OBS Browser+ can migrate only the account information kept by OBS Browser, but not the task information. You can migrate such information only once, therefore, you are ad", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Does OBS Browser+ Support the Migration of Account and Task Information From OBS Browser?,FAQs,Tool ", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Does OBS Browser+ Support the Migration of Account and Task Information From OBS Browser?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1011.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1011.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"50", "des":"If the number of tasks in OBS Browser+ reaches a million or above, the system will spend more time in searching among massive amounts of tasks, which adds load to your de", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Why Does the Task Processing Speed Slow After the Number of Tasks Exceeds a Million?,FAQs,Tool Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Why Does the Task Processing Speed Slow After the Number of Tasks Exceeds a Million?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1012.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1012.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"51", "des":"The statistics displayed on OBS Browser+ are not real-time statistics, which is for reference only.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Why Are the Displayed Number of Objects and Used Storage Capacity Different from the Actual Number o", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Why Are the Displayed Number of Objects and Used Storage Capacity Different from the Actual Number of Objects and Storage Capacity?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1034.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1034.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"52", "des":"Accessing OBS using OBS Browser+ is usually affected by your network quality. If there are network fluctuations, your access may time out or your upload/download will fai", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"How Can I Locate Common Network Errors?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"How Can I Locate Common Network Errors?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1035.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1035.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"53", "des":"You can use OBS Browser+ to share files or folders with other users through URLs. These URLs are valid for only a certain period. Once they expire, files or folders will ", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"How Can I Permanently Share Files or Folders with Other Users?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"How Can I Permanently Share Files or Folders with Other Users?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1036.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1036.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"54", "des":"In some scenarios, when you try to log in to OBS Browser+ using access keys (AK and SK) that have only the permission to access a specific bucket or a specific directory ", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"How Can I Access a Specific Bucket or Directory?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"How Can I Access a Specific Bucket or Directory?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1037.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1037.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"55", "des":"No. URLs for sharing objects or directories through OBS Browser+ have a validity period. During the validity period, the sharing cannot be canceled. Therefore, exercise c", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Can I Cancel the Directory Sharing After a Directory Has Been Shared with Others?,FAQs,Tool Guide (O", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Can I Cancel the Directory Sharing After a Directory Has Been Shared with Others?", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"obs_03_1038.html", + "uri":"obs_03_1082.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1082.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"56", - "des":"Take Linux OS as an example. Run the ./obsutil ls obs://bucket-test/test/ -du -limit=0 command to query the size of the test folder in bucket bucket-test../obsutil ls obs", + "des":"No. You can use OBS SDKs to list such objects.", "doc_type":"browsertg", - "kw":"Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", - "title":"Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?", + "kw":"Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1025.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1025.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"57", "des":"On the Windows Start menu, choose Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features. Locate and right-click obs-browser-plusxxx, choose Uninstall, and uninstall the softwa", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Uninstalling OBS Browser+,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Uninstalling OBS Browser+", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"obs_03_1026.html", + "node_id":"obs_03_1026.xml", "product_code":"obs", "code":"58", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"browsertg", "kw":"Change History,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"browsertg", + "prodname":"obs", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Change History", "githuburl":"" } diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json index 09295b76..dec61999 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "code":"4" }, { - "desc":"OBS Browser+ supports AK-based login.If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login.In AK-based", + "desc":"OBS Browser+ supports login using a permanent AK.If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login", "product_code":"obs", "title":"Logging In to OBS Browser+", "uri":"obs_03_1004.html", @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ "code":"29" }, { - "desc":"Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.The source path and target path must be different.", + "desc":"Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.The restore status of Archive objects cannot be co", "product_code":"obs", "title":"Copying a File or Folder", "uri":"obs_03_1064.html", @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ "code":"45" }, { - "desc":"When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:Keep AKs and SKs properly to", + "desc":"When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:This step is required only w", "product_code":"obs", "title":"Where Can I Obtain Access Keys (AK and SK)?", "uri":"obs_03_1007.html", @@ -495,10 +495,10 @@ "code":"55" }, { - "desc":"Take Linux OS as an example. Run the ./obsutil ls obs://bucket-test/test/ -du -limit=0 command to query the size of the test folder in bucket bucket-test../obsutil ls obs", + "desc":"No. You can use OBS SDKs to list such objects.", "product_code":"obs", - "title":"Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?", - "uri":"obs_03_1038.html", + "title":"Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?", + "uri":"obs_03_1082.html", "doc_type":"browsertg", "p_code":"45", "code":"56" diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html index 50919e25..3647b91c 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@

Introduction

OBS Browser+ is a GUI-based desktop application that is intuitive and easy to use. It allows you to comprehensively manage OBS buckets and objects from your local end. For example, you can create buckets, and upload and download objects on OBS Browser+.

-

OBS Browser+ is applicable to Mac OSs, Windows 7, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2016. Table 1 lists the specifications required by each OS.

+

OBS Browser+ is applicable to Windows 10, Mac OSs, and Windows Server 2016. Table 1 lists the specifications required by each OS.

@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ - - - + + + @@ -931,7 +932,7 @@ + + + + +
Table 1 PC specifications required by OBS Browser+

Item

OS

  • Windows 7 Pro SP1 64-bit
  • Windows 10 Pro 64-bit
  • Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise 64-bit
  • Windows Server 2016 standard 64-bit
  • Mac OS X10.13.3
+
  • Windows 10 Pro 64-bit
  • Windows Server 2016 standard 64-bit
  • Mac OS X10.13.3

Linux OSs are not supported. Windows 7 or later Windows OS releases are recommended.

+

Linux OSs are not supported. Windows 10 or later Windows OS releases are recommended.

CPU

diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html index dc184a5a..50eec580 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html @@ -2,5 +2,25 @@

Downloading OBS Browser+

To download OBS Browser+, you can click the OBS Browser+ package link on the homepage of OBS Console.

+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Table 1 List of download links

Supported OS

+

Download Link

+

Windows x32

+

OBSBrowserPlus-win32

+

Windows x64

+

OBSBrowserPlus-win64

+
+
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html index 846f9704..d06cad12 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@

Logging In to OBS Browser+

-

OBS Browser+ supports AK-based login.

-

If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login.

+

OBS Browser+ supports login using a permanent AK.

+
  1. If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login.
  2. OBS Browser+ does not support login using a temporary AK/SK pair and a security token.
-

AK Login

In AK-based login mode, access keys (AK and SK) are used for login authentication. You need to enter the AK and SK for login.

+

Permanent AK Login

In AK-based login mode, access keys (AK and SK) are used for login authentication. You need to enter the AK and SK for login.

diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html index 92efed98..275680cf 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@

Where Can I Obtain Access Keys (AK and SK)?

-

-

When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:

-
  1. Log in to the console.
  2. Click the login username in the upper right corner and choose My Credentials from the drop-down list.
  3. Choose Access Keys.
  4. Click Create Access Key.
  5. Enter the login password.
  6. Enter the verification code your mobile phone, or email received, and click OK.
  7. View the access key file that was automatically downloaded.

    Keep AKs and SKs properly to prevent information leakage.

    +

    When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:

    +
    1. Log in to the console.
    2. Click on the login username in the upper right corner and choose My Credentials from the drop-down list.
    3. Choose Access Keys.
    4. Click Create Access Key.
    5. Enter an access key description (optional) and click OK.
    6. Enter the verification code your mobile phone, virtual MFA device, or email received, and click OK.

      This step is required only when you have enabled operation protection.

      +
      +

    7. Click Download to obtain the access key file.

      Keep AKs and SKs properly to prevent information leakage.

    diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html index 212dc5a0..eca830c6 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
  8. Can I Cancel the Directory Sharing After a Directory Has Been Shared with Others?
    9. -
  9. Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?
    +
  10. Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html index b518a47e..cbfb9ad5 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html @@ -8,7 +8,13 @@

2023-07-17

+

2024-02-26

+

This is the fourth official release.

+ +

2023-07-17

This is the third official release.

  • Added the requester pays descriptions about external bucket adding.
  • Added Best Practices.
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1038.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1038.html deleted file mode 100644 index 39ff0bd9..00000000 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1038.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - - -

Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?

-
Take Linux OS as an example. Run the ./obsutil ls obs://bucket-test/test/ -du -limit=0 command to query the size of the test folder in bucket bucket-test.
./obsutil ls obs://bucket-test/test/ -du -limit=0
-
-Start at 2023-03-16 06:40:18.2773873 +0000 UTC
-
-Listing objects .
-
-Remove the -du parameter to view more information
-[DU] Total prefix [test/] size: 990.85MB
-
-
-
-
-
-
Parent topic: FAQs
-
-
- diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html index 9e795f14..15294075 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

You can click next to the bucket name to learn about the bucket naming rules. A user can create a maximum of 100 buckets in OBS.

  • When a URL is used to access a bucket, the bucket name will become part of the URL. According to the DNS rule, URLs do not support uppercase letters and cannot recognize buckets whose name contains uppercase letters. Therefore, a bucket name can contain only lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and periods (.) For example, if you attempt to access bucket MyBucket using a URL, the URL will parse MyBucket as mybucket. This results in an access error.
  • DNS naming rules can standardize bucket names globally, facilitating the resolution during bucket access. With the DNS naming rules used, you can benefit from new functions and optimized features, and configure static website hosting for buckets.
  • Once a bucket is created, its name cannot be changed. Make sure that the bucket name you set is appropriate.
-

  • Click OK. If the bucket is successfully created, it is displayed in the bucket list. If the creation fails, an error message will be displayed.
    • +

  • Click OK. If the bucket is successfully created, it is displayed in the bucket list. If the creation fails, an error message will be displayed.
    • diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html index 8f4a7f35..eeb2ba21 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@

    Copying a File or Folder

    Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.

    -

    Procedure

    1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
    2. Go to the target bucket. Right-click the file or folder and choose Copy from the shortcut menu.
    3. Right-click the path for saving the file or folder and choose Paste from the shortcut menu.

      • Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.
      • The source path and target path must be different.
      +

      Procedure

      1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
      2. Go to the target bucket. Right-click the file or folder and choose Copy from the shortcut menu.
      3. Right-click the path for saving the file or folder and choose Paste from the shortcut menu.

        • Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.
        • The restore status of Archive objects cannot be copied.
        • The source path and target path must be different.

      diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html index c8eec79e..c583ef13 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@

    4. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.

    Important Notes

    In big data scenarios, parallel file systems usually have deep directory levels and each directory has a large number of files. In such case, deleting directories from parallel file systems may fail due to timeout. To address this problem, you are advised to delete directories in either of the following ways:

    -
    1. On the Hadoop client that has OBSA, an OBS client plugin, embedded, run the hadoop fs - rmr obs://{Name of a parallel file system}/{Directory name} command.
    2. Configure a lifecycle rule for directories so that they can be deleted in background based on the preset lifecycle rule.
    +
    1. On the Hadoop client that has OBSA, an OBS client plugin, embedded, run the hadoop fs - rmr obs://{Name of a parallel file system}/{Directory name} command.
    2. Configure a lifecycle rule for directories so that they can be deleted in background based on the preset lifecycle rule.
    diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html index 41bccce7..157214ba 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@

    -

  • (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Pause (). Paused tasks will be displayed on the Suspended tab.
  • (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
    • +

  • (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Pause (). Paused tasks will be displayed on the Suspended tab.
  • (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
    • diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html index 1673c49a..8efc1bdd 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@

    -

  • (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Run (). Executed tasks will be displayed on the Queuing or Pending tab.
  • (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
    • +

  • (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Run (). Executed tasks will be displayed on the Queuing or Pending tab.
  • (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().

    • diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html index ee2133b7..5949579a 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@

    Managing Completed Tasks

    Prerequisites

    There are completed tasks in the list.

    -

    Procedure

    1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
    2. In the navigation pane, choose Task Management.
    3. Choose the Completed tab, as shown in Figure 1.

      Figure 1 Completed task list
      +

      Procedure

      1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
      2. In the navigation pane, choose Task Management.
      3. Choose the Completed tab, as shown in Figure 1.

        Figure 1 Completed task list

        -

      4. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
      +

    4. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().

    You are advised to periodically delete the completed tasks from the list. For details, see Why Does the Task Processing Speed Slow After the Number of Tasks Exceeds a Million?

    diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html index dd9e8c76..15a9d66c 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@

    Managing Tasks Being Restored

    Prerequisites

    There are tasks being restored in the list.

    -

    Procedure

    1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
    2. In the navigation pane, choose Task Management.
    3. Choose the Restoring tab, as shown in Figure 1.

      Figure 1 List of tasks being restored
      +

      Procedure

      1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
      2. In the navigation pane, choose Task Management.
      3. Choose the Restoring tab, as shown in Figure 1.

        Figure 1 List of tasks being restored

        diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html index a36962e0..0359c48c 100644 --- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

        Background Running

        -

        If there are lots of tasks running on OBS Browser+, but you want to perform other operations outside OBS Browser+, you can close OBS Browser+ while tasks are still running in the background. Specifically, click the close icon in the upper right corner of OBS Browser+ and select Background Running in the Exit OBS Browser+ dialog box. Then, all your tasks will run in the background. You can also double-click the OBS Browser+ icon in the task bar to display its interface again.

        +

        If there are lots of tasks running on OBS Browser+, but you want to perform other operations outside OBS Browser+, you can close OBS Browser+ while tasks are still running in the background. Specifically, click the close icon in the upper right corner of OBS Browser+ and select Background Running in the Exit OBS Browser+ dialog box. Then, all your tasks will run in the background. You can also double-click the OBS Browser+ icon in the task bar to display its interface again.

        diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1082.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1082.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acd0b677 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1082.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + +

        Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?

        +

        No. You can use OBS SDKs to list such objects.

        +
        +
        +
        +
        Parent topic: FAQs
        +
        +
        + From b865c4b87665074e3a4254d1424d17d13a818774 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: zhoumeng Date: Wed, 28 Feb 2024 14:52:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 2/6] ELBB_API_0208 MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Reviewed-by: Hajba, László Antal Co-authored-by: zhoumeng Co-committed-by: zhoumeng --- docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json | 2293 +++++++++++++++-- docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html | 2 +- docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json | 410 ++- docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html | 5 +- docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html | 5 +- docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html | 1 + docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html | 89 +- docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html | 5 - docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html | 88 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html | 6 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html | 2 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html | 2 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html | 94 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html | 4 - docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html | 100 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html | 6 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html | 2 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html | 2 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html | 67 +- docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html | 2 - docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html | 46 +- docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html | 5 +- docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html | 3 +- docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html | 4 +- docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html | 87 +- docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html | 2 - docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html | 2 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html | 30 +- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html | 124 +- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_history-api_0000.html | 15 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_0000.html | 33 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0000.html | 17 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0001.html | 184 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0002.html | 203 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_cj_0000.html | 172 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0000.html | 25 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0001.html | 283 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0002.html | 142 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0003.html | 144 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0004.html | 186 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0005.html | 232 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0000.html | 19 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0001.html | 164 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0002.html | 179 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0003.html | 272 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0000.html | 21 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0001.html | 308 --- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0002.html | 113 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0003.html | 284 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0004.html | 213 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_job_0000.html | 305 --- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0000.html | 23 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0001.html | 485 ---- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0002.html | 113 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0003.html | 428 --- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0004.html | 345 --- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0005.html | 350 --- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0000.html | 15 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0001.html | 208 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0000.html | 21 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0001.html | 237 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0002.html | 113 - docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0003.html | 210 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0004.html | 211 -- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0000.html | 16 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0001.html | 20 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0000.html | 35 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0001.html | 78 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0002.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0003.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0004.html | 87 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0005.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0006.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0007.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0008.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0009.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0010.html | 132 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0011.html | 11 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html | 41 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html | 78 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html | 78 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html | 69 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html | 42 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html | 78 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html | 87 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html | 33 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html | 42 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html | 12 + docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html | 89 +- docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html | 34 - .../api-ref/en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html | 11 - docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0096561504.html | 254 -- 97 files changed, 4384 insertions(+), 7532 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_history-api_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0001.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0002.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_cj_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0001.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0002.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0003.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0004.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0005.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0001.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0002.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0003.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0001.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0002.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0003.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0004.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_job_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0001.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0002.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0003.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0004.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0005.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0001.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0000.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0001.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0002.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0003.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0004.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0000.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0001.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0000.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0001.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0002.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0003.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0004.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0005.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0006.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0007.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0008.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0009.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0010.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0011.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html create mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html delete mode 100644 docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0096561504.html diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json index 1bfb988a..b8ffd165 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -1,2051 +1,3818 @@ [ + { + "dockw":"API Reference" + }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0022480177.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0022480177.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"1", "des":"Public cloud APIs comply with the RESTful API design principles. REST-based web services are organized into resources. Each resource is identified by one or more Uniform ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"API Usage Guidelines,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"API Usage Guidelines", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"2", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"APIs (V2.0)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"APIs (V2.0)", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001088335195.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001088335195.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"3", "des":"By default, load balancers created in the eu-de region are shared load balancers. APIs for shared load balancers are only available in this region. Shared load balancers ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"API Call Precaution,APIs (V2.0),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"API Call Precaution", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_fz_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"4", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Load Balancer", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0096561535.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0096561535.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"5", "des":"This API is used to create a private network load balancer. After the load balancer is created, its details, such as load balancer ID, IP address, and subnet ID, are retu", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_fz_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"6", "des":"This API is used to query load balancers and display them in a list. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.P", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Load Balancers,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Load Balancers", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_fz_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"7", "des":"This API is used to query details about a load balancer using its ID. You can also query the EIP bound to the load balancer based on the value of vip_port_id.GET /v2.0/lb", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_fz_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"8", "des":"This API is used to query the status tree of a load balancer. You can use this API to query details about the associated listeners, backend server groups, backend servers", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying the Status Tree of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying the Status Tree of a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_fz_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"9", "des":"This API is used to update the name or description of a load balancer.PUT /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Example request: Modifying the load balancer name and", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_fz_0006.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0006.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"10", "des":"This API is used to delete a specific load balancer.All listeners added to the load balancer must be deleted before the load balancer is deleted.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/loadba", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jt_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"11", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Listener", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jt_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"12", "des":"This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.When protocol is set to TCP and protocol_port to 0, the listener works in IP mode (DR mode).POST /v2.0/lbaas/listene", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Listener,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jt_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"13", "des":"This API is used to query the listeners and display them in a list. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Yo", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Listeners,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Listeners", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jt_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"14", "des":"This API is used to query details about a listener using its ID.GET /v2.0/lbaas/listeners/{listener_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a listenerGET https://{End", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Listener,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jt_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"15", "des":"This API is used to update a listener, such as listener name, description, associated backend server groups, and server certificates.If the provisioning status of the ass", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Listener,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jt_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"16", "des":"This API is used to delete a listener by ID.All backend server groups associated with the listener must be deleted before the listener is deleted.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/liste", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Listener,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hz_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"17", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Backend Server Group", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hz_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"18", "des":"This API is used to add a backend server group. After multiple backend servers are added to a backend server group, requests are distributed among backend servers based o", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hz_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"19", "des":"This API is used to query the backend server groups and display them in a list. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match i", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Backend Server Groups,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Backend Server Groups", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hz_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"20", "des":"This API is used to query details about a backend server group using its ID.GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a backend server group", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hz_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"21", "des":"This API is used to update a backend server group.If the provisioning status of the load balancer associated with a backend server group is not ACTIVE, the backend server", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hz_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"22", "des":"This API is used to delete a backend server group.Before deleting a backend server group, remove all backend servers, delete the health check, and disassociate forwarding", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hd_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"23", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Backend Server", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hd_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"24", "des":"This API is used to add a backend server to a specific backend server group. After a backend server group is added to a listener, traffic is distributed to backend server", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hd_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"25", "des":"This API is used to query backend servers in a specific backend server group. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Backend Servers,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Backend Servers", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hd_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"26", "des":"This API is used to query details about a backend server.GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a backend serverGET h", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hd_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"27", "des":"This API is used to update a backend server. You can modify its name and weight. You can set a larger weight for backend servers that can receive more traffic.If the prov", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hd_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"28", "des":"This API is used to remove a backend server by its ID.After you remove a backend server, new connections to this server will not be established. However, long connections", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Removing a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Removing a Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hd_0006.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0006.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"29", "des":"This API is used to query all backend servers. Filter query and pagination query are supported.Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query. P", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying All Backend Servers (Extension API),Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying All Backend Servers (Extension API)", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_hd_0007.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0007.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"30", "des":"This API is used to update backend servers in batches.A maximum of 200 backend servers can be modified at a time.Two backend servers in a backend server group cannot have", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Batch Updating Backend Servers,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Batch Updating Backend Servers", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jk_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"31", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Health Check", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jk_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"32", "des":"This API is used to configure a health check for a backend server group to check the status of backend servers. If the health check result is OFFLINE, backend servers are", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Configuring a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Configuring a Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jk_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"33", "des":"This API is used to query the health checks. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.GET /v2.0/lbaas/healthmon", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Health Checks,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Health Checks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jk_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"34", "des":"This API is used to query details about a health check using its iD.GET /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a health che", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jk_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"35", "des":"This API is used to update a health check.If provisioning_status of the load balancer for which the health check is configured is not ACTIVE, the health check cannot be u", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_jk_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"36", "des":"This API is used to delete a health check.If provisioning_status of the load balancer for which the health check is configured is not ACTIVE, the health check cannot be d", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zf_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"37", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Forwarding Policy", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zf_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"38", "des":"This API is used to add a forwarding policy. The listener and forwarding policy determine how traffic is forwarded to backend servers.By matching the URL or domain name s", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zf_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"39", "des":"This API is used to query the forwarding policies. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Parameters marker, ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Forwarding Policies,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Forwarding Policies", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zf_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"40", "des":"This API is used to query details about a forwarding policy.GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a forwarding policyGET https:", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zf_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"41", "des":"This API is used to update a forwarding policy. You can select another backend server group or redirect to another HTTPS listener.PUT /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zf_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"42", "des":"This API is used to delete a specific forwarding policy.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}NoneNoneExample request: Deleting a forwarding policyDELETE https://{En", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zg_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"43", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Forwarding Rule", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zg_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"44", "des":"This API is used to add a forwarding rule. After you add a forwarding rule, the load balancer matches the domain name and path in the request and distributes the traffic ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zg_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"45", "des":"This API is used to query forwarding rules. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Parameters marker, limit, ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Forwarding Rules,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Forwarding Rules", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zg_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"46", "des":"This API is used to query details about a forwarding rule using its ID.GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zg_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"47", "des":"This API is used to update a forwarding rule. You can change the mode that how traffic is distributed by updating the forwarding rule.PUT /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zg_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"48", "des":"This API is used to delete a specific forwarding rule.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}NoneNoneExample request: Deleting a forwarding ruleDELE", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bm_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"49", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Whitelist", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Whitelist", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bm_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"50", "des":"This API is used to add a whitelist to control access to a specific listener. After a whitelist is added, only IP addresses in the whitelist can access the listener.POST ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Whitelist,Whitelist,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Whitelist", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bm_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"51", "des":"This API is used to query the whitelists. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Parameters marker, limit, an", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Whitelists,Whitelist,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Whitelists", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bm_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"52", "des":"This API is used to query details about a whitelist using its ID.GET /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a whitelistGET https://", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Whitelist,Whitelist,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Whitelist", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bm_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"53", "des":"This API is used to update a whitelist. You can enable or disable the whitelist function or change IP addresses in the whitelist. If you change IP addresses in the whitel", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Whitelist,Whitelist,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Whitelist", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bm_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"54", "des":"This API is used to delete a specific whitelist.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}NoneNoneExample request: Deleting a whitelistDELETE https://{Endpoint}/v2.0/lb", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Whitelist,Whitelist,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Whitelist", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zs_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"55", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Certificate", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zs_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"56", "des":"This API is used to create a certificate. After a certificate is bound to a listener, the load balancer authenticates the client using this certificate, and backend serve", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zs_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"57", "des":"This API is used to query all the certificates. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Parameters marker, lim", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Certificates,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Certificates", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zs_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"58", "des":"This API is used to query details about a certificate.GET /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a certificateGET https://{Endp", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zs_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"59", "des":"This API is used to update a certificate.PUT /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}Example request: Updating a certificatePUT https://{Endpoint}/v2.0/lbaas/certificate", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_zs_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"60", "des":"This API is used to delete a specific certificate.If the target certificate is used by a listener, the certificate cannot be deleted, and 409 code will be displayed.DELET", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"61", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Tag", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Tag", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"62", "des":"This API is used to add a tag to a specific load balancer for easier management.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.A maximum of 20 tags can be added t", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Tag to a Load Balancer,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Tag to a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"63", "des":"This API is used to batch add tags to a load balancer.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.A maximum of 20 tags can be added to a listener.This API is i", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Batch Adding Load Balancer Tags,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Batch Adding Load Balancer Tags", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"64", "des":"This API is used to query all the tags of one load balancer.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.GET /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying All Tags of a Load Balancer,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying All Tags of a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"65", "des":"This API is used to query the tags of all the load balancers.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.GET /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/tagsExample reque", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying the Tags of All Load Balancers,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying the Tags of All Load Balancers", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"66", "des":"This API is used to query load balancers using tags.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NonePOST /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/resource_instances/ac", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Load Balancers by Tag,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Load Balancers by Tag", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0006.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0006.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"67", "des":"This API is used to delete a tag with a specific key from a load balancer.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NoneDELETE /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalance", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Tag from a Load Balancer,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Tag from a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0007.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0007.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"68", "des":"This API is used to add a tag to a specific listener.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.A maximum of 20 tags can be added to a load balancer.Note the ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Tag to a Listener,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Tag to a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0008.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0008.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"69", "des":"This API is used to batch add tags to a listener.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.A maximum of 20 tags can be added to a listener.This API is idempo", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Batch Adding Tags to a Listener,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Batch Adding Tags to a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0009.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0009.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"70", "des":"This API is used to query all tags of one listener.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NoneGET /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tagsExample r", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying All Tags of a Listener,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying All Tags of a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0010.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0010.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"71", "des":"This API is used to query the tags of all listeners.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NoneGET /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/tagsExample requestGET htt", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying the Tags of All Listeners,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying the Tags of All Listeners", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0011.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0011.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"72", "des":"This API is used to query listeners by tag.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NonePOST /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/resource_instances/actionExample r", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Listeners by Tag,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Listeners by Tag", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0012.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0012.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"73", "des":"This API is used to delete a tag with a specific key from a listener.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NoneDELETE /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{liste", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Tag from a Listener,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Tag from a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_zq_bq_0013.html", + "node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0013.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"74", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Status Codes,Tag,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Status Codes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_dx_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_dx_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"75", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"APIs (V3)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"APIs (V3)", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001088310753.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001088310753.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"76", "des":"In the eu-nl region, you can only create dedicated load balancers, either on the console or by calling APIs. In the eu-de region, dedicated load balancer APIs are also av", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"API Call Precaution,APIs (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"API Call Precaution", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_versions.html", + "node_id":"module_versions.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"77", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"API Version", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"API Version", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListApiVersions.html", + "node_id":"listapiversions.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"78", "des":"This API is used to query all available ELB API versions.GET /versionsNoneStatus code: 200Querying API versionsStatus code: 200Successful request.{\n \"versions\" : [ {\n ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying API Versions,API Version,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying API Versions", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_quotas.html", + "node_id":"module_quotas.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"79", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Quota", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Quota", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowQuota.html", + "node_id":"showquota.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"80", "des":"This API is used to query the quotas of load balancers and related resources in a specific project.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/quotasStatus code: 200Specifies the resource q", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Quotas,Quota,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Quotas", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListQuotaDetails.html", + "node_id":"listquotadetails.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"81", "des":"This API is used to query the current quotas and used quotas of resources related to a dedicated load balancer in a specific project.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/quotas/detai", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Quota Usage,Quota,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Quota Usage", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_azs.html", + "node_id":"module_azs.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"82", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"AZ", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"AZ", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListAvailabilityZones.html", + "node_id":"listavailabilityzones.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"83", "des":"This API is used to query all available AZs when you create a dedicated load balancer.One set of AZs is returned by default. When you create a dedicated load balancer, yo", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying AZs,AZ,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying AZs", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_flavors.html", + "node_id":"module_flavors.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"84", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Load Balancer Flavor", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Load Balancer Flavor", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListFlavors.html", + "node_id":"listflavors.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"85", "des":"This API is used to query all load balancer flavors that are available to a specific user in a specific region.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, l", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Flavors,Load Balancer Flavor,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Flavors", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowFlavor.html", + "node_id":"showflavor.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"86", "des":"This API is used to view details of a flavor.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/flavors/{flavor_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Flavor,Load Balancer Flavor,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Flavor", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_loadbalancers.html", + "node_id":"module_loadbalancers.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"87", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Load Balancer", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateLoadBalancer.html", + "node_id":"createloadbalancer.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"88", "des":"This API is used to create a dedicated load balancer. When you create a dedicated load balancer, note the following:Specify vip_subnet_cidr_id if you want to bind a priva", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListLoadBalancers.html", + "node_id":"listloadbalancers.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"89", "des":"This API is used to query all load balancers.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters ma", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Load Balancers,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Load Balancers", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowLoadBalancer.html", + "node_id":"showloadbalancer.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"90", "des":"This API is used to view details of a load balancer.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Status code: 200Viewing details of a load balancerStatus code:", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateLoadBalancer.html", + "node_id":"updateloadbalancer.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"91", "des":"This API is used to update a load balancer.PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Status code: 200Updating a load balancerStatus code: 200Successful requ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteLoadBalancer.html", + "node_id":"deleteloadbalancer.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"92", "des":"This API is used to delete a load balancer.All listeners added to the load balancer must be deleted before the load balancer is deleted.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadba", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowLoadBalancerStatus.html", + "node_id":"showloadbalancerstatus.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"93", "des":"This API is used to query the status tree of a load balancer and to show information about all resources associated with the load balancer.When admin_state_up is set to f", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying the Status Tree of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying the Status Tree of a Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_certificates.html", + "node_id":"module_certificates.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"94", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Certificate", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateCertificate.html", + "node_id":"createcertificate.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"95", "des":"This API is used to create an SSL certificate for HTTPS listeners.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificatesStatus code: 201Creating a server certificateStatus code: 201Norma", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListCertificates.html", + "node_id":"listcertificates.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"96", "des":"This API is used to query all SSL certificates.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Certificates,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Certificates", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowCertificate.html", + "node_id":"showcertificate.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"97", "des":"This API is used to view details of an SSL certificate.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates/{certificate_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateCertificate.html", + "node_id":"updatecertificate.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"98", "des":"This API is used to update an SSL certificate.If a certificate wth a domain name is used by a listener, the domain name cannot be updated to an empty string (\"\"), and the", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteCertificate.html", + "node_id":"deletecertificate.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"99", "des":"This API is used to delete an SSL certificate.If the certificate is used by a listener, the certificate cannot be deleted, and the 409 Conflict error code will be display", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_security_policies.html", + "node_id":"module_security_policies.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"100", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Security Policy", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Security Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateSecurityPolicy.html", + "node_id":"createsecuritypolicy.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"101", "des":"This API is used to create a custom security policy. If you need a custom security policy, you need to specify security_policy_id when you add an HTTPS listener to your l", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Custom Security Policy,Security Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Custom Security Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListSecurityPolicies.html", + "node_id":"listsecuritypolicies.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"102", "des":"This API is used to query custom security policies.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Paramet", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Custom Security Policies,Security Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Custom Security Policies", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowSecurityPolicy.html", + "node_id":"showsecuritypolicy.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"103", "des":"This API is used to query details of a custom security policy.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies/{security_policy_id}Status code: 200Querying details of a custom ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Details of a Custom Security Policy,Security Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Details of a Custom Security Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateSecurityPolicy.html", + "node_id":"updatesecuritypolicy.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"104", "des":"This API is used to update a custom security policy.If protocols or ciphers is updated, the modification takes effect immediately on all listeners that use the custom sec", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Custom Security Policy,Security Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Custom Security Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteSecurityPolicy.html", + "node_id":"deletesecuritypolicy.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"105", "des":"This API is used to delete a custom security policy.A custom security policy that has been used by a listener cannot be deleted.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-polic", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Custom Security Policy,Security Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Custom Security Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListSystemSecurityPolicies.html", + "node_id":"listsystemsecuritypolicies.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"106", "des":"This API is used to query system security policies.System security policies are available to all users and cannot be created or modified.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/system-s", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying System Security Policies,Security Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying System Security Policies", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_ipgroups.html", + "node_id":"module_ipgroups.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"107", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"IP Address Group", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"IP Address Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateIpGroup.html", + "node_id":"createipgroup.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"108", "des":"This API is used to create an IP address group. The IP address can contain IP addresses or CIDR blocks. 0.0.0.0 will be considered the same as 0.0.0.0/32. If you enter bo", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Creating an IP Address Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListIpGroups.html", + "node_id":"listipgroups.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"109", "des":"This API is used to query IP address groups.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters mar", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying IP Address Groups,IP Address Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying IP Address Groups", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowIpGroup.html", + "node_id":"showipgroup.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"110", "des":"This API is used to view details of an IP address group.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}Status code: 200Viewing details of an IP address groupStatus code: 2", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of an IP Address Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateIpGroup.html", + "node_id":"updateipgroup.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"111", "des":"This API is used to update an IP address group. All IP addresses in the IP address group will be overwritten, and the IP addresses that are not included in the ip_list pa", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating an IP Address Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteIpGroup.html", + "node_id":"deleteipgroup.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"112", "des":"This API is used to delete an IP address group.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}NoneDeleting an IP address groupNoneSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting an IP Address Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateIpList.html", + "node_id":"updateiplist.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"113", "des":"This API is used to update the IP addresses in an IP address group.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}/iplist/create-or-updateStatus code: 200Updating IP addr", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating IP Addresses in an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating IP Addresses in an IP Address Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"BatchDeleteIpList.html", + "node_id":"batchdeleteiplist.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"114", "des":"This API is used to delete IP addresses from an IP address group.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}/iplist/batch-deleteStatus code: 200Deleting IP addresses ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting IP Addresses from an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting IP Addresses from an IP Address Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_listeners.html", + "node_id":"module_listeners.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"115", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Listener", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateListener.html", + "node_id":"createlistener.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"116", "des":"This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.The protocol used by the listener can be TCP, UDP, HTTP, or HTTPS.For load balancing at Layer 4, the protocol can on", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Listener,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListListeners.html", + "node_id":"listlisteners.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"117", "des":"This API is used to query listeners.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters marker, lim", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Listeners,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Listeners", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowListener.html", + "node_id":"showlistener.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"118", "des":"This API is used to view details of a listener.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners/{listener_id}Status code: 200Viewing details of a listenerStatus code: 200Successful req", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Listener,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateListener.html", + "node_id":"updatelistener.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"119", "des":"This API is used to update a listener.If the provisioning status of the load balancer that the listener is added to is not ACTIVE, the listener cannot be updated.PUT /v3/", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Listener,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteListener.html", + "node_id":"deletelistener.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"120", "des":"This API is used to delete a listener.Before you delete a listener, delete associated backend server groups or remove all backend servers in the default backend server gr", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Listener,Listener,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_pools.html", + "node_id":"module_pools.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"121", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Backend Server Group", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreatePool.html", + "node_id":"createpool.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"122", "des":"This API is used to create a backend server group.If session-persistence is specified, cookie_name is available only when type is set to APP_COOKIE.If listener_id is spec", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListPools.html", + "node_id":"listpools.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"123", "des":"This API is used to query all backend server groups.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parame", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Backend Server Groups,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Backend Server Groups", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowPool.html", + "node_id":"showpool.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"124", "des":"This API is used to view details of a backend server group.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdatePool.html", + "node_id":"updatepool.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"125", "des":"This API is used to update a backend server group.The backend server group can be updated only when the provisioning status of the associated load balancer is ACTIVE.PUT ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeletePool.html", + "node_id":"deletepool.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"126", "des":"This API is used to delete a backend server group.A backend server group can be deleted only after all servers are removed from the group, the health check configured for", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_members.html", + "node_id":"module_members.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"127", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Backend Server", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateMember.html", + "node_id":"createmember.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"128", "des":"This API is used to add a backend server.When you add backend servers, note the following:Two backend servers in the same backend server group must have different IP addr", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListMembers.html", + "node_id":"listmembers.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"129", "des":"This API is used to query all backend servers.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters m", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Backend Servers,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Backend Servers", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowMember.html", + "node_id":"showmember.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"130", "des":"This API is used to view details of a backend server.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Er", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateMember.html", + "node_id":"updatemember.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"131", "des":"This API is used to update a backend server.If the provisioning status of the associated load balancer is not ACTIVE, the backend server cannot be updated.PUT /v3/{projec", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteMember.html", + "node_id":"deletemember.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"132", "des":"This API is used to remove a backend server.After you remove a backend server, new connections to this server will not be established. However, persistent connections tha", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Removing a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Removing a Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_health_monitors.html", + "node_id":"module_health_monitors.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"133", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Health Check", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateHealthMonitor.html", + "node_id":"createhealthmonitor.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"134", "des":"This API is used to configure a health check.The security groups must have rules that allow traffic to 100.125.0.0/16. If you want to use UDP for health checks, ensure th", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Configuring a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Configuring a Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListHealthMonitors.html", + "node_id":"listhealthmonitors.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"135", "des":"This API is used to query all health checks.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters mar", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Health Checks,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Health Checks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowHealthMonitor.html", + "node_id":"showhealthmonitor.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"136", "des":"This API is used to view details of a health check.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateHealthMonitor.html", + "node_id":"updatehealthmonitor.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"137", "des":"This API is used to update a health check.The health check can be updated only when the provisioning status of the associated load balancer is ACTIVE.PUT /v3/{project_id}", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteHealthMonitor.html", + "node_id":"deletehealthmonitor.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"138", "des":"This API is used to delete a health check.The health check can be deleted only when the provisioning status of the associated load balancer is ACTIVE.DELETE /v3/{project_", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_policies.html", + "node_id":"module_policies.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"139", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Forwarding Policy", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateL7Policy.html", + "node_id":"createl7policy.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"140", "des":"This API is used to add a forwarding policy to a listener.Forwarding policies can be added to only to HTTP or HTTPS listeners.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policiesStatus c", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListL7Policies.html", + "node_id":"listl7policies.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"141", "des":"This API is used to query all forwarding policies.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Paramete", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Forwarding Policies,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Forwarding Policies", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowL7Policy.html", + "node_id":"showl7policy.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"142", "des":"This API is used to view details of a forwarding policy.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error Code", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateL7Policy.html", + "node_id":"updatel7policy.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"143", "des":"This API is used to update a forwarding policy.PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteL7Policy.html", + "node_id":"deletel7policy.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"144", "des":"This API is used to delete a forwarding policy.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}NoneNoneSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"BatchUpdatePoliciesPriority.html", + "node_id":"batchupdatepoliciespriority.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"145", "des":"This API is used to batch update the priorities of forwarding policies.This API is only used to update the priorities of forwarding policies added to a listener of a dedi", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Batch Updating Forwarding Policy Priorities,Forwarding Policy,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Batch Updating Forwarding Policy Priorities", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"module_rules.html", + "node_id":"module_rules.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"146", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Forwarding Rule", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"CreateL7Rule.html", + "node_id":"createl7rule.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"147", "des":"This API is used to add a forwarding rule.If the action of 17policy is set to Redirect to another listener, 17rule cannot be created.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ListL7Rules.html", + "node_id":"listl7rules.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"148", "des":"This API is used to query all forwarding rules.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Forwarding Rules,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Querying Forwarding Rules", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ShowL7Rule.html", + "node_id":"showl7rule.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"149", "des":"This API is used to view details of a forwarding rule.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200OKSee Error Codes", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Viewing Details of a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Details of a Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"UpdateL7Rule.html", + "node_id":"updatel7rule.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"150", "des":"This API is used to update a forwarding rule.PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Err", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Updating a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Updating a Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"DeleteL7Rule.html", + "node_id":"deletel7rule.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"151", "des":"This API is used to delete a forwarding rule.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}NoneNoneSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true", + "operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_fl_0006.html", + "node_id":"elb_fl_0006.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"152", - "des":"Queries all available versions.If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.GET /versionsNoneNoneExample requestGET /versionsExample respo", + "des":"Queries all available versions.If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.GET /NoneNoneExample requestGET /Example response{\n \"version", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Versions,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Versions", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_eg_v3_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_eg_v3_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"153", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Examples", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Examples", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001127879251.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001127879251.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"154", "des":"Call APIs to create a dedicated load balancer and bind a new EIP to it.You have created a VPC and a subnet.Query the subnet you have created.Send GET https://{vpc_endpoin", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Dedicated Load Balancer and Binding a New EIP to It,Examples,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Dedicated Load Balancer and Binding a New EIP to It", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_eg_v3_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_eg_v3_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"155", "des":"Call the API to add a listener to a dedicated load balancer.You have created a dedicated load balancer.You have obtained the ID of the dedicated load balancer.Add a liste", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Adding a Listener to a Dedicated Load Balancer,Examples,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Adding a Listener to a Dedicated Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_eg_v3_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_eg_v3_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"156", "des":"Call APIs to delete a dedicated load balancer.Before you delete a dedicated load balancer, delete all resources associated with it. Figure 1 shows the associated resource", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Dedicated Load Balancer,Examples,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Dedicated Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_gc_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_gc_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"157", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Common Parameters", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Common Parameters", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_gc_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_gc_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"158", "des":"The following code descriptions are only suitable for shared load balancers.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"HTTP Status Codes of Shared Load Balancers,Common Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"HTTP Status Codes of Shared Load Balancers", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_gc_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_gc_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"159", "des":"The following code descriptions are only suitable for dedicated load balancers.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"HTTP Status Codes for Dedicated Load Balancers,Common Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"HTTP Status Codes for Dedicated Load Balancers", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_history-api_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"160", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Historical APIs", - "title":"Historical APIs", + "kw":"Permissions and Supported Actions", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Permissions and Supported Actions", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"161", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "des":"This section describes fine-grained permissions management for the ELB service. If your account does not need individual IAM users, then you may skip over this chapter.By", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Classic Load Balancer APIs", - "title":"Classic Load Balancer APIs", + "kw":"Introduction,Permissions and Supported Actions,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Introduction", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"162", - "des":"Classic load balancers are not supported in the eu-nl region.", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"API Call Precaution,Classic Load Balancer APIs,API Reference", - "title":"API Call Precaution", + "kw":"API Actions (V2)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"API Actions (V2)", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0001.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"163", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Load Balancer", + "kw":"Load Balancer,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Load Balancer", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0001.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"164", - "des":"This API is used to create a load balancer.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancersRequest parametersParameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionnameYesStri", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Creating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", - "title":"Creating a Load Balancer", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0002.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"165", - "des":"This API is used to delete a load balancer. If the load balancer is a public network load balancer, this API deletes the EIP bound to the load balancer.For a public netwo", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Load Balancer", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0003.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"166", - "des":"This API is used to delete a public network load balancer. The EIP bound to the load balancer will not be deleted. If you need to delete this IP address, refer to Deletin", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Public Network Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Public Network Load Balancer", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0004.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"167", - "des":"This API is used to modify the name, description, bandwidth, and administrative status of a load balancer.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Req", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Modifying a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", - "title":"Modifying a Load Balancer", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0005.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"168", - "des":"This API is used to query details about a load balancer.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResp", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"en-us_topic_0096561504.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"169", - "des":"This API is used to query load balancers and display them in a list.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancersRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse p", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Load Balancers,Load Balancer,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Load Balancers", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0000.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"170", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Listener", + "kw":"Listener,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Listener", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0001.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"171", - "des":"This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listenersRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n \"name\": \"listener1\",\n \"des", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Adding a Listener,Listener,API Reference", - "title":"Adding a Listener", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0002.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"172", - "des":"This API is used to delete a listener.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersNoneNone", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Listener,Listener,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Listener", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0003.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"173", - "des":"This API is used to modify the listener information, including the listener name, description, and status.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request par", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Modifying a Listener,Listener,API Reference", - "title":"Modifying a Listener", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0004.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"174", - "des":"This API is used to query details about a listener.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse paramete", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Details of a Listener,Listener,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Details of a Listener", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0005.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"175", - "des":"This API is used to query listeners using search criteria and display them in a list.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners?loadbalancer_id={loadbalancer_id}Enter a ques", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Listeners,Listener,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Listeners", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0000.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"176", + "code":"165", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Health Check", + "kw":"Backend Server Group,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Backend Server Group", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0004.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"166", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Backend Server,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Backend Server", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0005.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"167", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Health Check,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0001.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0006.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0006.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"168", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Forwarding Policy,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Forwarding Policy", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0007.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0007.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"169", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Forwarding Rule,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Forwarding Rule", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0008.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0008.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"170", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Whitelist,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Whitelist", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0009.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0009.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"171", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"SSL Certificate,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"SSL Certificate", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0010.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0010.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"172", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Tag,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Tag", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0011.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0011.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"173", + "des":"The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Precautions for Supported Actions,API Actions (V2),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"devg", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Precautions for Supported Actions", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"174", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"API Actions (V3)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"API Actions (V3)", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"175", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Load Balancer,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Load Balancer", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.xml", + "product_code":"elb", + "code":"176", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Listener,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Listener", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"177", - "des":"This API is used to configure a health check for backend ECSs.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheckRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request 1: Configuring an HTTP h", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Configuring a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", - "title":"Configuring a Health Check", + "kw":"Backend Server Group,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Backend Server Group", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0002.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"178", - "des":"This API is used to delete a health check.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parameter", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Health Check", + "kw":"Backend Server,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Backend Server", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0003.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"179", - "des":"This API is used to modify information about a health check.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n \"heal", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Modifying a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", - "title":"Modifying a Health Check", + "kw":"Health Check,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Health Check", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0004.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"180", - "des":"This API is used to query details about a health check.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Details of a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Details of a Health Check", + "kw":"Forwarding Policy,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Forwarding Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_hd_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"181", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Backend ECS", - "title":"Backend ECS", + "kw":"Forwarding Rule,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Forwarding Rule", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_hd_0001.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"182", - "des":"This API is used to add backend ECSs to a listener for monitoring.To add backend ECSs to a UDP listener, IP addresses can be pinged and UDP services must be enabled.POST ", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Adding Backend ECSs,Backend ECS,API Reference", - "title":"Adding Backend ECSs", + "kw":"SSL Certificate,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"SSL Certificate", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_hd_0002.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"183", - "des":"This API is used to remove backend ECSs from a listener. Multiple backend ECSs can be removed concurrently.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members/", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Removing Backend ECSs,Backend ECS,API Reference", - "title":"Removing Backend ECSs", + "kw":"Custom Security Policy,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb" + } + ], + "title":"Custom Security Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_hd_0003.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"184", - "des":"This API is used to query backend ECSs added to a listener. If you are the administrator, the backend ECS list will be empty.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{list", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Backend ECSs,Backend ECS,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Backend ECSs", + "kw":"IP Address Group,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb" + } + ], + "title":"IP Address Group", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_pe_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"185", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Quota", - "title":"Quota", + "kw":"Quota Management,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Quota Management", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_pe_0001.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"186", - "des":"This API is used to query the load balancer or listener quotas.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/quotasRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersPar", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Load Balancer or Listener Quotas,Quota,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Load Balancer or Listener Quotas", + "kw":"Availability Zone,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb" + } + ], + "title":"Availability Zone", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"187", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Certificate", - "title":"Certificate", + "kw":"Flavor,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb" + } + ], + "title":"Flavor", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0001.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html", + "node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.xml", "product_code":"elb", "code":"188", - "des":"This API is used to create a certificate for an HTTPS listener.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificateRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n \"name\": \"cert-bky\"", + "des":"elb:quotas:list controls the fine-grained actions for quota display.The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Creating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", - "title":"Creating a Certificate", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0002.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"189", - "des":"This API is used to delete a certificate.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parameters", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Certificate", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0003.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"190", - "des":"This API is used to modify the name and description of a certificate.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Modifying a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference", - "title":"Modifying a Certificate", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0004.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"191", - "des":"This API is used to query all the certificates.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificateRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersResponse param", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Certificates,Certificate,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Certificates", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_job_0000.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"192", - "des":"This API is used to query the job status, such as the execution status of creating or deleting a load balancer.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/jobs/{job_id}Request parametersNoneN", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying the Job Status,Classic Load Balancer APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Querying the Job Status", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_cj_0000.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"193", - "des":"This API is used to query all metrics at Layer 4 and Layer 7.Only users can query these metrics.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/monitorRequest parametersNoneNoneExample req", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying Monitoring Metrics,Classic Load Balancer APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Querying Monitoring Metrics", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_bg_0000.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"194", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"API Version", - "title":"API Version", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_bg_0001.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"195", - "des":"This API is used to query all API versions of ELB.GET /Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersParameter descriptionParameterTypeDescriptionve", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying All API Versions,API Version,API Reference", - "title":"Querying All API Versions", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"elb_jd_bg_0002.html", - "product_code":"elb", - "code":"196", - "des":"This API is used to query a specific ELB API version.GET /{api_version}Example/v1.0/v1.0Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersResponse param", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying a Specific API Version,API Version,API Reference", - "title":"Querying a Specific API Version", + "kw":"Precautions for Supported Actions,API Actions (V3),API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Precautions for Supported Actions", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_fl_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_fl_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"197", + "code":"189", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Appendix", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Appendix", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ErrorCode.html", + "node_id":"errorcode_1.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"198", + "code":"190", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Error Codes,Appendix,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Error Codes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_gc_1102.html", + "node_id":"elb_gc_1102.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"199", + "code":"191", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Status Codes,Appendix,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Status Codes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_fl_0002.html", + "node_id":"elb_fl_0002.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"200", + "code":"192", "des":"This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs provided by Cloud Eye to query the metr", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"ELB Metrics,Appendix,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"ELB Metrics", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_fl_0003.html", + "node_id":"elb_fl_0003.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"201", + "code":"193", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"General Information About Shared Load Balancers", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"General Information About Shared Load Balancers", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_fl_0004.html", + "node_id":"elb_fl_0004.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"202", + "code":"194", "des":"APIs v2.0 allow users to query data in pages by adding the limit and marker parameters to the URL of the list request. The query results are displayed in the ascending or", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Data in Pages,General Information About Shared Load Balancers,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Querying Data in Pages", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_fl_0005.html", + "node_id":"elb_fl_0005.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"203", + "code":"195", "des":"APIs v2.0 enable the system to sort queried results based on customized keys by adding the sort_key and sort_dir parameters to the URL of the list request. sort_key speci", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Sequencing Query Results,General Information About Shared Load Balancers,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Sequencing Query Results", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_fl_0007.html", + "node_id":"elb_fl_0007.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"204", + "code":"196", "des":"The basic workflow of elastic load balancers contains the following: creating a load balancer, adding a listener to a specified load balancer, adding a backend server gro", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Basic Workflow,General Information About Shared Load Balancers,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Basic Workflow", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"elb_xd_0000.html", + "node_id":"elb_xd_0000.xml", "product_code":"elb", - "code":"205", + "code":"197", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Change History,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"elb", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Change History", "githuburl":"" } diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html index 3792152b..192ab74e 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html @@ -192,6 +192,7 @@

    Array of IpInfo objects

    Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 300

    listeners

    @@ -239,7 +240,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.

    description

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json index 53ef7ac5..efec8efd 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ "code":"151" }, { - "desc":"Queries all available versions.If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.GET /versionsNoneNoneExample requestGET /versionsExample respo", + "desc":"Queries all available versions.If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.GET /NoneNoneExample requestGET /Example response{\n \"version", "product_code":"elb", "title":"Querying Versions", "uri":"elb_fl_0006.html", @@ -1433,336 +1433,264 @@ { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Historical APIs", - "uri":"elb_history-api_0000.html", + "title":"Permissions and Supported Actions", + "uri":"elb_sq_0000.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", "code":"160" }, { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "desc":"This section describes fine-grained permissions management for the ELB service. If your account does not need individual IAM users, then you may skip over this chapter.By", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Classic Load Balancer APIs", - "uri":"elb_jd_0000.html", + "title":"Introduction", + "uri":"elb_sq_0001.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"160", "code":"161" }, { - "desc":"Classic load balancers are not supported in the eu-nl region.", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"API Call Precaution", - "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html", + "title":"API Actions (V2)", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0000.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", + "p_code":"160", "code":"162" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", "title":"Load Balancer", - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0001.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", + "p_code":"162", "code":"163" }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to create a load balancer.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancersRequest parametersParameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionnameYesStri", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Creating a Load Balancer", - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0001.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"163", - "code":"164" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to delete a load balancer. If the load balancer is a public network load balancer, this API deletes the EIP bound to the load balancer.For a public netwo", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Deleting a Load Balancer", - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0002.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"163", - "code":"165" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to delete a public network load balancer. The EIP bound to the load balancer will not be deleted. If you need to delete this IP address, refer to Deletin", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Deleting a Public Network Load Balancer", - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0003.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"163", - "code":"166" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to modify the name, description, bandwidth, and administrative status of a load balancer.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Req", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Modifying a Load Balancer", - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0004.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"163", - "code":"167" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query details about a load balancer.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResp", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer", - "uri":"elb_jd_fz_0005.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"163", - "code":"168" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query load balancers and display them in a list.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancersRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse p", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Load Balancers", - "uri":"en-us_topic_0096561504.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"163", - "code":"169" - }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", "title":"Listener", - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0002.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", - "code":"170" + "p_code":"162", + "code":"164" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listenersRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n \"name\": \"listener1\",\n \"des", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Adding a Listener", - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0001.html", + "title":"Backend Server Group", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0003.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"170", - "code":"171" + "p_code":"162", + "code":"165" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to delete a listener.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersNoneNone", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Deleting a Listener", - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0002.html", + "title":"Backend Server", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0004.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"170", - "code":"172" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to modify the listener information, including the listener name, description, and status.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request par", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Modifying a Listener", - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0003.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"170", - "code":"173" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query details about a listener.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse paramete", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Details of a Listener", - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0004.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"170", - "code":"174" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query listeners using search criteria and display them in a list.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners?loadbalancer_id={loadbalancer_id}Enter a ques", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Listeners", - "uri":"elb_jd_jt_0005.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"170", - "code":"175" + "p_code":"162", + "code":"166" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", "title":"Health Check", - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0000.html", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0005.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", + "p_code":"162", + "code":"167" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"Forwarding Policy", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0006.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"162", + "code":"168" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"Forwarding Rule", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0007.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"162", + "code":"169" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"Whitelist", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0008.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"162", + "code":"170" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"SSL Certificate", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0009.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"162", + "code":"171" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"Tag", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0010.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"162", + "code":"172" + }, + { + "desc":"The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"Precautions for Supported Actions", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_0011.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"162", + "code":"173" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"API Actions (V3)", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"160", + "code":"174" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"Load Balancer", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"174", + "code":"175" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"elb", + "title":"Listener", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"174", "code":"176" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to configure a health check for backend ECSs.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheckRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request 1: Configuring an HTTP h", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Configuring a Health Check", - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0001.html", + "title":"Backend Server Group", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"176", + "p_code":"174", "code":"177" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to delete a health check.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parameter", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Deleting a Health Check", - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0002.html", + "title":"Backend Server", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"176", + "p_code":"174", "code":"178" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to modify information about a health check.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n \"heal", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Modifying a Health Check", - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0003.html", + "title":"Health Check", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"176", + "p_code":"174", "code":"179" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to query details about a health check.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Details of a Health Check", - "uri":"elb_jd_jk_0004.html", + "title":"Forwarding Policy", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"176", + "p_code":"174", "code":"180" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Backend ECS", - "uri":"elb_jd_hd_0000.html", + "title":"Forwarding Rule", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", + "p_code":"174", "code":"181" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to add backend ECSs to a listener for monitoring.To add backend ECSs to a UDP listener, IP addresses can be pinged and UDP services must be enabled.POST ", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Adding Backend ECSs", - "uri":"elb_jd_hd_0001.html", + "title":"SSL Certificate", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"181", + "p_code":"174", "code":"182" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to remove backend ECSs from a listener. Multiple backend ECSs can be removed concurrently.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members/", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Removing Backend ECSs", - "uri":"elb_jd_hd_0002.html", + "title":"Custom Security Policy", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"181", + "p_code":"174", "code":"183" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to query backend ECSs added to a listener. If you are the administrator, the backend ECS list will be empty.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{list", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Backend ECSs", - "uri":"elb_jd_hd_0003.html", + "title":"IP Address Group", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"181", + "p_code":"174", "code":"184" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Quota", - "uri":"elb_jd_pe_0000.html", + "title":"Quota Management", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", + "p_code":"174", "code":"185" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to query the load balancer or listener quotas.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/quotasRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersPar", + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Load Balancer or Listener Quotas", - "uri":"elb_jd_pe_0001.html", + "title":"Availability Zone", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"185", + "p_code":"174", "code":"186" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Certificate", - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0000.html", + "title":"Flavor", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", + "p_code":"174", "code":"187" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to create a certificate for an HTTPS listener.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificateRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n \"name\": \"cert-bky\"", + "desc":"elb:quotas:list controls the fine-grained actions for quota display.The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.", "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Creating a Certificate", - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0001.html", + "title":"Precautions for Supported Actions", + "uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"187", + "p_code":"174", "code":"188" }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to delete a certificate.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parameters", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Deleting a Certificate", - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0002.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"189" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to modify the name and description of a certificate.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Modifying a Certificate", - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0003.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"190" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query all the certificates.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificateRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersResponse param", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Certificates", - "uri":"elb_jd_zs_0004.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"187", - "code":"191" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query the job status, such as the execution status of creating or deleting a load balancer.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/jobs/{job_id}Request parametersNoneN", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying the Job Status", - "uri":"elb_jd_job_0000.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", - "code":"192" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query all metrics at Layer 4 and Layer 7.Only users can query these metrics.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/monitorRequest parametersNoneNoneExample req", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying Monitoring Metrics", - "uri":"elb_jd_cj_0000.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", - "code":"193" - }, - { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"API Version", - "uri":"elb_jd_bg_0000.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"161", - "code":"194" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query all API versions of ELB.GET /Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersParameter descriptionParameterTypeDescriptionve", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying All API Versions", - "uri":"elb_jd_bg_0001.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"194", - "code":"195" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query a specific ELB API version.GET /{api_version}Example/v1.0/v1.0Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersResponse param", - "product_code":"elb", - "title":"Querying a Specific API Version", - "uri":"elb_jd_bg_0002.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"194", - "code":"196" - }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"elb", @@ -1770,7 +1698,7 @@ "uri":"elb_fl_0000.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", - "code":"197" + "code":"189" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1778,8 +1706,8 @@ "title":"Error Codes", "uri":"ErrorCode.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"197", - "code":"198" + "p_code":"189", + "code":"190" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1787,8 +1715,8 @@ "title":"Status Codes", "uri":"elb_gc_1102.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"197", - "code":"199" + "p_code":"189", + "code":"191" }, { "desc":"This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs provided by Cloud Eye to query the metr", @@ -1796,8 +1724,8 @@ "title":"ELB Metrics", "uri":"elb_fl_0002.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"197", - "code":"200" + "p_code":"189", + "code":"192" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1805,8 +1733,8 @@ "title":"General Information About Shared Load Balancers", "uri":"elb_fl_0003.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"197", - "code":"201" + "p_code":"189", + "code":"193" }, { "desc":"APIs v2.0 allow users to query data in pages by adding the limit and marker parameters to the URL of the list request. The query results are displayed in the ascending or", @@ -1814,8 +1742,8 @@ "title":"Querying Data in Pages", "uri":"elb_fl_0004.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"202" + "p_code":"193", + "code":"194" }, { "desc":"APIs v2.0 enable the system to sort queried results based on customized keys by adding the sort_key and sort_dir parameters to the URL of the list request. sort_key speci", @@ -1823,8 +1751,8 @@ "title":"Sequencing Query Results", "uri":"elb_fl_0005.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"203" + "p_code":"193", + "code":"195" }, { "desc":"The basic workflow of elastic load balancers contains the following: creating a load balancer, adding a listener to a specified load balancer, adding a backend server gro", @@ -1832,8 +1760,8 @@ "title":"Basic Workflow", "uri":"elb_fl_0007.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"201", - "code":"204" + "p_code":"193", + "code":"196" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1842,6 +1770,6 @@ "uri":"elb_xd_0000.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", - "code":"205" + "code":"197" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html index 01e00c75..a084a1ca 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html @@ -2,7 +2,6 @@

    Creating an IP Address Group

    Function

    This API is used to create an IP address group. The IP address can contain IP addresses or CIDR blocks. 0.0.0.0 will be considered the same as 0.0.0.0/32. If you enter both 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0/32, only one will be kept. 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 will be considered the same as ::1 and ::1/128. If you enter 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1, ::1 and ::1/128, only one will be kept.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported.

    URI

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups

    @@ -126,6 +125,7 @@

    Array of CreateIpGroupIpOption objects

    Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 300

    enterprise_project_id

    @@ -158,7 +158,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be an IPv6 address.

    description

    @@ -238,6 +237,7 @@

    Array of IpInfo objects

    Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 300

    listeners

    @@ -285,7 +285,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.

    description

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html index efe9785b..9929adc8 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

    String

    Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.

    -

    For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    +

    For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`

    Default: ${query}

    Minimum: 0

    @@ -561,6 +561,7 @@

    Specifies the conditions contained in a forwarding rule. This parameter will take effect when enhance_l7policy_enable is set to true.

    If conditions is specified, key and value will not take effect, and the value of this parameter will contain all conditions configured for the forwarding rule. The keys in the list must be the same, whereas each value must be unique.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 10

    String

    Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.

    -

    For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    +

    For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`

    Default: ${query}

    Minimum: 0

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html index f2e6bad6..fb6336f3 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html @@ -233,6 +233,7 @@

    • The domain names of all SNI certificates must be unique.

    • The total number of domain names of all SNI certificates cannot exceed 30.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 30

    sni_match_algo

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html index 6e42a5f8..1902c83e 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html @@ -183,7 +183,6 @@

    • vpc_id, vip_subnet_cidr_id and ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id cannot be left blank at the same time. The subnet specified by vip_subnet_cidr_id and the subnet specified by ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id must be in the VPC specified by vpc_id.

    • IPv6 must have been enabled for the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    provider

    @@ -294,7 +293,6 @@

    BandwidthRef object

    Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    publicip_ids

    @@ -329,7 +327,6 @@

    If there is more than one subnet, the first subnet in the list will be used.

    The subnets must be in the VPC where the load balancer resides.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported.

    ip_target_enable

    @@ -359,6 +356,23 @@

    waf_failure_action

    +

    No

    +

    String

    +

    Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.

    +

    • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.

      +

    • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.

      +
    +

    Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.

    +

    This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.

    +

    Default: forward

    +

    Minimum: 0

    +

    Maximum: 36

    +
    @@ -439,7 +453,6 @@

    Integer

    Specifies the IP address version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported, and the value cannot be 6.

    Default: 4

    @@ -781,7 +794,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id

    @@ -789,7 +801,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_port_id

    @@ -797,7 +808,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    availability_zone_list

    @@ -915,7 +925,6 @@

    BandwidthRef object

    Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    deletion_protection_enable

    @@ -931,6 +940,25 @@

    This parameter is returned only when deletion protection is enabled at the site.

    +

    public_border_group

    + +

    String

    + +

    Specifies the AZ group to which the load balancer belongs.

    + + +

    waf_failure_action

    + +

    String

    + +

    Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.

    +

    • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.

      +

    • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.

      +
    +

    Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.

    +

    This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.

    + +
    @@ -1030,7 +1058,6 @@

    Integer

    Specifies the IP version. 4 indicates IPv4, and 6 indicates IPv6.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.

    @@ -1064,14 +1091,13 @@

    Integer

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.

    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html index 8087e317..85fb0700 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html @@ -218,6 +218,7 @@ + + + + + + + +
    Table 16 GlobalEipInfo

    Parameter

    +
    @@ -1079,44 +1105,11 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 16 BandwidthRef

    Parameter

    Type

    global_eip_id

    +

    id

    String

    Specifies the ID of the global EIP.

    -

    global_eip_address

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the global EIP.

    -

    ip_version

    -

    Integer

    -

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 and 6. 4 indicates an IPv4 address, and 6 indicates an IPv6 address. [IPv6 is not supported. Do not set this parameter to 6.]

    -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - @@ -1204,7 +1197,9 @@ "l7_flavor_id" : null, "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null, "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : null, - "public_border_group" : "center" + "deletion_protection_enable" : false, + "public_border_group" : "center", + "waf_failure_action" : "forward" } } diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html index ad87ccf7..71065edd 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@

  • If no subnets are specified during cloud server creation, IP as Backend servers can be added. In this case, address must be set to an IPv4 address, the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS, and IP as a Backend Server must have been enabled for the load balancer.

  • If a subnet is specified during cloud server creation, the subnet must be in the same VPC where the load balancer resides.

  • If the backend server group supports IPv4/IPv6 dual stack, address can be an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address. If the backend server group supports only IPv4, address can only be an IPv4 address.

    -

  • IPv6 is unsupported.

    • URI

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members

    @@ -112,7 +111,6 @@

    • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.

    • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.

    Minimum: 1

    Maximum: 64

    @@ -171,7 +169,6 @@

    • The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.

    • If this parameter is not passed, IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP as Backend servers must use private IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.

    Minimum: 1

    Maximum: 36

    @@ -265,7 +262,6 @@
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - -
    Table 17 BandwidthRef

    Parameter

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    id

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.

    +

    Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.

    Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.

    This parameter can be left blank, indicating that IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP addresses of these servers must be IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.

    The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.

    protocol_port

    @@ -296,7 +292,6 @@

    • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.

    • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.

    ip_version

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html index 895a63c5..eb61a44e 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html @@ -709,61 +709,6 @@

    400

    ELB.6000

    -

    Listener ID length is not correct.

    -

    The listener ID exceeds the length limit.

    -

    Change the listener ID.

    -

    400

    -

    ELB.6001

    -

    Request parameters error, "..nilKey.." is nil.

    -

    Mandatory parameters are left blank.

    -

    Specify the mandatory parameters.

    -

    400

    -

    ELB.6003

    -

    Listener query condition is not valid.

    -

    Invalid query condition.

    -

    Change the query condition.

    -

    400

    -

    ELB.6004

    -

    Query listeners list failed.

    -

    Failed to query listeners.

    -

    Contact customer service.

    -

    400

    -

    ELB.6006

    -

    Query server failed.

    -

    Failed to query the cloud server.

    -

    Contact customer service.

    -

    400

    -

    ELB.6010

    Listener ID content is not correct.

    @@ -1105,6 +1050,17 @@

    400

    ELB.8938

    +

    The ip member just support when pool's protocol is %s.

    +

    Invalid input parameters.

    +

    Change the value of pool_id in url to other suppprted pool or pass parameter 'subnet_cidr_id' when create member.

    +

    400

    +

    ELB.8939

    The loadbalancer's ip_target_enable must be true when add ip member.

    @@ -1413,6 +1369,17 @@

    403

    ELB.8962

    +

    tenant %s does not support %s.

    +

    The feature is not supported.

    +

    Contact customer service.

    +

    403

    +

    ELB.9802

    Policy doesn't allow elb:logtanks:create to be performed.

    @@ -1499,17 +1466,6 @@

    Contact customer service.

    503

    -

    ELB.6002

    -

    Delete listener failed, listener does not exist.

    -

    The listener does not exist.

    -

    Check the listener ID.

    -
    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html index 3b82df11..13b96256 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html @@ -255,9 +255,9 @@

    Boolean

    Specifies whether the flavor is sold out.

    -

    • true indicates the flavor is sold out.

      -

    • false indicates the flavor is not sold out.

      +

    Specifies whether the flavor is unavailable.

    +

    • true indicates the flavor is unavailable. Load balancers with this flavor cannot be created.

      +

    • false indicates the flavor is available. Load balancers with this flavor can be created.

    Array of IpInfo objects

    Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 300

    listeners

    @@ -265,7 +266,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.

    description

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html index 02dca939..9464c3ac 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@

    String

    Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.

    -

    For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    +

    For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`

    Default: ${query}

    Minimum: 0

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html index 7ab838dd..96b62939 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html @@ -213,7 +213,6 @@

    Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.

    Multiple ports can be queried in the format of ipv6_vip_port_id=xxx&ipv6_vip_port_id=xxx.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_address

    @@ -224,7 +223,6 @@

    Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.

    Multiple IPv6 addresses can be queried in the format of ipv6_vip_address=xxx&ipv6_vip_address=xxx.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id

    @@ -235,7 +233,6 @@

    Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.

    Multiple IDs can be queried in the format of ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id=xxx&ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id=xxx.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    eips

    @@ -360,7 +357,6 @@

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).

    Multiple versions can be queried in the format of ip_version=xxx&ip_version=xxx.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.

    deletion_protection_enable

    @@ -608,7 +604,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id

    @@ -616,7 +611,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_port_id

    @@ -624,7 +618,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    availability_zone_list

    @@ -742,7 +735,6 @@

    BandwidthRef object

    Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    deletion_protection_enable

    @@ -758,6 +750,25 @@

    This parameter is returned only when deletion protection is enabled at the site.

    public_border_group

    +

    String

    +

    Specifies the AZ group to which the load balancer belongs.

    +

    waf_failure_action

    +

    String

    +

    Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.

    +

    • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.

      +

    • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.

      +
    +

    Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.

    +

    This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.

    +
    @@ -857,7 +868,6 @@

    Integer

    Specifies the IP version. 4 indicates IPv4, and 6 indicates IPv6.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.

    @@ -891,14 +901,13 @@

    Integer

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.

    -
    @@ -762,14 +792,13 @@
    Table 11 GlobalEipInfo

    Parameter

    +
    @@ -906,32 +915,18 @@ - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 11 BandwidthRef

    Parameter

    Type

    global_eip_id

    +

    id

    String

    Specifies the ID of the global EIP.

    -

    global_eip_address

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the global EIP.

    -

    ip_version

    -

    Integer

    -

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 and 6. 4 indicates an IPv4 address, and 6 indicates an IPv6 address. [IPv6 is not supported. Do not set this parameter to 6.]

    +

    Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
    -
    @@ -528,14 +542,13 @@
    Table 12 BandwidthRef

    Parameter

    +
    @@ -939,44 +934,25 @@ - - - -
    Table 12 PageInfo

    Parameter

    Type

    id

    +

    previous_marker

    String

    Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.

    +

    Specifies the ID of the first record in the pagination query result.
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -1032,7 +1008,9 @@ "l7_flavor_id" : "e2a5675c-a181-444e-b9a5-17b052dc7fb9", "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null, "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : "96e52038-7983-462f-8a96-415d8a280b13", - "public_border_group" : "center" + "deletion_protection_enable" : false, + "public_border_group" : "center", + "waf_failure_action" : "forward" }, { "id" : "cce5318e-c79a-4f68-94a2-9fb285c6efbe", "project_id" : "057ef081eb00d2732fd1c01a9be75e6f", @@ -1080,7 +1058,9 @@ "l7_flavor_id" : null, "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null, "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : null, - "public_border_group" : "center" + "deletion_protection_enable" : false, + "public_border_group" : "center", + "waf_failure_action" : "forward" } ], "page_info" : { "next_marker" : "cce5318e-c79a-4f68-94a2-9fb285c6efbe", diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html index 0cd303b9..a50811d6 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html @@ -133,7 +133,6 @@ - - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html index 8fdf2b96..2b41fc9b 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ + + + + + + + +
    Table 13 PageInfo

    Parameter

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    previous_marker

    +

    next_marker

    String

    +

    String

    Specifies the ID of the first record in the pagination query result.

    +

    Specifies the ID of the last record in the pagination query result.

    next_marker

    +

    current_count

    String

    +

    Integer

    Specifies the ID of the last record in the pagination query result.

    -

    current_count

    -

    Integer

    -

    Specifies the number of records.

    +

    Specifies the number of records.

    Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.

    Multiple IDs can be queried in the format of subnet_cidr_id=xxx&subnet_cidr_id=xxx.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.

    address

    @@ -144,7 +143,6 @@

    Specifies the IP address bound to the backend server.

    Multiple IP addresses can be queried in the format of address=xxx&address=xxx.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to an IPv6 address.

    protocol_port

    @@ -368,7 +366,6 @@

    Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.

    This parameter can be left blank, indicating that IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP addresses of these servers must be IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.

    The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.

    protocol_port

    @@ -399,7 +396,6 @@

    • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.

    • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.

    ip_version

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html index 7044b809..711f053c 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@

    Array

    Specifies the resource type. The value can be loadbalancer, listener, ipgroup, pool, member, members_per_pool, healthmonitor, l7policy, certificate, security_policy, ipgroup_bindings, or ipgroup_max_length.

    +

    Specifies the resource type. The value can be loadbalancer, listener, ipgroup, pool, member, healthmonitor, l7policy, certificate,** security_policy**,members_per_pool, ipgroup_bindings, or ipgroup_max_length.

    members_per_pool indicates the maximum number of backend servers that can be added to a backend server group.

    ipgroup_bindings indicates the maximum number of listeners that can be bound to a ipgroup.

    ipgroup_max_length indicates the maximum number of ip addresses that can be added to a ipgroup.

    @@ -119,10 +119,12 @@

    String

    Specifies the resource type. The value can be loadbalancer, listener, ipgroup, pool, member, members_per_pool, healthmonitor, l7policy, certificate, security_policy, ipgroup_bindings, or ipgroup_max_length.

    +

    Specifies the resource type. The value can be loadbalancer, listener, listeners_per_pool, ipgroup, pool, member, members_per_pool, healthmonitor, l7policy, condition_per_policy, certificate, security_policy, ipgroup_bindings, or ipgroup_max_length.

    +

    listeners_per_pool indicates the maximum number of listeners that can be related to a backend server group.

    members_per_pool indicates the maximum number of backend servers that can be added to a backend server group.

    ipgroup_bindings indicates the maximum number of listeners that can be bound to a ipgroup.

    ipgroup_max_length indicates the maximum number of ip addresses that can be added to a ipgroup.

    +

    condition_per_policy indicates the maximum number of conditions that can be added to a l7policy.

    quota_limit

    @@ -162,64 +164,74 @@ "request_id" : "3682f26f8509d52faf895f09040c63c0", "quotas" : [ { "quota_key" : "members_per_pool", - "used" : 50, - "quota_limit" : 1000, - "unit" : "count" - }, { - "quota_key" : "loadbalancer", - "used" : 198, + "used" : 992, "quota_limit" : 1000, "unit" : "count" }, { "quota_key" : "security_policy", - "used" : 6, + "used" : 11, "quota_limit" : 50, "unit" : "count" - }, { - "quota_key" : "ipgroup", - "used" : 6, - "quota_limit" : 1000, - "unit" : "count" - }, { - "quota_key" : "listener", - "used" : 229, - "quota_limit" : 1500, - "unit" : "count" - }, { - "quota_key" : "pool", - "used" : 215, - "quota_limit" : 5000, - "unit" : "count" - }, { - "quota_key" : "member", - "used" : 327, - "quota_limit" : 3000, - "unit" : "count" - }, { - "quota_key" : "certificate", - "used" : 50, - "quota_limit" : 100, - "unit" : "count" - }, { - "quota_key" : "l7policy", - "used" : 21, - "quota_limit" : 500, - "unit" : "count" - }, { - "quota_key" : "healthmonitor", - "used" : 188, - "quota_limit" : -1, - "unit" : "count" }, { "quota_key" : "ipgroup_max_length", "used" : 3, "quota_limit" : 300, "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "listener", + "used" : 803, + "quota_limit" : 1500, + "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "pool", + "used" : 1009, + "quota_limit" : 5000, + "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "certificate", + "used" : 608, + "quota_limit" : -1, + "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "loadbalancer", + "used" : 752, + "quota_limit" : 100000, + "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "ipgroup", + "used" : 11, + "quota_limit" : 1000, + "unit" : "count" }, { "quota_key" : "ipgroup_bindings", "used" : 2, "quota_limit" : 50, "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "member", + "used" : 3022, + "quota_limit" : 10000, + "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "l7policy", + "used" : 148, + "quota_limit" : 2000, + "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "healthmonitor", + "used" : 762, + "quota_limit" : -1, + "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "listeners_per_pool", + "used" : 100, + "quota_limit" : -1, + "unit" : "count" + }, { + "quota_key" : "condition_per_policy", + "used" : 100, + "quota_limit" : -1, + "unit" : "count" } ] } diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html index 78cf3fc4..35c67a22 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html @@ -151,9 +151,9 @@

    Boolean

    Specifies whether the flavor is sold out.

    -

    • true indicates the flavor is sold out.

      -

    • false indicates the flavor is not sold out.

      +

    Specifies whether the flavor is unavailable.

    +

    • true indicates the flavor is unavailable. Load balancers with this flavor cannot be created.

      +

    • false indicates the flavor is available. Load balancers with this flavor can be created.

    Array of IpInfo objects

    Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 300

    listeners

    @@ -170,7 +171,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.

    description

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html index 39e5008b..97625378 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

    String

    Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.

    -

    For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    +

    For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`

    Default: ${query}

    Minimum: 0

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html index 8ac8134b..e44dc8c9 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html @@ -245,7 +245,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id

    @@ -253,7 +252,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_port_id

    @@ -261,7 +259,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    availability_zone_list

    @@ -379,7 +376,6 @@

    BandwidthRef object

    Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    deletion_protection_enable

    @@ -395,6 +391,25 @@

    This parameter is returned only when deletion protection is enabled at the site.

    public_border_group

    +

    String

    +

    Specifies the AZ group to which the load balancer belongs.

    +

    waf_failure_action

    +

    String

    +

    Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.

    +

    • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.

      +

    • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.

      +
    +

    Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.

    +

    This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.

    +
    @@ -494,7 +509,6 @@

    Integer

    Specifies the IP version. 4 indicates IPv4, and 6 indicates IPv6.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.

    Integer

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
    -
    + + + + + + + +
    Table 10 GlobalEipInfo

    Parameter

    +
    @@ -543,44 +556,11 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 10 BandwidthRef

    Parameter

    Type

    global_eip_id

    +

    id

    String

    Specifies the ID of the global EIP.

    -

    global_eip_address

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the global EIP.

    -

    ip_version

    -

    Integer

    -

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 and 6. 4 indicates an IPv4 address, and 6 indicates an IPv6 address. [IPv6 is not supported. Do not set this parameter to 6.]

    -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - @@ -632,7 +612,8 @@ "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null, "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : "396d918a-756e-4163-8450-3bdc860109cf", "deletion_protection_enable" : false, - "public_border_group" : "center" + "public_border_group" : "center", + "waf_failure_action" : "forward" }, "request_id" : "1a47cfbf-969f-4e40-8c0e-c2e60b14bcac" } diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html index e6bbf557..752e4535 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html @@ -146,7 +146,6 @@ + + + + + + + + @@ -147,7 +147,6 @@ @@ -217,7 +217,6 @@ + + + + +
    Table 11 BandwidthRef

    Parameter

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    id

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.

    +

    Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.

    Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.

    This parameter can be left blank, indicating that IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP addresses of these servers must be IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.

    The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.

    protocol_port

    @@ -177,7 +176,6 @@

    • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.

    • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.

    ip_version

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html index 9c27eb6e..571bd8e4 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html @@ -125,6 +125,16 @@

    listeners_per_pool

    +

    Integer

    +

    Specifies the quota of listeners related to a backend server group.

    +

    • If the value is greater than or equal to 0, it indicates the listener quota.

      +

    • If the value is -1, the quota is not limited.

      +
    +

    l7policy

    Integer

    @@ -135,6 +145,16 @@

    condition_per_policy

    +

    Integer

    +

    Specifies the quota of conditions in a l7policy.

    +

    • If the value is greater than or equal to 0, it indicates the condition quota.

      +

    • If the value is -1, the quota is not limited.

      +
    +

    pool

    Integer

    @@ -225,22 +245,24 @@

    Example Responses

    Status code: 200

    Successful request.

    {
+  "request_id" : "c6f3d7fe99bb1d8aa29e148097dab0d0",
   "quota" : {
-    "member" : 500,
-    "members_per_pool" : 500,
-    "certificate" : 120,
-    "l7policy" : 500,
-    "listener" : 100,
-    "loadbalancer" : 50,
+    "member" : 10000,
+    "members_per_pool" : 1000,
+    "certificate" : -1,
+    "l7policy" : 2000,
+    "listener" : 1500,
+    "loadbalancer" : 100000,
     "healthmonitor" : -1,
-    "ipgroup" : 50,
-    "pool" : 500,
-    "security_policy" : 500,
+    "pool" : 5000,
+    "ipgroup" : 1000,
     "ipgroup_bindings" : 50,
     "ipgroup_max_length" : 300,
-    "project_id" : "99a3fff0d03c428eac3678da6a7d0f24"
-  },
-  "request_id" : "8d7eba6f-ec79-42d2-8d8c-16149645549d"
+    "security_policy" : 50,
+    "condition_per_policy" : 10,
+    "listeners_per_pool" : 50,
+    "project_id" : "060576798a80d5762fafc01a9b5eedc7"
+  }
 }

    Status Codes

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html index 8500f649..6789c37a 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html @@ -2,7 +2,6 @@

    Updating an IP Address Group

    Function

    This API is used to update an IP address group. All IP addresses in the IP address group will be overwritten, and the IP addresses that are not included in the ip_list parameter in the request body will be removed. The IP address can contain IP addresses or CIDR blocks. 0.0.0.0 will be considered the same as 0.0.0.0/32. If you enter both 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0/32, only one will be kept. 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 will be considered the same as ::1 and ::1/128. If you enter 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1, ::1 and ::1/128, only one will be kept.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported.

    URI

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}

    @@ -124,6 +123,7 @@

    Array of UpadateIpGroupIpOption objects

    Lists the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 300

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.

    description

    @@ -227,6 +226,7 @@

    Array of IpInfo objects

    Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 300

    listeners

    @@ -274,7 +274,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.

    description

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html index 8fcc7460..7166ee5f 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html @@ -142,7 +142,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.

    description

    @@ -222,6 +221,7 @@

    Array of IpInfo objects

    Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 300

    listeners

    @@ -269,7 +269,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.

    description

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html index 8c53725f..4dfdf650 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@

    Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.

    The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`

    -

    For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    +

    For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    Default: ${query}

    Minimum: 0

    Maximum: 128

    @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@

    String

    Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.

    -

    For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    +

    For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.

    The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`

    Default: ${query}

    Minimum: 0

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html index bcac3e08..8eb04370 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

    • This parameter will be passed only when IPv6 is enabled for the subnet. The subnet specified by ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id must be in the VPC specified by vpc_id.

    • This parameter can be updated only when guaranteed is set to true.

    • The value will become null if the IPv6 address is unbound from the load balancer.

      -

    • The IPv4 subnet will not change, if IPv6 subet is updated. This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.

      +

    • The IPv4 subnet will not change, if IPv6 subet is updated.

    BandwidthRef object

    Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ip_target_enable

    @@ -250,6 +249,7 @@

    Minimum: 1

    Maximum: 64

    +

    Array Length: 0 - 64

    deletion_protection_enable

    @@ -266,6 +266,22 @@

    waf_failure_action

    +

    No

    +

    String

    +

    Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.

    +

    • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.

      +

    • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.

      +
    +

    Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.

    +

    This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.

    +

    Minimum: 0

    +

    Maximum: 36

    +
    @@ -479,7 +495,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id

    @@ -487,7 +502,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    ipv6_vip_port_id

    @@ -495,7 +509,6 @@

    String

    Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    availability_zone_list

    @@ -613,7 +626,6 @@

    BandwidthRef object

    Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.

    deletion_protection_enable

    @@ -629,6 +641,25 @@

    This parameter is returned only when deletion protection is enabled at the site.

    public_border_group

    +

    String

    +

    Specifies the AZ group to which the load balancer belongs.

    +

    waf_failure_action

    +

    String

    +

    Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.

    +

    • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.

      +

    • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.

      +
    +

    Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.

    +

    This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.

    +
    @@ -728,7 +759,6 @@

    Integer

    Specifies the IP version. 4 indicates IPv4, and 6 indicates IPv6.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.

    Integer

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
    -
    @@ -81,7 +80,7 @@

    Exporting Query Results

    A maximum of 1000 records can be displayed in the query result on the console. To view more or all data, you can export the data to OBS. The procedure is as follows:

    You can export results on the SQL Jobs page or the SQL Editor page.

    -
    • On the Job Management > SQL Jobs page, you can click More > Export Result in the Operation column to export the query result.
    • After the query statements are successfully executed on the SQL Editor page, click on the right of the View Result tab page to export the query result.
    +
    • On the Job Management > SQL Jobs page, you can click More > Export Result in the Operation column to export the query result.
    • After the query statements are successfully executed on the SQL Editor page, click next to the View Result tab page to export query results.

    If no column of the numeric type is displayed in the query result, the result cannot be exported.

    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html index dd6cab36..1d7930df 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html @@ -109,14 +109,14 @@
    - - diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html index 1082bc89..a48a40c4 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html @@ -52,66 +52,66 @@

    SQL Editing Window

    SQL job editing window is displayed in the upper right part of the page.

    The SQL statement editing area is below the operation bar. For details about keyboard shortcuts, see Table 3.

    -
    Table 13 GlobalEipInfo

    Parameter

    +
    @@ -777,44 +806,11 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 13 BandwidthRef

    Parameter

    Type

    global_eip_id

    +

    id

    String

    Specifies the ID of the global EIP.

    -

    global_eip_address

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the global EIP.

    -

    ip_version

    -

    Integer

    -

    Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 and 6. 4 indicates an IPv4 address, and 6 indicates an IPv6 address. [IPv6 is not supported. Do not set this parameter to 6.]

    -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - @@ -878,7 +874,8 @@ "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null, "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : null, "deletion_protection_enable" : false, - "public_border_group" : "center" + "public_border_group" : "center", + "waf_failure_action" : "forward" } } diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html index 67c49e17..7a44e0a7 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html @@ -220,7 +220,6 @@ diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html index 8dab095a..4f1499c0 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html @@ -4,30 +4,28 @@

    Function

    Queries all available versions.

    If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.

    -

    URI

    GET /versions

    +

    URI

    GET /

    Request

    None

    Response

    None

    -

    Example

    • Example request
      GET /versions
      +

      Example

      • Example request
        GET /
      • Example response
        {
-  "versions": [
-    {
-      "id": "v3",
-      "status": "CURRENT"
-    },
-    {
-      "id": "v2",
-      "status": "STABLE"
-    },
-    {
-      "id": "v2.0",
-      "status": "STABLE"
-    }
-  ]
+   "versions": [
+      {
+          "status": "CURRENT",
+          "id": "v2.0",
+          "links": [
+         {
+            "href": "http://192.168.82.231:9696/v2.0",
+            "rel": "self"
+         }
+        ]
+       }
+     ]
 }
    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html index 6fc682b3..b955269b 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html @@ -43,105 +43,127 @@ -
    - - - - - - + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + - - - - + + - + + - + + - - - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_history-api_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_history-api_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9a1dbec9..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_history-api_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ - - - -

    Historical APIs

    - -

    -
    - - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 56970e55..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Classic Load Balancer APIs

    -
    - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 3601a695..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ - - -

    API Version

    -
    - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0001.html deleted file mode 100644 index f8d3acc7..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0001.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying All API Versions

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query all API versions of ELB.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /

    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
    Table 14 BandwidthRef

    Parameter

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    id

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.

    +

    Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.

    Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.

    This parameter can be left blank, indicating that IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP addresses of these servers must be IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.

    The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.

    protocol_port

    @@ -251,7 +250,6 @@

    • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.

    • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.

    -

    IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.

    ip_version

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html index 13217747..fe09e968 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html @@ -125,6 +125,7 @@

    Array of strings

    Lists the TLS protocols supported by the custom security policy. Value options: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, and TLSv1.3

    +

    Array Length: 1 - 5

    ciphers

    @@ -139,6 +140,7 @@

    • The protocol and cipher suite must match. At least one cipher suite must match the protocol.

    • You can match the protocol and cipher suite based on system security policy.

    +

    Array Length: 1 - 30

    400

    +

    400

    Bad Request

    +

    Bad Request

    Malformed request URI or body.

    +

    Invalid request URI.

    Invalid admin _state_up value.

    +

    Too long request header.

    Invalid parameters.

    +

    Invalid request body.

    Batch operations are not allowed.

    +

    Unreleased fields in the request body.

    Failed to verify the parameters.

    +

    401

    +

    +

    Unauthorized

    +

    +

    Authentication information unavailable in the request header.

    The method is not allowed for the request body, for example, trying to update attributes that be specified only during creation.

    -

    The network is not external (the value of router:external is set to false).

    -

    The IaaS OpenStack network port has no floating IP address bound.

    -

    The requested floating IP address is not in the IP address range of the external network.

    -

    Invalid fixed IP address.

    -

    The router port does not have a fixed IP address.

    -

    The subnet for the router interface must have a gateway IP address.

    -

    401

    -

    Unauthorized

    -

    Authentication required.

    +

    Expired authentication information in the request header.

    403

    Forbidden

    The URI does not exist.

    -

    The resource cannot be found.

    +

    No permissions to access APIs.

    404

    +

    404

    Not Found

    +

    Not Found

    The URI does not exist.

    +

    No available request URI.

    The resource cannot be found.

    +

    No available requested resources.

    The port UUID is not valid.

    +

    405

    +

    Method Not Allowed

    +

    Method specified in the request not allowed.

    409

    +

    406

    Conflict

    +

    Not Acceptable

    The port is already in use.

    +

    Responses from the server failed to be received by the client.

    The IP address is already in use.

    +

    407

    +

    Proxy Authentication Required

    +

    Proxy authentication required before the request can be processed.

    The IP address pool cannot contain gateway and broadcast addresses.

    +

    408

    +

    Request Timeout

    +

    Request timed out.

    The requested floating IP address is already in use.

    +

    409

    +

    Conflict

    +

    Failed to complete the request due to conflicts.

    The internal IaaS OpenStack network port and fixed IP address are already associated with another floating IP addresses.

    +

    The resource being accessed by another request.

    500

    +

    500

    +

    Internal IaaS OpenStack network error.

    +

    Internal IaaS OpenStack network error.

    +

    Failed to assign the MAC address.

    +

    Service internal error.

    +

    Server exception.

    +

    501

    +

    Not Implemented

    +

    Failed to complete the request because the server does not support the requested function.

    +

    502

    +

    Bad Gateway

    +

    Failed to complete the request because the server receives an invalid response from the upstream server.

    503

    Service Unavailable

    Failed to assign the MAC address.

    +

    Failed to complete the request because the system is temporarily abnormal.

    +

    504

    +

    Gateway Timeout

    +

    Gateway timed out.
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    versions

    -

    Array

    -

    Lists all API versions.

    -

    id

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the version ID, for example, v1.

    -

    links

    -

    Array

    -

    Specifies the API URL.

    -

    href

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the reference address of the current API version.

    -

    rel

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the relationship between the current API version and the referenced address.

    -

    version

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the version. If minor versions are supported, set this parameter to the latest minor version. If minor versions are not supported, leave this parameter blank.

    -

    status

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the version status. Options are as follows:

    -
    • CURRENT: indicates the major version.
    • SUPPORTED: indicates that the version is an old one, but it is still supported.
    • DEPRECATED: indicates a deprecated version which may be deleted later.
    -

    updated

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the version release time, which must be the UTC time. For example, the release time of v1 is 2014-06-28T12:20:21Z.

    -

    min_version

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the minor version. If minor versions are supported, set this parameter to the earliest minor version. If minor versions are not supported, leave this parameter blank.

    -
    -
    -
  • Example response
    { 
-   "versions": [ 
-     { 
-       "id": "v1.0", 
-       "links": [ 
-         { 
-           "href": "https://{elb_endpoint}/v1.0/", 
-           "rel": "self" 
-         } 
-       ], 
-       "min_version": "", 
-       "status": "CURRENT", 
-       "updated": "2018-09-30T00:00:00Z", 
-       "version": "" 
-     } 
-   ] 
- }
    -
    • - -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      Bad Request

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      Unauthorized

      -

      The authentication information is not provided or is incorrect.

      -

      403

      -

      Forbidden

      -

      The request was forbidden.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested resource does not exist.

      -

      408

      -

      Request Timeout

      -

      The request timed out.

      -

      429

      -

      Too Many Requests

      -

      The number requests exceeded the upper limit.

      -

      500

      -

      Internal Server Error

      -

      Failed to complete the request because of an internal service error.

      -

      503

      -

      Service Unavailable

      -

      The service is currently unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: API Version
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0002.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8324d9f4..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0002.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,203 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying a Specific API Version

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query a specific ELB API version.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /{api_version}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Description

    -

    api_version

    -

    Yes

    -

    Specifies the API version.

    -
    -
    -
    • Example

      /v1.0

      -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Response parameters

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      version

      -

      Object

      -

      Specifies the API version.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the version ID, for example, v1.

      -

      links

      -

      Array

      -

      Specifies the API URL.

      -

      href

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the reference address of the current API version.

      -

      rel

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the relationship between the current API version and the referenced address.

      -

      version

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the version. If minor versions are supported, set this parameter to the latest minor version. If minor versions are not supported, leave this parameter blank.

      -

      status

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the version status. Options are as follows:

      -
      • CURRENT: indicates the major version.
      • SUPPORTED: indicates that the version is an old one, but it is still supported.
      • DEPRECATED: indicates a deprecated version which may be deleted later.
      -

      updated

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the version release time, which must be the UTC time. For example, the release time of v1 is 2014-06-28T12:20:21Z.

      -

      min_version

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the minor version. If minor versions are supported, set this parameter to the earliest minor version. If minor versions are not supported, leave this parameter blank.

      -
      -
      -
    • Example response
      {  
-   "version": {  
-       "id": "v1.0",  
-       "links": [  
-         {  
-           "href": "https://{elb_endpoint}/v1.0/",  
-           "rel": "self"  
-         }  
-       ],  
-       "min_version": "",  
-       "status": "CURRENT",  
-       "updated": "2018-09-30T00:00:00Z",  
-       "version": ""  
-     }  
- }
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      Bad Request

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      Unauthorized

      -

      The authentication information is not provided or is incorrect.

      -

      403

      -

      Forbidden

      -

      The request was forbidden.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested resource does not exist.

      -

      408

      -

      Request Timeout

      -

      The request timed out.

      -

      429

      -

      Too Many Requests

      -

      The number requests exceeded the upper limit.

      -

      500

      -

      Internal Server Error

      -

      Failed to complete the request because of an internal service error.

      -

      503

      -

      Service Unavailable

      -

      The service is currently unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: API Version
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_cj_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_cj_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index ba42e1fe..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_cj_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Monitoring Metrics

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query all metrics at Layer 4 and Layer 7.

    -

    Only users can query these metrics.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/monitor

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Response parameters

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      act_conn

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of active connections.

      -

      cps

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of concurrent connections.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the report time.

      -

      in_Bps

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the inbound rate (bytes/s).

      -

      in_pps

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of incoming data packets.

      -

      inact_conn

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of inactive connections.

      -

      loadbalancer_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer ID.

      -

      loadbalancer_ip

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer IP address.

      -

      loadbalancer_name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer name.

      -

      ncps

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of new connections.

      -

      out_Bps

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the outbound rate (bytes/s).

      -

      out_pps

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of outgoing data packets.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      [ 
-      { 
-          "act_conn": 0,
-          "cps": 0,
-          "create_time": "2016-05-20 16:46:49",
-          "in_Bps": 0,
-          "in_pps": 0,
-          "inact_conn": 0,
-          "loadbalancer_id": "34cf6520808d4766ae1455586ab94ba8",
-          "loadbalancer_ip": "10.10.1.233",
-          "loadbalancer_name": "lb0721",
-          "ncps": 0,
-          "out_Bps": 0,
-          "out_pps": 0
-       },
-       {
-          "act_conn": 0,
-          "cps": 0,
-          "create_time": "2016-05-20 16:46:49",
-          "in_Bps": 0,
-          "in_pps": 0,
-          "inact_conn": 0,
-          "loadbalancer_id": "b44533cce271437bb692365b0c450543",
-          "loadbalancer_ip": "10.10.1.253",
-          "loadbalancer_name": "lb0721",
-          "ncps": 0,
-          "out_Bps": 0,
-          "out_pps": 0
-       }
-]
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Classic Load Balancer APIs
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9ab02a97..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Load Balancer

    -
    - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0001.html deleted file mode 100644 index 07a7c965..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0001.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,283 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Creating a Load Balancer

    -

    Function

    This API is used to create a load balancer.

    -
    -

    URI

    POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -
    -
    -

    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Mandatory

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      name

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the load balancer name.
      • The value can contain 1 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
      -

      description

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -
      • Provides supplementary information about the load balancer.
      • The value contains 0 to 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
      -

      vpc_id

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the VPC ID.

      -

      bandwidth

      -

      No

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the bandwidth (Mbit/s). This parameter is mandatory when type is set to External.
      • The value ranges from 1 to 500.

        (The specific range may vary depending on the configuration in each region. You can see the bandwidth range of each region on the management console.)

        -
      -

      type

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the network type of the load balancer.
      • The value is Internal or External.
      -

      admin_state_up

      -

      Yes

      -

      Integer/Boolean

      -
      • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
      • Optional values:

        0 or false: indicates that the load balancer is stopped. Only users are allowed to enter the two values.

        -

        1 or true indicates that the load balancer is running properly.

        -

        2 or false indicates that the load balancer is frozen. Only the administrator is allowed to enter the two values.

        -
      -

      vip_subnet_id

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the subnet ID of backend ECSs. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to Internal. Only IPv4 subnets can be specified.

      -

      az

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the AZ of the load balancer. This parameter is invalid when type is set to External and is optional when type is set to Internal. If type is set to Internal and an AZ is specified, the specified AZ must support private network load balancers. Otherwise, an error message is returned. For more details, see Regions and Endpoints.

      -

      -

      charge_mode

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies how a new elastic IP address (EIP) is billed. This is a reserved parameter. If the system supports billing by traffic and this parameter is specified, the EIP will be billed by traffic.
      • Specifies whether the EIP is billed by traffic or fixed bandwidth. If this parameter is left blank or incorrectly set, the EIP is billed by traffic by default.
      • The value is traffic.
      -

      eip_type

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -
      • This parameter is reserved.
      -

      security_group_id

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the security group ID.
      • The value can contain 1 to 200 characters that consists of letters, digits, and hyphens (-).
      • This parameter is mandatory if the value of type is Internal, while it is ignored when the value of type is External.
      -

      vip_address

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the private IP address of the load balancer. When type is set to External, the parameter value is the EIP. When type is set to Internal, the parameter value is the private network IP address.
      • You can select an existing EIP to create a public network load balancer. When this parameter is configured, parameters bandwidth, charge_mode, and eip_type are invalid.
      -

      tenantId

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the project ID.
      • This parameter is mandatory when type is set to Internal.
      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example request 1
      {
-    "name": "loadbalancer1",
-    "description": "simple lb",
-    "vpc_id": "f54a3ffd-7a55-4568-9e3d-f0ff2d46a107",
-    "bandwidth": 200,
-    "type": "External",
-    "admin_state_up": true
-}
      -
    -
    • Example request 2
      {
-    "name": "loadbalancer1",
-    "description": "simple lb",
-    "vpc_id": "f54a3ffd-7a55-4568-9e3d-f0ff2d46a107",
-    "vip_address": "192.144.164.74",
-    "type": "External",
-    "admin_state_up": true
-}
      -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 3 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for creating a load balancer is delivered.

      -

      job_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for creating a load balancer in Combined API.

      -
      -
      -
    • Example response
      {
-    "uri": "/v1/73cd9140bec7427ab9952b4ed75924e0/jobs/4010b39b4fbb4645014fcfc8f2d178d1",
-    "job_id": "4010b39b4fbb4645014fcfc8f2d178d1"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Load Balancer
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0002.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8c015705..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0002.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Deleting a Load Balancer

    -

    Function

    This API is used to delete a load balancer. If the load balancer is a public network load balancer, this API deletes the EIP bound to the load balancer.

    -
    -

    Constraints

    For a public network load balancer, you need to delete the backend ECSs added to all listeners of the load balancer before deleting it.

    -
    -

    URI

    DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    loadbalancer_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the load balancer ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for deleting a load balancer is delivered.

      -

      job_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for deleting a load balancer in Combined API.

      -
      -
      -
    • Example response
      {
-    "uri": "/v1/73cd9140bec7427ab9952b4ed75924e0/jobs/4010b39c4fbb4649014fcfd2ab7903b0",
-    "job_id": "4010b39c4fbb4649014fcfd2ab7903b0"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Load Balancer
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0003.html deleted file mode 100644 index d55023b0..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0003.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Deleting a Public Network Load Balancer

    -

    Function

    This API is used to delete a public network load balancer. The EIP bound to the load balancer will not be deleted. If you need to delete this IP address, refer to Deleting a Load Balancer.

    -
    -

    Constraints

    Before deleting a public network load balancer, you must remove all backend ECSs from the listener. This API cannot be used to delete a private network load balancer.

    -
    -

    URI

    DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/keep-eip

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    loadbalancer_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the load balancer ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for deleting a load balancer is delivered.

      -

      job_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for deleting a load balancer in Combined API.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "uri": "/v1/8263303061de4b5d95c9cb68c3a257f4/jobs/ff808082615b23aa01616b90efc65298", 
-    "job_id": "ff808082615b23aa01616b90efc65298"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisable

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Load Balancer
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0004.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2c314f83..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0004.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Modifying a Load Balancer

    -

    Function

    This API is used to modify the name, description, bandwidth, and administrative status of a load balancer.

    -
    -

    URI

    PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    loadbalancer_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the load balancer ID.

    -

    name

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the load balancer name.
    • The value can contain 1 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
    -

    description

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Provides supplementary information about the load balancer.
    • The value contains 0 to 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
    -

    bandwidth

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the bandwidth (Mbit/s). This parameter is mandatory when type is set to External.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 500.

      (The specific range may vary depending on the configuration in each region. You can see the bandwidth range of each region on the management console.)

      -
    -

    admin_state_up

    -

    No

    -

    Integer/Boolean

    -
    • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
    • Optional values:

      0 or false: indicates that the load balancer is stopped. Only users are allowed to enter the two values.

      -

      1 or true: indicates that the load balancer is running properly.

      -

      2 or false: indicates that the load balancer is frozen. Only the administrator is allowed to enter the two values.

      -
    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request
      {
-    "description": "simple lb",
-    "name": "loadbalancer1",
-    "bandwidth": 200,
-    "admin_state_up": true
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for modifying a load balancer is delivered.

      -

      job_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for modifying a load balancer in Combined API.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "uri": "/v1/73cd9140bec7427ab9952b4ed75924e0/jobs/4010b39d4fbb4645014fcfddf4b32d15",
-    "job_id": "4010b39d4fbb4645014fcfddf4b32d15"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Load Balancer
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0005.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0005.html deleted file mode 100644 index c87e34f0..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0005.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Details of a Load Balancer

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query details about a load balancer.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    loadbalancer_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the load balancer ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      vip_address

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the private IP address of the load balancer.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the load balancer was updated.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the load balancer was created.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer ID.

      -

      status

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the load balancer status.
      • The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.
      -

      bandwidth

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the bandwidth (Mbit/s).

      -

      vpc_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the VPC ID.

      -

      admin_state_up

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
      • The following options are available:

        0: The load balancer is disabled.

        -

        1: The load balancer is running properly.

        -

        2: The load balancer is frozen.

        -
      -

      vip_subnet_id

      -

      String

      -

      This parameter is unavailable now.

      -

      type

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the network type of the load balancer. The value is External.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer name.

      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Provides supplementary information about the load balancer.

      -

      security_group_id

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the security group ID.
      • null is displayed for this parameter when type is set to External.
      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "vip_address": "192.144.62.114",
-    "update_time": "2015-09-14 02:34:32",
-    "create_time": "2015-09-14 02:34:32",
-    "id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-    "status": "ACTIVE",
-    "bandwidth": 1,
-    "security_group_id": null,
-    "vpc_id": "f54a3ffd-7a55-4568-9e3d-f0ff2d46a107",
-    "admin_state_up": 1,
-    "vip_subnet_id": null,
-    "type": "External",
-    "name": "MY_ELB",
-    "description": null
-}
      -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Load Balancer
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2c54b237..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Backend ECS

    -
    - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0001.html deleted file mode 100644 index 0b327842..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0001.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Adding Backend ECSs

    -

    Function

    This API is used to add backend ECSs to a listener for monitoring.

    -

    To add backend ECSs to a UDP listener, IP addresses can be pinged and UDP services must be enabled.

    -
    -

    URI

    POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    listener_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the listener ID.

    -

    server_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the backend ECS ID.

    -

    address

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the private IP address of the backend ECS.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request
      [
-    {
-        "server_id": "dbecb618-2259-405f-ab17-9b68c4f541b0",
-        "address": "172.16.0.31"
-    }
-]
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the URI of the job for adding a backend ECS. It is returned by Combined API.

      -

      job_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for adding a backend ECS in Combined API.

      -
      -
      -
    • Example response
      {
-    "uri": "/v1/55300f3c8f764c06b1a32e2302edc305/jobs/4010b39b4fd3d5ff014fd3ec3ed8002d",
-    "job_id": "4010b39b4fd3d5ff014fd3ec3ed8002d"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Backend ECS
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0002.html deleted file mode 100644 index 98103f00..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0002.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Removing Backend ECSs

    -

    Function

    This API is used to remove backend ECSs from a listener. Multiple backend ECSs can be removed concurrently.

    -
    -

    URI

    POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members/action

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    listener_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the listener ID.

    -

    removeMember

    -

    Yes

    -

    Array

    -

    Lists the removed backend ECSs.

    -
    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 2 removeMember parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the backend ECS ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request
      {
-    "removeMember": [
-        {
-            "id": "34695d664b182fa69b98228032b0e239"
-        }
-    ]
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 3 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for removing a backend ECS is delivered.

      -

      job_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for removing a backend ECS in Combined API.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "uri": "/v1/55300f3c8f764c06b1a32e2302edc305/jobs/4010b39b4fd3d5ff014fd3f160fd006c",
-    "job_id": "4010b39b4fd3d5ff014fd3f160fd006c"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Backend ECS
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0003.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2db9c58e..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0003.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Backend ECSs

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query backend ECSs added to a listener. If you are the administrator, the backend ECS list will be empty.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members?limit=10&marker=0

    -

    Enter a question mark (?) and an ampersand (&) at the end of the URI to define multiple search criteria. This API allows filtering backend ECSs by each parameter in the response message except listeners, server_name, update_time, and create_time.

    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    listener_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the listener ID.

    -

    marker

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the resource ID of pagination query. If the parameter is left blank, only resources on the first page are queried.

    -

    limit

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -

    Specifies the number of records on each page.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      server_address

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the private IP address of the backend ECS.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the backend ECS ID.

      -

      address

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the floating IP address assigned to the backend ECS.

      -

      status

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the status of the backend ECS. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING, or ERROR.

      -

      health_status

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check result. The value is NORMAL, ABNORMAL, or UNAVAILABLE.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the backend ECS was updated.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the backend ECS was added.

      -

      server_name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the backend ECS name.

      -

      server_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the backend ECS ID.

      -

      listeners

      -

      Array

      -

      Specifies the listener with which the backend ECS is associated.

      -
      -
      - -
      - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 3 listeners parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener with which the backend ECS is associated.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      [
-    {
-        "server_address": "172.16.0.16",
-        "id": "4ac8777333bc20777147ab160ea61baf",
-        "status": "ACTIVE",
-        "address": "100.64.27.96",
-        "listeners": [
-            {
-                "id": "65093734fb966b3d70f6af26cc63e125"
-            },
-            {
-                "id": "a659fe780a542e1adf204db767a021a3"
-            }
-        ],
-        "update_time": "2015-12-28 10:35:51",
-        "create_time": "2015-12-28 10:35:50",
-        "server_name": null,
-        "server_id": "97444148-7afb-47cc-b4a3-6e1c94d1ade4",
-        "health_status": "NORMAL"
-    },
-    {
-        "server_address": "172.16.0.15",
-        "id": "d8a21f107a19d7bd1d05a1f764eb623a",
-        "status": "ACTIVE",
-        "address": "100.64.27.95",
-        "listeners": [
-            {
-                "id": "65093734fb966b3d70f6af26cc63e125"
-            },
-            {
-                "id": "a659fe780a542e1adf204db767a021a3"
-            }
-        ],
-        "update_time": "2015-12-28 10:35:51",
-        "create_time": "2015-12-28 10:35:50",
-        "server_name": null,
-        "server_id": "05b731db-d457-41dc-a824-862daba91a59",
-        "health_status": "ABNORMAL"
-    }
-]
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Backend ECS
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 1927e324..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Health Check

    -
    - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0001.html deleted file mode 100644 index 710e7dbc..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0001.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Configuring a Health Check

    -

    Function

    This API is used to configure a health check for backend ECSs.

    -
    -

    URI

    POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    listener_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the ID of the listener with which the health check is associated.

    -

    healthcheck_protocol

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the health check protocol. A listener using UDP is not allowed for a private network load balancer.
    • The value can be HTTP, TCP, or UDP.
    -

    healthcheck_uri

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.
    • The value can contain 1 to 80 characters that must start with a slash (/) and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters such as -/.%?#&_=
    -

    healthcheck_connect_port

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the health check port.
    • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
    -

    healthy_threshold

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 10.
    -

    unhealthy_threshold

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 10.
    -

    healthcheck_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 50.
    -

    healthcheck_interval

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 50.
    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request 1: Configuring an HTTP health check
      {
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 80,
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "/",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3,
-    "listener_id": "3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 3
-}
      -
    • Example request 2: Configuring a TCP health check 
      {
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 80,
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "TCP",
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3,
-    "listener_id": "3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 3
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      healthcheck_interval

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.

      -

      listener_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the ID of the listener with which the health check is associated.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check ID.

      -

      healthcheck_protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check protocol.

      -

      unhealthy_threshold

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the health check was updated.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the health check was configured.

      -

      healthcheck_connect_port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the health check port.

      -

      healthcheck_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.

      -

      healthcheck_uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.

      -

      healthy_threshold

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example response 1: Configuring an HTTP health check
      {
-     "healthcheck_interval":5,
-     "listener_id":"3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-     "id":"134e5ea962327c6a574b83e6e7f31f35",
-     "healthcheck_protocol":"HTTP",
-     "unhealthy_threshold":3,
-     "update_time":"2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-     "create_time":"2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-     "healthcheck_connect_port":80,
-     "healthcheck_timeout":10,
-     "healthcheck_uri":"\/",
-     "healthy_threshold":3
-}
      -
    • Example response 2: Configuring a TCP health check 
      {
-     "healthcheck_interval":5,
-     "listener_id":"3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-     "id":"134e5ea962327c6a574b83e6e7f31f35",
-     "healthcheck_protocol":"TCP",
-     "unhealthy_threshold":3,
-     "update_time":"2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-     "create_time":"2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-     "healthcheck_connect_port":80,
-     "healthcheck_timeout":10,
-     "healthcheck_uri":"",
-     "healthy_threshold":3
-}
      -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Health Check
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0002.html deleted file mode 100644 index 82bccb16..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0002.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Deleting a Health Check

    -

    Function

    This API is used to delete a health check.

    -
    -

    URI

    DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    healthcheck_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the health check ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example response

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      204

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Health Check
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0003.html deleted file mode 100644 index ddd166ff..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0003.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Modifying a Health Check

    -

    Function

    This API is used to modify information about a health check.

    -
    -

    URI

    PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    healthcheck_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the health check ID.

    -

    healthcheck_protocol

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the health check protocol.
    • The value can be HTTP or TCP (case-insensitive).
    -

    healthcheck_uri

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.
    • The value can contain 1 to 80 characters that must start with a slash (/) and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters such as -/.%?#&_=
    -

    healthcheck_connect_port

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the health check port.
    • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
    -

    healthy_threshold

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 10.
    -

    unhealthy_threshold

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 10.
    -

    healthcheck_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 50.
    -

    healthcheck_interval

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 50.
    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request
      {
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 88,
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "/",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3,
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 2
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      healthcheck_interval

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.

      -

      listener_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the ID of the listener with which the health check is associated.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check ID.

      -

      healthcheck_protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check protocol.

      -

      unhealthy_threshold

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the certificate was updated.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the health check was created.

      -

      healthcheck_connect_port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the health check port.

      -

      healthcheck_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.

      -

      healthcheck_uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.

      -

      healthy_threshold

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the threshold at which the health check result is success, that is, the number of consecutive successful health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "listener_id": "3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-    "id": "134e5ea962327c6a574b83e6e7f31f35",
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 2,
-    "update_time": "2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-    "create_time": "2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 88,
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "/",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3
-}
      -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Health Check
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0004.html deleted file mode 100644 index f34809d2..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0004.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Details of a Health Check

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query details about a health check.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    healthcheck_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the health check ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      healthcheck_interval

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.

      -

      listener_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the ID of the listener with which the health check is associated.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check ID.

      -

      healthcheck_protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check protocol.

      -

      unhealthy_threshold

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the health check was updated.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the health check was configured.

      -

      healthcheck_connect_port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the health check port.

      -

      healthcheck_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.

      -

      healthcheck_uri

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.

      -

      healthy_threshold

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the threshold at which the health check result is success, that is, the number of consecutive successful health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "listener_id": "3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-    "id": "134e5ea962327c6a574b83e6e7f31f35",
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 2,
-    "update_time": "2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-    "create_time": "2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 88,
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "/",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Health Check
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_job_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_job_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2a7aa415..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_job_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,305 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying the Job Status

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query the job status, such as the execution status of creating or deleting a load balancer.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/jobs/{job_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    job_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the job ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Mandatory

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      status

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the job status.

      -
      • SUCCESS: The job was successfully executed.
      • RUNNING: The job is in progress.
      • FAIL: The job failed.
      • INIT: The job is being initialized.
      -

      entities

      -

      Yes

      -

      Object

      -

      Specifies the response to the job. Each type of job has different contents.

      -

      job_id

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the job ID.

      -

      job_type

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the job type.

      -

      begin_time

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the job started.

      -

      end_time

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the job ended.

      -

      error_code

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the error code returned after the job fails to execute.

      -

      fail_reason

      -

      Yes

      -

      String

      -

      Indicates the cause of the execution failure.

      -

      message

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the message returned when an error occurs.

      -

      code

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the error code returned when an error occurs.

      -

      For details of error code, see Status Codes.

      -

      sub_jobs

      -

      No

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the execution information of a subjob. When no subjob exists, the value of this parameter is left empty. The structure of each subjob is similar to that of the parent job.

      -
      -
      -
    • Example response
      { 
-    "status": "SUCCESS", 
-    "entities": 
-     {
-      "elb": 
-       {
-        "id": "ef265755daf84333baf4ddc1d91cbc2f",
-        "name": "1",
-        "type": "External",
-        "status": "ACTIVE", 
-        "bandwidth": 1, 
-        "vip_address": "10.154.53.4", 
-        "tenant_id": "cbc08e2f8c354c7aa7abb88d0a7d11dc", 
-        "admin_state_up": false, 
-        "vpc_id": "21838be1-c1ce-4c09-9184-228cdb43038d" 
-        } 
-      }, 
-     "job_id": "ff8080825ecc523f015ecd0a98f82f77", 
-     "job_type": "createELB", 
-     "begin_time": "2017-09-29T09:49:37.399Z", 
-     "end_time": "2017-09-29T09:50:03.272Z", 
-     "error_code": null, 
-     "fail_reason": null 
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      Bad Request

      -

      The server failed to process the request.

      -

      401

      -

      Unauthorized

      -

      You must enter a username and the password to access the requested page.

      -

      403

      -

      Forbidden

      -

      You are forbidden to access the requested page.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The server could not find the requested page.

      -

      405

      -

      Method Not Allowed

      -

      You are not allowed to use the method specified in the request.

      -

      406

      -

      Not Acceptable

      -

      Response generated by the server is not acceptable to the client.

      -

      407

      -

      Proxy Authentication Required

      -

      You must use the proxy server for authentication so that the request can be processed.

      -

      408

      -

      Request Timeout

      -

      The request timed out.

      -

      409

      -

      Conflict

      -

      The request could not be processed due to a conflict.

      -

      500

      -

      Internal Server Error

      -

      Failed to complete the request because of an internal service error.

      -

      501

      -

      Not Implemented

      -

      Failed to complete the request because the server does not support the requested function.

      -

      502

      -

      Bad Gateway

      -

      Failed to complete the request because the server has received an invalid response.

      -

      503

      -

      Service Unavailable

      -

      Failed to complete the request because the system is out of service temporarily.

      -

      504

      -

      Gateway Timeout

      -

      A gateway timeout error occurred.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Classic Load Balancer APIs
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index d75da7b0..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Listener

    -
    - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0001.html deleted file mode 100644 index f47d0bd2..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0001.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,485 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Adding a Listener

    -

    Function

    This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.

    -
    -

    URI

    POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    name

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the listener name.
    • The value can contain 1 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
    -

    description

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Provides supplementary information about the listener.
    • The value contains 0 to 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
    -

    loadbalancer_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the load balancer ID.

    -

    protocol

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the protocol used by the listener.
    • The value can be HTTP, TCP, HTTPS, SSL, or UDP.
    • A UDP listener cannot be added to a private network load balancer.
    -

    port

    -

    Yes

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the port used by the listener.
    • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
    -

    backend_protocol

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the backend ECS protocol.

      If protocol is set to UDP, the value of this parameter can only be UDP.

      -

      If protocol is set to SSL, the value of this parameter can only be TCP.

      -
    • The value can be HTTP, TCP, or UDP.
    -

    backend_port

    -

    Yes

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.
    • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
    -

    lb_algorithm

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the load balancing algorithm.
    • The value can be roundrobin, leastconn, or source.
    -

    session_sticky

    -

    No

    -

    Boolean

    -
    • Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature.
    • The value can be true or false. The feature is enabled when the value is true.
    • If protocol is set to SSL, the sticky session feature is not supported and the parameter is invalid.
    • If protocol is set to HTTP, HTTPS, or TCP and lb_algorithm is not roundrobin, the value of this parameter can only be false.
    -

    sticky_session_type

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer.

    -
    • This parameter takes effect when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true.
    • This parameter does not take effect when protocol is set to TCP, SSL, or UDP, which means that the parameter is unavailable or its value is set to null.
    -

    cookie_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the cookie timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP, session_sticky to true, and sticky_session_type to insert. This parameter is invalid when protocol is set to TCP, SSL, or UDP.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
    -

    tcp_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the TCP session timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
    -

    tcp_draining

    -

    No

    -

    Boolean

    -
    • Specifies whether to maintain TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
    • The value can be true or false.
    -

    tcp_draining_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the timeout duration for maintaining TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed in the unit of minute.

      This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP and tcp_draining to true.

      -
    • The value ranges from 0 to 60.
    -

    certificate_id

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the certificate ID. This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
    • The ID can be obtained from the certificate list.
    -

    certificates

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
    • This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario and is valid only when the load balancer is a public network load balancer.
    -

    udp_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the UDP session timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to UDP.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
    -

    ssl_protocols

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
    • The value can be TLS 1.2 or TLS 1.2 TLS 1.1 TLS 1.0, and the default value is TLS 1.2.
    -

    ssl_ciphers

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the cipher suites supported by a specific SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
    • The value is Default, Extended, or Strict.

      The value of Default is ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256.

      -

      The value of Extended is ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:AES128-SHA256:AES256-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA:CAMELLIA128-SHA:EDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA:DES-CBC3-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-RC4-SHA:RC4-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA:DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA:CAMELLIA256-SHA:EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA:DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA:DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA.

      -

      The value of Strict is ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256.

      -

      The default value is Default. When ssl_protocols is set to TLS 1.2 TLS 1.1 TLS 1.0, this parameter can only be set to Extended.

      -
    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request
      {
-    "name": "listener1",
-    "description": "",
-    "loadbalancer_id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-    "protocol": "HTTP",
-    "port": 88,
-    "backend_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "backend_port": 80,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-    "session_sticky": true,
-    "sticky_session_type": "insert",
-    "cookie_timeout": 100,
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "tcp_draining_timeout": 5
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was updated.

      -

      backend_port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener ID.

      -

      backend_protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the protocol used by backend ECSs.

      -

      sticky_session_type

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true.

      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Provides supplementary information about the listener.

      -

      loadbalancer_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer ID.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was created.

      -

      status

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener status. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.

      -

      protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the protocol used for load balancing at Layer 4 or Layer 7.

      -

      port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the port used by the listener.

      -

      cookie_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the cookie timeout duration in the unit of minute. This parameter is valid when session_sticky is set to true and sticky_session_type to insert.
      • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
      -

      admin_state_up

      -

      Boolean

      -
      • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
      • Two options are available:

        false: The load balancer is disabled.

        -

        true: The load balancer is running properly.

        -
      -

      session_sticky

      -

      Boolean

      -

      Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature. The feature is enabled when the value is true.

      -

      lb_algorithm

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancing algorithm.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener name.

      -

      tcp_draining

      -

      Boolean

      -
      • Specifies whether to maintain TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
      • The value can be true or false.
      -

      tcp_draining_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the timeout duration for maintaining TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed in the unit of minute.

        This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP and tcp_draining to true.

        -
      • The value ranges from 0 to 60.
      -

      ssl_protocols

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version.
      • This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
      -

      ssl_ciphers

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the cipher suite of an encryption protocol.
      • This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
      -

      certificate_id

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the default certificate ID.
      • This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
      -

      certificates

      -

      String

      -
      • Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
      • This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.
      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "update_time": "2015-09-15 07:41:17",
-    "backend_port": 80,
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "id": "248425d7b97dc26920eb23720115e068",
-    "backend_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "sticky_session_type": "insert",
-    "description": "",
-    "loadbalancer_id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-    "create_time": "2015-09-15 07:41:17",
-    "status": "ACTIVE",
-    "protocol": "TCP",
-    "port": 88,
-    "cookie_timeout": 100,
-    "admin_state_up": true,
-    "session_sticky": true,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-    "name": "listener1",
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "tcp_draining_timeout": 5
-}
      -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Listener
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0002.html deleted file mode 100644 index 46fda991..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0002.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Deleting a Listener

    -

    Function

    This API is used to delete a listener.

    -
    -

    URI

    DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    listener_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the listener ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example response

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      204

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Listener
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0003.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9254fce1..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0003.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,428 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Modifying a Listener

    -

    Function

    This API is used to modify the listener information, including the listener name, description, and status.

    -
    -

    URI

    PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    listener_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the listener ID.

    -

    name

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the listener name.
    • The value can contain 1 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
    -

    description

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Provides supplementary information about the listener.
    • The value contains 0 to 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
    -

    port

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the port used by the listener.
    • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
    -

    backend_port

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.
    • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
    -

    lb_algorithm

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the load balancing algorithm.
    • The value can be roundrobin, leastconn, or source.
    -

    tcp_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the TCP session timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
    -

    tcp_draining

    -

    No

    -

    Boolean

    -
    • Specifies whether to maintain TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
    • The value can be true or false.
    -

    tcp_draining_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the timeout duration for maintaining TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed in the unit of minute.

      This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP and tcp_draining to true.

      -
    • The value ranges from 0 to 60.
    -

    udp_timeout

    -

    No

    -

    Integer

    -
    • Specifies the UDP session timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to UDP.
    • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
    -

    ssl_protocols

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
    • The value can be TLS 1.2 or TLS 1.2 TLS 1.1 TLS 1.0, and the default value is TLS 1.2.
    -

    ssl_ciphers

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the cipher suites supported by a specific SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
    • The value is Default, Extended, or Strict.

      The value of Default is ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256.

      -

      The value of Extended is ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:AES128-SHA256:AES256-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA:CAMELLIA128-SHA:EDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA:DES-CBC3-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-RC4-SHA:RC4-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA:DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA:CAMELLIA256-SHA:EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA:DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA:DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA.

      -

      The value of Strict is ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256.

      -

      The default value is Default. When ssl_protocols is set to TLS 1.2 TLS 1.1 TLS 1.0, this parameter can only be set to Extended.

      -
    -

    certificate_id

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the default certificate ID. This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
    • The ID can be obtained from the certificate list.
    -

    certificates

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
    • This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.
    • This parameter is valid only when the load balancer is a public network load balancer.
    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request
      {
-    "name": "lis",
-    "description": "",
-    "port": 9090,
-    "backend_port": 9090,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was updated.

      -

      backend_port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener ID in UUID format.

      -

      backend_protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the protocol used by backend ECSs.

      -

      sticky_session_type

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer.

      -
      • This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true.
      • This parameter is invalid when protocol is set to TCP, SSL, or UDP, which means that the parameter is unavailable or its value is set to null.
      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Provides supplementary information about the listener.

      -

      loadbalancer_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer ID.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was created.

      -

      status

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener status. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.

      -

      protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the protocol used for load balancing at Layer 4 or Layer 7.

      -

      port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the port used by the listener.

      -

      cookie_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the cookie timeout duration. This parameter is valid when session_sticky is set to true and sticky_session_type to insert.
      • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
      -

      admin_state_up

      -

      Boolean

      -
      • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
      • Two options are available:

        false: The load balancer is disabled.

        -

        true: The load balancer is running properly.

        -
      -

      healthcheck_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check ID.

      -

      session_sticky

      -

      Boolean

      -

      Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature. The feature is enabled when the value is true. This parameter is valid only when protocol is set to HTTP.

      -

      lb_algorithm

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancing algorithm.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener name.

      -

      tcp_draining

      -

      Boolean

      -
      • Specifies whether to maintain TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
      • The value can be true or false.
      -

      tcp_draining_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the timeout duration for maintaining TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. The unit is minute.

        This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP and tcp_draining to true.

        -
      • The value ranges from 0 to 60.
      -

      certificate_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the ID of the SSL certificate for security authentication.

      -

      This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL. Otherwise, the parameter value is null.

      -

      certificates

      -

      String

      -

      Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.

      -

      This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "update_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:59",
-    "backend_port": 9090,
-    "id": "a824584fb3ba4d39ba0cf372c7cbbb67",
-    "backend_protocol": "TCP",
-    "sticky_session_type": null,
-    "certificate_id": null,
-    "description": "",
-    "loadbalancer_id": "f54c65b1b5dd4a4f95b71b44796ac013",
-    "create_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:43",
-    "admin_state_up": false,
-    "status": "ACTIVE",
-    "protocol": "TCP",
-    "cookie_timeout": 100,
-    "port": 9092,
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "tcp_timeout": 1,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-    "healthcheck_id": null,
-    "session_sticky": true,
-    "tcp_draining_timeout": 5,
-    "name": "lis"
-
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Listener
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0004.html deleted file mode 100644 index 05fc9bef..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0004.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,345 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Details of a Listener

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query details about a listener.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    listener_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the listener ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was updated.

      -

      backend_port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener ID.

      -

      backend_protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the protocol used by backend ECSs.

      -

      sticky_session_type

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer.

      -
      • This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true. The default value is insert.
      • This parameter is invalid when protocol is set to TCP, which means that the parameter is unavailable or its value is set to null.
      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Provides supplementary information about the listener.

      -

      loadbalancer_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer ID.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was created.

      -

      status

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener status. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.

      -

      protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the protocol used for load balancing at Layer 4 or Layer 7.

      -

      port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the port used by the listener.

      -

      cookie_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the cookie timeout duration. This parameter is valid when session_sticky is set to true and sticky_session_type to insert.
      • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
      -

      admin_state_up

      -

      Boolean

      -
      • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
      • Two options are available:

        false: The load balancer is disabled.

        -

        true: The load balancer is running properly.

        -
      -

      member_number

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the quantity of backend ECSs.

      -

      healthcheck_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check ID.

      -

      session_sticky

      -

      Boolean

      -

      Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature. The feature is enabled when the value is true.

      -

      lb_algorithm

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancing algorithm.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener name.

      -

      certificate_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the ID of the SSL certificate for security authentication.

      -

      This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL. Otherwise, the parameter value is null.

      -

      certificates

      -

      String

      -

      Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.

      -

      This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.

      -

      tcp_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the TCP session timeout duration.

      -

      udp_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the UDP session timeout duration.

      -

      ssl_protocols

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.

      -
      NOTE:

      For HTTPS listeners in versions earlier than 1.2.8, the parameter value is TLS 1.2.

      -
      -

      ssl_ciphers

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the cipher suite of an encryption protocol. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "update_time": "2015-09-15 07:41:17",
-    "backend_port": 80,
-    "id": "248425d7b97dc26920eb23720115e068",
-    "backend_protocol": "TCP",
-    "sticky_session_type": "insert",
-    "description": "",
-    "loadbalancer_id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-    "create_time": "2015-09-15 07:41:17",
-    "status": "ACTIVE",
-    "protocol": "TCP",
-    "port": 88,
-    "cookie_timeout": 100,
-    "admin_state_up": true,
-    "member_number": 0,
-    "healthcheck_id": null,
-    "session_sticky": true,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-    "name": "listener1",
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "tcp_draining_timeout": 5
-}
-
      -
      {
-     "update_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:59",
-     "backend_port": 9090,
-     "id": "a824584fb3ba4d39ba0cf372c7cbbb67",
-     "backend_protocol": "TCP",
-     "sticky_session_type": null,
-     "certificate_id": null,
-     "description": "",
-     "loadbalancer_id": "f54c65b1b5dd4a4f95b71b44796ac013",
-     "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-     "create_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:43",
-     "admin_state_up": false,
-     "status": "ACTIVE",
-     "protocol": "TCP",
-     "cookie_timeout": 100,
-     "port": 9092,
-     "tcp_draining": 1,
-     "tcp_timeout": 1,
-     "member_number": 0,
-     "healthcheck_id": null,
-     "session_sticky": true,
-     "tcp_draining_timeout": 5,
-     "name": "lis"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Listener
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0005.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0005.html deleted file mode 100644 index d385f782..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0005.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,350 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Listeners

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query listeners using search criteria and display them in a list.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners?loadbalancer_id={loadbalancer_id}

    -

    Enter a question mark (?) and an ampersand (&) at the end of the URI to define multiple search criteria. You can filter the listeners using the parameters in the response except update_time, create_time, admin_state_up, session_sticky, and member_number.

    -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    loadbalancer_id

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the load balancer ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was updated.

      -

      backend_port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener ID.

      -

      backend_protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the protocol used by backend ECSs.

      -

      sticky_session_type

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer.

      -
      • This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true. The default value is insert.
      • This parameter is invalid when protocol is set to TCP, which means that the parameter is unavailable or its value is set to null.
      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Provides supplementary information about the listener.

      -

      loadbalancer_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer ID.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was created.

      -

      status

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener status. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.

      -

      protocol

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the protocol used for load balancing at Layer 4 or Layer 7.

      -

      lb_algorithm

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancing algorithm.

      -

      admin_state_up

      -

      Boolean

      -
      • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
      • Two options are available:

        false: The load balancer is disabled.

        -

        true: The load balancer is running properly.

        -
      -

      cookie_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the cookie timeout duration. This parameter is valid when session_sticky is set to true and sticky_session_type to insert.
      • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
      -

      member_number

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the quantity of backend ECSs.

      -

      healthcheck_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the health check ID.

      -

      session_sticky

      -

      Boolean

      -

      Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature. The feature is enabled when the value is true.

      -

      port

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the port used by the listener.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the listener name.

      -

      certificate_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the ID of the SSL certificate for security authentication. This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL. Otherwise, the parameter value is null.

      -

      certificates

      -

      String

      -

      Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.

      -

      This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.

      -

      tcp_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the TCP session timeout duration.

      -

      udp_timeout

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the UDP session timeout duration.

      -

      ssl_protocols

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.

      -
      NOTE:

      For HTTPS listeners in versions earlier than 1.2.8, the parameter value is TLS 1.2.

      -
      -

      ssl_ciphers

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the cipher suite of an encryption protocol. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      [
- {
-     "update_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:59",
-     "backend_port": 9090,
-     "id": "a824584fb3ba4d39ba0cf372c7cbbb67",
-     "backend_protocol": "TCP",
-     "sticky_session_type": null,
-     "certificate_id": null,
-     "description": "",
-     "loadbalancer_id": "f54c65b1b5dd4a4f95b71b44796ac013",
-     "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-     "create_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:43",
-     "admin_state_up": false,
-     "status": "ACTIVE",
-     "protocol": "TCP",
-     "cookie_timeout": 100,
-     "port": 9092,
-     "tcp_draining": true,
-     "tcp_timeout": 1,
-     "member_number": 0,
-     "healthcheck_id": null,
-     "session_sticky": true,
-     "tcp_draining_timeout": 5,
-     "name": "lis"
-},
-
-{
-     "update_time": "2016-12-01 07:11:49",
-     "backend_port": 9090,
-     "id": "4818300858fc43e0a4d843ce74ee83a4",
-     "backend_protocol": "HTTP",
-     "sticky_session_type": "insert",
-     "certificate_id": null,
-     "description": "",
-     "loadbalancer_id": "f54c65b1b5dd4a4f95b71b44796ac013",
-     "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-     "create_time": "2016-12-01 07:11:30",
-     "admin_state_up": false,
-     "status": "ACTIVE",
-     "protocol": "HTTP",
-     "cookie_timeout": 100,
-     "port": 9091,
-     "tcp_draining": true,
-     "tcp_timeout": null,
-     "member_number": 0,
-     "healthcheck_id": null,
-     "session_sticky": true,
-     "tcp_draining_timeout": 5,
-     "name": "lis"
- }
-]
      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Listener
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 6bca37f5..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Quota

    -
    - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0001.html deleted file mode 100644 index ac4600eb..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0001.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Load Balancer or Listener Quotas

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query the load balancer or listener quotas.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/quotas

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      quotas

      -

      Object

      -

      Specifies the resource quotas.

      -
      -
      - -
      - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 3 quotas parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      resources

      -

      Array

      -

      Lists the resource quotas.

      -
      -
      - -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 4 resources parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      type

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the resource type. The value can be elb or listener.

      -

      used

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the quantity of used resources.

      -

      quota

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the total resource quotas.

      -

      max

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the maximum number of resources.

      -

      min

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the minimum number of resources.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "quotas": {
-        "resources": [
-            {
-                "type": "elb",
-                "used": 2,
-                "quota": 5,
-                "max": 100,
-                "min": 1
-            },
-            {
-                "type": "listener",
-                "quota": 5,
-                "max": 200,
-                "min": 1
-            }
-        ]
-    }
-}
      -

      The used parameter is unavailable for listeners, for which an empty character string is returned.

      -
      -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Quota
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0000.html deleted file mode 100644 index 68079178..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0000.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Certificate

    -
    - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0001.html deleted file mode 100644 index 6b1556ca..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0001.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,237 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Creating a Certificate

    -

    Function

    This API is used to create a certificate for an HTTPS listener.

    -
    -

    URI

    POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    name

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the certificate name.
    • The value can contain 0 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
    -

    description

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Provides supplementary information about the certificate.
    • The value contains a maximum of 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
    -

    domain

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the domain name associated with the server certificate.
    • The value can contain a maximum of 254 characters that consist of letters, digits, hyphens (-), and periods (.), and must start with uppercase letters or digits.
    -

    certificate

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the certificate content.
    • The value is in PEM coding format.
    -

    private_key

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the private key of the certificate.
    • The value is in PEM coding format.
    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request
      {
-    "name": "cert-bky",
-    "description": "certificate",
-    "certificate": "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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\nAA==\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----",
-    "private_key": "-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----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\nsMvKak4mQkI19foRXBydB/DDkK26iei/l0xoygrw50v2HErsQ7JcHw==\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Response parameters

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      tenant_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the project ID.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate ID.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate name.

      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Provides supplementary information about the certificate.

      -

      domain

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the domain name associated with the server certificate.

      -

      certificate

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate content.

      -

      private_key

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the private key of the certificate.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the certificate was created.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the certificate was updated.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-"name":"cert-bky",
-"description":"certificate",
-"certificate":"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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\nAA==\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----",
-"private_key":"-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----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\nsMvKak4mQkI19foRXBydB/DDkK26iei/l0xoygrw50v2HErsQ7JcHw==\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----",
-"tenant_id":"ed9edbc66b8b47c09f5d2fcd89430b33",
-"id":"5b8f908b5495452aa13beede0afc5d99",
-"create_time":"2016-06-27 08:14:42",
-"update_time":"2016-06-27 08:14:42"
-}
      -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      201

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Certificate
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0002.html deleted file mode 100644 index a470cf84..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0002.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Deleting a Certificate

    -

    Function

    This API is used to delete a certificate.

    -
    -

    URI

    DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    certificate_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the certificate ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example response

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      204

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Certificate
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0003.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8a1fb633..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0003.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,210 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Modifying a Certificate

    -

    Function

    This API is used to modify the name and description of a certificate.

    -
    -

    URI

    PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -

    certificate_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the certificate ID.

    -

    name

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Specifies the certificate name.
    • The value can contain 0 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
    -

    description

    -

    No

    -

    String

    -
    • Provides supplementary information about the certificate.
    • The value contains a maximum of 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request
      {
-    "name": "cert-bky",
-    "description": "certificate"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate ID.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate name.

      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Provides supplementary information about the certificate.

      -

      domain

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the domain name associated with the server certificate.

      -

      certificate

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate content.

      -

      private_key

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the private key of the certificate.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the certificate was created.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the certificate was updated.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "name": "cert-bky",
-    "description": "certificate",
-    "domain": null,
-    "certificate": "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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\nAA==\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----",
-    "private_key": "-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----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\nsMvKak4mQkI19foRXBydB/DDkK26iei/l0xoygrw50v2HErsQ7JcHw==\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----",
-    "id": "5b8f908b5495452aa13beede0afc5d99",
-    "create_time": "2016-06-27 08:14:42",
-    "update_time": "2016-06-27 08:14:42"
-}
      -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Certificate
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0004.html deleted file mode 100644 index 226b0fe2..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0004.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Certificates

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query all the certificates.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate

    - -
    - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -
    -
    -
    -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Response parameters

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      certificates

      -

      Array

      -

      Lists the certificates.

      -

      instance_num

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the number of certificates.

      -
      -
      - -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 3 certificates parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate ID.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate name.

      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Provides supplementary information about the certificate.

      -

      domain

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the domain name associated with the server certificate.

      -

      certificate

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the certificate content.

      -

      private_key

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the private key of the certificate.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the certificate was created.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the certificate was updated.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "certificates": [
-        {
-            "name": "cert-bky",
-            "description": "certificate",
-            "domain": null,
-            "certificate": "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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\nAA==\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----",
-            "private_key": "-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----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\nsMvKak4mQkI19foRXBydB/DDkK26iei/l0xoygrw50v2HErsQ7JcHw==\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----",
-            "id": "5b8f908b5495452aa13beede0afc5d99",
-            "create_time": "2016-06-27 08:14:42",
-            "update_time": "2016-06-27 08:14:42"
-        }
-    ],
-    "instance_num": "1"
-}
      -
    -

    Status Code

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Error -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      System error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      The service is unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Certificate
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0000.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38a8b63c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0000.html @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + + +

    Permissions and Supported Actions

    +

    +
    + + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0001.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0df463b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0001.html @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + + +

    Introduction

    +

    This section describes fine-grained permissions management for the ELB service. If your account does not need individual IAM users, then you may skip over this chapter.

    +

    By default, new IAM users do not have permissions assigned. You need to add a user to one or more groups, and attach permissions policies or roles to these groups. Users inherit permissions from the groups to which they are added and can perform specified operations on cloud services based on the permissions.

    +

    An account has all of the permissions required to call all APIs, but IAM users must have the required permissions specifically assigned. The permissions required for calling an API are determined by the actions supported by the API. Only users who have been granted permissions allowing the actions can call the API successfully. For example, if an IAM user queries backend servers using an API, the user must have been granted permissions that allow the elb:servers:list action.

    +

    Supported Actions

    ELB provides system-defined policies that can be directly used in IAM. You can also create custom policies and use them to supplement system-defined policies, implementing more refined access control. Operations supported by policies are specific to APIs. The following are common concepts related to policies:

    +
    • Permissions: Defined by actions in a custom policy.
    • APIs: REST APIs that can be called in a custom policy.
    • Actions: Added to a custom policy to control permissions for specific operations.
    • Dependencies: actions which a specific action depends on. When allowing an action for a user, you also need to allow any existing action dependencies for that user.
    +

    API Actions (V3) describes the custom policy authorization items supported by ELB.

    +
    • Load balancer actions, including actions supported by all load balancer APIs, such as the APIs for creating a load balancer, querying a load balancer, querying the load balancer status tree, querying the load balancer list, updating a load balancer, and deleting a load balancer.

      The check mark (√) indicates that an action takes effect. The cross mark (x) indicates that an action does not take effect.

      +
      +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: Permissions and Supported Actions
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0000.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78898528 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0000.html @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + +

    API Actions (V2)

    +
    + + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0001.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be66e06f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0001.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + +

    Load Balancer

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers

    +

    Creating a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers

    +

    Querying load balancers

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    +

    Querying a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    +

    Updating a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    +

    Deleting a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/statuses

    +

    Querying the status tree of a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0002.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dedfd37f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0002.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Listener

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/listeners

    +

    Adding a listener

    +

    elb:listeners:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/listeners

    +

    Querying listeners

    +

    elb:listeners:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/listeners/{listener_id}

    +

    Querying a listener

    +

    elb:listeners:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/listeners/{listener_id}

    +

    Modifying a listener

    +

    elb:listeners:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/listeners/{listener_id}

    +

    Deleting a listener

    +

    elb:listeners:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0003.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ddc0e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0003.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Backend Server Group

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/pools

    +

    Creating a backend server group

    +

    elb:pools:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools

    +

    Querying backend server groups

    +

    elb:pools:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}

    +

    Querying a backend server group

    +

    elb:pools:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}

    +

    Modifying a backend server group

    +

    elb:pools:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}

    +

    Deleting a backend server group

    +

    elb:pools:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0004.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6c15d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0004.html @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + +

    Backend Server

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members

    +

    Adding a backend server

    +

    elb:members:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members

    +

    Querying backend servers

    +

    elb:members:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}

    +

    Querying a backend server

    +

    elb:members:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}

    +

    Modifying a backend server

    +

    elb:members:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}

    +

    Removing a backend server

    +

    elb:members:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/members

    +

    Querying backend servers

    +

    elb:members:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members

    +

    Modifying backend servers in batches

    +

    elb:members:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0005.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0005.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..511afdf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0005.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Health Check

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors

    +

    Configuring a health check

    +

    elb:healthmonitors:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors

    +

    Querying health checks

    +

    elb:healthmonitors:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors/{healthmonitors}

    +

    Querying a health check

    +

    elb:healthmonitors:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors/{healthmonitors}

    +

    Modifying a health check

    +

    elb:healthmonitors:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors/{healthmonitors}

    +

    Disabling a health check

    +

    elb:healthmonitor:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0006.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0006.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81bedce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0006.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Forwarding Policy

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies

    +

    Adding a forwarding policy

    +

    elb:l7policies:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies

    +

    Querying forwarding policies

    +

    elb:l7policies:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}

    +

    Querying a forwarding policy

    +

    elb:l7policies:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}

    +

    Modifying a forwarding policy

    +

    elb:l7policies:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}

    +

    Deleting a forwarding policy

    +

    elb:l7policies:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0007.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0007.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f29e74d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0007.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Forwarding Rule

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules

    +

    Adding a forwarding rule

    +

    elb:l7rules:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules

    +

    Querying forwarding rules

    +

    elb:l7rules:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{rule_id}

    +

    Querying a forwarding rule

    +

    elb:l7rules:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{rule_id}

    +

    Modifying a forwarding rule

    +

    elb:l7rules:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{rule_id}

    +

    Deleting a forwarding rule

    +

    elb:l7rules:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0008.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0008.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab6efe5c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0008.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Whitelist

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists

    +

    Adding a whitelist

    +

    elb:whitelists:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists

    +

    Querying whitelists

    +

    elb:whitelists:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}

    +

    Querying a whitelist

    +

    elb:whitelists:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}

    +

    Updating a whitelist

    +

    elb:whitelists:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}

    +

    Deleting a whitelist

    +

    elb:whitelists:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0009.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0009.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28df2395 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0009.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    SSL Certificate

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v2.0/lbaas/certificates

    +

    Adding a certificate

    +

    elb:certificates:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/certificates

    +

    Querying certificates

    +

    elb:certificates:list

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}

    +

    Querying a certificate

    +

    elb:certificates:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}

    +

    Modifying a certificate

    +

    elb:certificates:put

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}

    +

    Deleting a certificate

    +

    elb:certificates:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0010.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0010.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..94102c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0010.html @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ + + +

    Tag

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    GET /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/tags

    +

    Querying all tags of a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancerTags:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/tags/action

    +

    Adding tags to or deleting tags from a load balancer in batches

    +

    elb:loadbalancerTags:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/tags

    +

    Querying tags of all load balancers in a specific project

    +

    elb:loadbalancerTags:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/resource_instances/action

    +

    Querying load balancers by tag

    +

    elb:loadbalancerTags:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/tags

    +

    Adding a tag to a specific load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancerTags:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/tags/{key}

    +

    Deleting a tag with a specific key from a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancerTags:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tags

    +

    Querying all tags of a listener

    +

    elb:listenerTags:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tags/action

    +

    Adding or deleting listener tags in batches

    +

    elb:listenerTags:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/tags

    +

    Querying the tags of all listeners

    +

    elb:listenerTags:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/resource_instances/action

    +

    Querying listeners by tag

    +

    elb:listenerTags:get

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tags

    +

    Adding a tag to a specific listener

    +

    elb:listenerTags:create

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tags/{key}

    +

    Deleting a tag with a specific key from a listener

    +

    elb:listenerTags:delete

    +

    Projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0011.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0011.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10a571ac --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0011.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + +

    Precautions for Supported Actions

    +

    The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..836ce65b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + +

    API Actions (V3)

    +
    + + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..530f338c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + +

    Load Balancer

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers

    +

    Creating a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    +

    Querying a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers

    +

    Querying load balancers

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    +

    Updating a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}

    +

    Deleting a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/statuses

    +

    Querying the status tree of a load balancer

    +

    elb:loadbalancers:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..231f75e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Listener

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners

    +

    Adding a listener

    +

    elb:listeners:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners/{listener_id}

    +

    Querying a listener

    +

    elb:listeners:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners

    +

    Querying listeners

    +

    elb:listeners:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners/{listener_id}

    +

    Modifying a listener

    +

    elb:listeners:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners/{listener_id}

    +

    Deleting a listener

    +

    elb:listeners:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97d004ef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Backend Server Group

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools

    +

    Creating a backend server group

    +

    elb:pools:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}

    +

    Querying a backend server group

    +

    elb:pools:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools

    +

    Querying backend server groups

    +

    elb:pools:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}

    +

    Modifying a backend server group

    +

    elb:pools:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}

    +

    Deleting a backend server group

    +

    elb:pools:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d79f59bc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Backend Server

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members

    +

    Adding a backend server

    +

    elb:members:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}

    +

    Querying a backend server

    +

    elb:members:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members

    +

    Querying backend servers

    +

    elb:members:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}

    +

    Modifying a backend server

    +

    elb:members:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}

    +

    Removing a backend server

    +

    elb:members:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9694db9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Health Check

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors

    +

    Configuring a health check

    +

    elb:healthmonitors:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}

    +

    Querying a health check

    +

    elb:healthmonitors:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors

    +

    Querying health checks

    +

    elb:healthmonitors:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}

    +

    Modifying a health check

    +

    elb:healthmonitors:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}

    +

    Deleting a health check

    +

    elb:healthmonitor:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7bbaf280 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + +

    Forwarding Policy

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies

    +

    Adding a forwarding policy

    +

    elb:l7policies:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}

    +

    Querying a forwarding policy

    +

    elb:l7policies:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies

    +

    Querying forwarding policies

    +

    elb:l7policies:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}

    +

    Modifying a forwarding policy

    +

    elb:l7policies:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}

    +

    Deleting a forwarding policy

    +

    elb:l7policies:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/batch-update-priority

    +

    Modifying the priorities of forwarding policies in batches

    +

    elb:l7policies:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0530333 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    Forwarding Rule

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules

    +

    Creating a forwarding rule

    +

    elb:l7rules:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}

    +

    Querying a forwarding rule

    +

    elb:l7rules:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules

    +

    Querying forwarding rules

    +

    elb:l7rules:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}

    +

    Updating a forwarding rule

    +

    elb:l7rules:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}

    +

    Deleting a forwarding rule

    +

    elb:l7rules:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ae6c717 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + +

    SSL Certificate

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates

    +

    Adding a certificate

    +

    elb:certificates:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates/{certificate_id}

    +

    Querying a certificate

    +

    elb:certificates:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates

    +

    Querying certificates

    +

    elb:certificates:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates/{certificate_id}

    +

    Modifying a certificate

    +

    elb:certificates:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates/{certificate_id}

    +

    Deleting a certificate

    +

    elb:certificates:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..585bf0c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + +

    Quota Management

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Scope

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/quotas

    +

    Queries current resource quotas

    +

    elb:quotas:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/quotas/details

    +

    Querying used quotas

    +

    elb:quotas:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eabefb03 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + +

    Custom Security Policy

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies

    +

    Creating a custom security policy

    +

    elb:security-policies:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies/{security_policy_id}

    +

    Querying a custom security policy

    +

    elb:security-policies:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies

    +

    Querying custom security policies

    +

    elb:security-policies:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies/{security_policy_id}

    +

    Modifying a custom security policy

    +

    elb:security-policies:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies/{security_policy_id}

    +

    Deleting a custom security policy

    +

    elb:security-policies:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/system-security-policies

    +

    Querying system security policies

    +

    elb:security-policies:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43dbb265 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + +

    IP Address Group

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups

    +

    Creating an IP address group

    +

    elb:ipgroups:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}

    +

    Querying an IP address group

    +

    elb:ipgroups:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups

    +

    Querying IP address groups

    +

    elb:ipgroups:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}

    +

    Updating an IP address group

    +

    elb:ipgroups:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}

    +

    Deleting an IP address group

    +

    elb:ipgroups:delete

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}/iplist/create-or-update

    +

    Updating IP addresses in an IP address group

    +

    elb:ipgroups:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}/iplist/batch-delete

    +

    Deleting IP addresses from an IP address group

    +

    elb:ipgroups:put

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68bd869c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + +

    Availability Zone

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/availability-zones

    +

    Querying AZs

    +

    elb:availability-zones:list

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c82e0768 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + +

    Flavor

    +
    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

    API

    +

    API Function

    +

    Action

    +

    Authorization Scope

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/flavors

    +

    Querying a flavor

    +

    elb:flavors:create

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +

    GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/flavors/{flavor_id}

    +

    Querying the details of a load balancer flavor

    +

    elb:flavors:get

    +

    Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9b16ae2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + + +

    Precautions for Supported Actions

    +

    elb:quotas:list controls the fine-grained actions for quota display.

    +

    The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.

    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html index 1ad29d0a..4d0878bf 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html @@ -2,113 +2,124 @@

    Change History

    -
    - diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html index f7e61723..09b3cd88 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html +++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ - diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html index ef0b4577..d43e3be2 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html +++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html index a6ea9bca..35beef17 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html +++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html @@ -62,10 +62,10 @@ - diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html index 6fe1d8f7..dae18699 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html +++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_image_0000001835388741.png b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_image_0000001835388741.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f9b1781cc26685f5795cf21f84a223a67f62dea2 GIT binary patch literal 14783 zcmd^mcTkkgx8?v6C5Vb5IVma<1to)k!hnh-i9?ViIS(*oK@iDEmYnkdlB0?wL2?jA zKyqdz&PN#79&qoyzrD48+`3g;Tf0*t!@Td?efsq2r=Nb#ncx@C6||io5Xx`3AG}yDN_y}iwew>wXEi%BXICRfQ;3?a zg}srJvnlL)?<54m0)fgsQg=(eUuZ&ap`~SB)V+7S!e`Qc_o|)m3!z7HrkSsr zs&7?p5}C?!>L@jFEbaD>!krL3>J5_;+;^;XhHPqX^o3mGo=i%wh$Yu*)GU~IW+r|6 z;TC?r!uzsbW-DZDVh=}RqR@w~r;_L~EB&70HQtTYRq<)}RP#FWR=x|sNC+e{(|erf z>>XtO!B@hwcfUzy@Xy}Z2iW7Cy%CnFJ->&6Rqy;w_@%#3$&&zofR`_Oz{RsSpQ-aTzdF-ENv;`&=gP7NA4Wb&s zVvaoK^*U3FN}Hb)F&{m|M)3NSQv2U`3YSfTN_oHXEv;Xi=t+h^5K&_oMGB;n-R1{M zhAy~JXQdHA&L??jthv&C4R%p; zPsh>p;}fdx9uZ2fTiAcLWV~EXN|HofEX|(3(Kp>-W*Y0}6)!^TAGy-d$mbBB z8vBZ?@eFF(l|Ds(!Ap;Kw+`9;eQ~gSZoKru`0oa3olZ^8?05EfD*A|(n}kf*u+0=# zL3WCk2+3IQ#@v?DrgGJs9McskJjbs}ytbpvW8#GkNXblA&TP!jAXIjJ6@j3~=3f2o zpva1ZFrrH1R0r9L#y)m+izrOv3hTi3u`%-89%XdpQEBmhs&RqE2fIhG5;uM2-mVK5 zGAcLh2b`w!v8R$u%tfABX-zleOYEn|qPyCNh)KBmp|+YI&)tR?!;FXq!}g~?>aA0~ zn@bgJh zZM%{8dz5X`VaZipT|Fj{3@_c)3d@J0Nq^|(WKhi|UCO2>t!Hp_D3$;Eb-6cI53zWB zj4||KWaN7?ov)J+H^(aFxwoiDK_>!j@$PkREpZrvFiII^Hp7)-cfLk`3M9XgDc0gu zGuo(^-?IJ`D_r7{<3qLo0ePrP$Nx(1knDo5{yn)`2!AlAs(h_)?cv^9UR$$RCFYNP ziF=p!=RfmSJXPL&>dmP5{4%~D_e)rpCK0GtUV~^sY|9S!%9Ng_^Wi)0rd3ek6S6_EGBy)~Y8!8H=qoXQU# z!u5#e3BD3KTXaUU);o2spw|Sr*paZUW;@&cK2#ai0=|a7BT&j`y5FrbY00j z;=S!_B~`-~X{YOtCLJDsd@dz)^1y>ifl5+DI>c-GR-;S}C9`C4{ZYKd zVgQxP$idbruU#vO2e^*K%XI}KWYQVQRC-C8r<|_U)qvxNlvqPmwr)qD_pOqGNJ^%t zLMF85$DIxZvV8uy_lszNpTtLBk-933a*Y$5$zZ=~RnA+USF;7uGy!)OwgM zGhz~}zZTnk?fB_wyUH0&^bXs3Wg$M({5Q!xJAF~}AYoW6vA`GM8wJ(xNo@#LUOriwAFwbm+H^X{l=QO8X?=*1Kds z^UuB)B@;jWNQ8|AbEX5deEhR=`^~n&$+gS~YCERj!j2!GjXNGW>7G9M6sX&4F})b) z)MF}f;~t~{Acbma%M4K%lN1z$<2$jyIwM)X_klD;+g7LjJ8i6XPm=_p554!UjYxUO z41>X-vT<17s5zZppq6Kbl%7wHVwblpM^j2%zBk-JZD59BihL=dnNL`AlGPs0_^}Be zZ=M4`FjZxf-v?XsHE?V{0q^t8wgFU$XATxy9ntfo&d2yjk~pFgqfmCde6WuZqfFv0 zVztA1m_;jdcsm(*l=yLP^`R0OiF1Ofvm`hvA9~0@>U{0-pbaiFY*jR&11)x;-o^9i z2bi&wzUQN_rfb|7SQr|9zqu&5R^fhlFhno{A6}=~3CRl)bXl~9Ay$&D-|~7s zGB{ZE#CpOqBoBwz33om%;w8EM*b`k!cB+?xK)yZt9GT=Ve|Z|dENy}29O#BK2%bKx z*8H-3blJHLkI%5MriZCMO^5ocK%zzdW#TB;sH3U7C@MChkF`&4%WcDPKl{3Wt>jlfK{$@p{sR(Z&1|2q%f2L`IUbBrGE zg`(zvs7-jloIPVqE0T16w5-IoZA7G3-b#xBt^Jx6AZI_3Z82KwGCu*k3JYe^OJ$Rg z+;eF|VpKgrxp8>~(l*Hd2k-KiG7``i%MV&MKXq;8V7K`&YfXHPAR}t|+>&?t%_sDOYaTfbNhm2Q z#-GiSjviKSt>aleK55gon>D#INqm)F4QbXf__{q9tGn6$^4WzQsIiucS}gVp`(W~P zrB8J=vuGJM!EQ5TidkB0@r<{t%9TZmbBX8I)p}{SUHwFT+DX5-v^O0I76-vw3$E;r z>V!w14~!=;A|5d}n4anyF%6M1uwm*R&N47IRs1BsS-e42owyX{ynlN~c<80V#ZyD? z(v{f+X@e(c2ZU^2Lsl2SU3nO$PwIXd2a+N;EbJQP_b>gi6C9g%e125nFF)aN^V{4s zElTX`wi>dog~nN7F_~PJ_(>447-ev`t!mq}vfePQ})Dy^hyc z>wNYugJv#T^K(9H$^7OC9eDIP+`mg|a;8dRLxN^hUE!fJzd_Uv52TYJ@G+PX2q~ME zLfRN6NtT_5!H)7n**ca3q1vvl$IRy+2;l5SUR&wupZgZCRo1sN2!8AkC@`HJnj%@= zyxn!5r?@Ydz&Ffr%V^6^Fo?al;I#q#gx0CHRkxEg$$_u)3^Z zb?PrK%B+Z&Zbcq~>$`uhnDlbcwKhuKgdO^wE(&0mvry0*ll_+pW@#2&JvJp9Vv_GK zOFQZX8qtpP-~vk;?y_$}xGS-BYv@9K>)8T;K>p<*=b)jf*}dR6j$B<`jS0U(PPAcs z0Us)qrjw zCjHpBI7Q1A+nXzG*A1TPdUaCF*bA>r@m5t;MRU}kxLf%$WeOJ;7XyNpAkw8`9x(u> ztBa%`Xryq)rlfA%jVvO$ekmt6xBbKsrmD&YMeGj9Z|vPS>rq%19qM-iK=ylb7#_oS7mKj|=F*PFa9t(qTH7luEWEp7 zkTrnOqL4}J%bT5@4Jb|QWTk3rYn!z7KQ`a%^hn*o5(`}ar|CczIYK5 z{iu)7*%GrksglO-!RLI7ff5A^jpsE;jjE3{U<>NE|M8i$2ooZt*B(sF#)>T1R4@7>+T zZ;&ERiwXiB-C72jnn-;cr1I`S!7}R27sIDzpXW1yXS!JRq+>dHhe!DWD=Gw_irsEz zEGd?jmg^mqIxRZ7t#`qqqrEmjtaYUi?x{WY7PS#)L<{E)2+znLmMoS58yoNk%?$o4 z+CU@Mhc*9rN*-M|Nq=ZzV-r@VPft(3G8i5pM_Ck^xpeyOx*R0&(v4^r7xa7beo-|w zHDkM0xjKk%s(R!Ge!rNIkdRBmGd5XEz}oT2}G^YyfYuleKyVm z_CFThT5_T)i}a`?H6N-&kMwom%;$va%qtfmXiPV=K{V z@Y3JzWV~R*ZZDF*6!szaeWYD&8nD@fN#gn?&F%)EoGcc-H8_f7eVK(`kXZC!x$^h= z4E`+H=DSlS1x`AzWzt`LpjUwidp!Pd#`p&t)~AgYd3EFp59z!*1vkyXH3@%kZOT(w z)IJ-#@NBmMz~1xcH75=^+Xmjj|Oy>_6{fmmJ`?%MH;O82(p<<$u|9R5^8EqFLSjP89|#$x({`&PRR(w*GiW;Ycd542LHs zk~ReX-d=u!@hKV2Hb?j0=u=-4)AcSf-#^t(qwlDAsmyZe1%UFWvh}&SPbAZnM@B|e zP*3))0lcXk#l**>)|k9@2NIkfZ_>N}>Xl>Sy+rb}yLHC?DQ`&U9`5EfQ6i4uVd`YJa7a!0u`V~#m2^xy_FFlmj!#vT>!)M122tHs|RJallA$=b$UEP4<1ac z0UP4+WSyKoE%qd`xAF}S4rYG;t|-=H-!Q4t0XCV!;^N9Ry&7AXI#p<$(^9UUeD(&a z26ZI#@FB`Ca2h@KJ(g?31?*Xl4U-n6w0}KCdN9AkPPR_A8mGxTn2@WhaqYNtbNcXz z>4qdVWsruR-meWf1qB7*C~8n>Fo)Am-?6n30xI!zd*R~6MKf-L=3i6Z;}xd+N75`T z$g!gL@5wyI2XmA(3=F1M4u09z0D$Iz=H%o63*mMofNX>d0j1&y8_p<}8IA*1%y)&H za0SdSrwHuS+TO&HPMu>89Ua}e3+^FAlTH)DMW$mz(Ql3&tPlu<16s;i+6O0D7cdH5*O06E#< zsuayAt}qyS`=Vu^TJSp72^Q&e635`P+D?R>NVBAac$swS zlK_T9;rw9E>PYhV*|RX2j2FY-f=7pFM6ZY#z2c))_ws65>`Svl)~u2QweFjQM;~O9 ztlgm+ZH^X%um6l$Rgi1<=|FL*>q;Bru~w7RM?BxtuwNCy+V zXH_LAB-CbO5+sw6Ps(u9DYMOO4G=$DDN$8{AZEGeF|TO@0RT1iY`|T|k3IvAnUV2@ zl9FxdIbcvB1+5!!E?V;TVWSPJkwk08;Idn(p~VH|<@}bjo$7Vuc_XZL&vcDWj=s;% zW2$adbmiF^b&_+AC4Q?4{3hJg3xt7?O%Kj=-V{%>_8>79ss3|QFU>W7NA~3#x#MeeYP|BCCL%EwEivAE{eSjk6GSvsy7&uu_9@J=wwLNI6T-8`XGMhAHz6KClSXvs_F<0(Et0h4r&J-b&5s8~j z1fv$pWj*W?$pv+NeOu=4xvhK+>q@~8|OvO?%|A3pqJgi!@F~=i=LJ^85VS|gXv$W6CLL^dCR@R@q^@Xu< z7U=XQw4|g2;Gw0p_3-vW_szsFGT;JvYork^Sx~FW8QjKk>)rxzJ26pMUoToWX?r6u zV{lOQ$ZhmQGOZ8i#&8{GvbQ*h2)b-rqYI*bznM$3w5P$>?|efL`29!4>Gc<{zQm?0 zg-j1UAdOX0sMs7^Ovj+HZuY8_;wSoSv?P~AoyOrm=<$LM5QLSL>d}J6?c`81*_N#T z1gy+eu=&Gq^451cQfE-QI#QGsZUD|^t$bjCXqD(U=>XG8)uMsvxv^ZDw|4UO5k2Qq zWdR7&?l1Vt+Y~@{qK{loGl0r!(4}PoMPV$))~J|clXQP*o_Y_uXXT8ysg7T;IPPb< zqXNz`{M~T$6yqn))<6nNTib9k)@+(5wUe6xy%rR8@6HgeDkdi8H9#8NWm17{3W>Ae zX8AD@ezT>|kKL@#cWPVl7Oe4B)d+(e}s!n@(X&ee(Q-a)jp_N$FwOyz%q zH$8ZhwQm0qes))Ea=n~y_FHNJw>CH&h6l1<@PG7HCgVAQ-|XzG5`z}WP0=EZ%(G|D zzAyEii(rsQyjCJb%@m{N6Yr-88{`c^@fvRLEU%x^7VE#6ct5FO#a5Oiz4M(1+*YDr ztsD;w`kqMWyi`2j9g0?0Ej`}Iw@f2(r**`ofL5c}n3&t(ocTdSaq!v0NfYJYuYZ*M z-g2vaJ-~(oK@fD?M_Bmh7l6#Ttc@;=81s;xyQ`IGH{LAOtl5(10rT3=?a~_$cK1n{ zN)E2_(Ao7Cyb!;KqPb}{kog$w_rthE2cQuE=Ht6f`@9S#NZF{t9<@Kjeh(}h+Zq(* z)#AQ55VvAa%SHhXD++LC_T(8piq?D5OtC9H0hF+F@N$uGXyWLqg+HU?l96o<$7HL0z- z;)j)H6d{ls3b{b+z5;M5&>`hI@vHs}+)1itZw22^u#bB8t9K%vmD9i6xSZq1G|ESDm? z7b*;*njk>S85UiO_wG8bYMDb=xpx>7;^VoCGXXw{T4VEIbNt6w#s2H15QzYSKp-(UJAyb~d15xQBf-J0{pp_f!AY6)f-J z`}qQ#0n*R89Hapxr7rSomR44#w1EJIz()4V)^+$KYHiZC25dw);2nas4yWOrqQD)DG8~yz zRT=<@0GHHh_N=?ct&z6Y_)}_BxfXIU`mIZ*zLV|({(Lg6y zcfr9{X!Z#(25hsXKvs(Jp!)>`DnO<7Pk>zYo(zh(d|rl;K4xWOGZH|0IQO*e$V}D0I4N7r0bYbd|du1n<*A$6hITRKGh^vU@W(Z z-b3sGilP_|#F0ejpHV!2%QZMU$!JDPbj_(gcIEaDW4JJu_d^-Q9^@E9 z7yI7-yu|8S(#s1Ih>ln@0emldnc`X18xO?7oITi^XKcd7Qj>iEd_spGXgLPXDL7h zAfKt4n&to+%!~=91|>EXYrBZ16iJQD`!6Faj9Q62UUfYVxn=ek6sTw6qv} zU7;@Ti74MaoP-PUWf<-6j~rp8{yXsykvp{H-@yU{iFDkYoNM@y&o5O}jQWuMC?Hsh zCh4-J{ACxA|F&X+GXnB|vYDtedBu3?(MprDaePZf0~Y)4O3tiNIqDc31P@2T&0obC z)Ngt0A6d!w^76 z9zIGv+nuI0%8deyrfeMp%d*P$jyOq2dYk0BA(t3zby`^z-ne7K!yVq@dB_)mJ1F=Z zt^3!m5$|)UA1E}pwYq0T=nE(We84Fpkm!!&i)9o{EGZA`clL~ll{P zK}19D{DN`&?a1=l_nfvAKE*>^T~z<|t4Ci81Ec@~g=e7}{fF z`9=zoe&|4Sm-{)r*Gt~S-hL&bYn(Wh1;P;oifzoUyEbn|^Nd0V7ufqoK6}4)82dpl zB(abb>6856aQUXcoNygZbz;FOI0D}J2dm59WLA!Oylvuo3_^LC-EDie@5tWD|L0qj zMd77`&ldkO7};81+ATWo>tXRkyJ+uex3K25Cw+{(q^TH$%T`bgpy+#g1vwC~aV@&Wn@~dqA zL@d$&Y9UY)9AZ;!ADnQk49?E)r%3i>0l)VHhruKTF4<2kXT_6Wo;i=0Z=W86VzWD-L=L#K8SZ z>?h2i?xpSUk!945gJqaxQGCylO%Rw19+9)TNcR9T`0)BG3)lAs?O+N@r|iUHMiG%| zV8*`7KOfm|MS~7tj^}}hA-UdPuqFG$_FDn%Pvnca=d@8%ZzALWWp>j&&g;GK((T0H zjb58?O&CSI)zLMKY&|&0r~qYI;1>iU{B?-!?9KnK46pMdlKEGzUDFm4VRo9fSLbjK zwE)ETJiZKe2uq2+RPD1C1m*@z%q-9>P2e$M>B%?`sn<6rwB0}seG4a)PMz-ahSp{!_tg#pq6Ff(R?p zl;FmFHXt)tf%CWX+|P?bcEiq0u!|rSd)1@?Vlu6v`9m#zYuXvz*e8V0I*d3S$Qz7c z=Iw8EAIm=d-FZXL+-rz4jd{S%RT4S9=_zSL(WuuHr>Cqpy;6@`Vg*6+5$K2Z0f!CI z%qk*?-}V&inh9H2FedKJ?Y=PMvjO*2|9IMrPOsPSdSPM4BP^lH^>aWb;R-F*hIsI26x?RKH1Qp$<E+tXzyZ|V8B)&}OFl{|GixAEqL0bh zZ0AHQLUC;t$t#botL0`7e*_7aZ=l{Jrn>sU&WaQoSkZ*C@ zA#JMnDUuZ5cBt-t6qq7zUzVGS2)y>ZS<%$EuNN-TY4mjY-R-l=vB|2#JZ5hLb|SA_ z?GMpX?MkdGQqy$l4d|v1yescQK(uwKB~&s4Ny$e zKX!NaB4uq4|8#aB%$AC9KZS{iPt9JN6d>9~fQaw-psH2hZ7~s?AvM z(P0Bu?;{?N^X#E{*ZA2bF0I%g!lS~kqv`_G66+ih&LCC@pw^_}>U_aNOr_;^e(>rv zuN3FWad!~PWn=<<`QENW5%SoNhe1LFWy(T)Q)*K9Fkox0!)k^t4OelK!pu?KH$?zS z4Br;<uEcD3FY4djn*G+UXziPKdb1p6oSR!XBELwfl%H>bx`P(4du^M7eoe>0#T@uYJb$x9IED#@nj zoAB+*9gth8!C68l;T`=_TsMEt!EE{U&lmZb8Eu8hr+cZqlM%fZ(a*d%i9_V0T4eU^@RsmFL>4HeoF2zOYc~?Uuv=9~@kV)+%M6P>^ zp>FQdeX>o?tD*=K{j;Ld)IVV`raqZpLhK49b~SAfoTo0mpM7!cvaj=m(=s-{@8#$8 zQ%YLz!-bpfM+u6MUwDO$xzA$TO_8oH>-(a1xiUmFIKEgECT z4i>*$zR)udeq%MxjPvqw^7q~wRlB2}><&JR&Q54y?sPdnLkO5nhR0X^9#50wzBu(y zB%Isr-sT)HGgxyGTD)s0`r9ChPI| zYp>k~ekZgaBBv0F$j#}(HASB1RzD#1Px^3`>?~m<*Dmk4xn*5@dRN))$VE(llrXC| zR9n(%SbL%oosw^wLXir)tU)ttY=6v^q)&BUWZ=K03p?+Tao}3L3l$zcW2r zI_c6q4qH@4Q*_T0FE+T>VRPVhiqRewb7=Iat;eJ2@yLkvf&LVOroEVI#)&K^We0ig zmeToGUc>ti>Scx$b;27nAFF^74oi`>hQo>b4?bd=jEN~nE5OPeLGm=@4I$nPkOha)8MfDP+qXZ3^2r>mQ`B{5|%`J+S%#IGOf8zHK3Hwgu zn5(=Pu9#>YDOC7J{7&WGudq6)Rj-jalKv%X`_VJ!7Ud1&Q%2RLR#E-QmJv!x(TfVc z)@)~?$-t)784d=luHJ_a1vB}R;Yt5vyFde5Z7%3O?`h4mX4TdZB2>oby1d$|jsDbx znQJJ@jgcFz&qH*o*M=|~7@W-!6OyAKdLIAa9M}?$8{}78Z($#tn+a2C669FH_EEwQ zF_0!aCmxR1?akC@8D@y~wSQZ0Z{7|+y}{34u)#@rV{+lJlT+0?vE_RzF>C6Nqp5*v zSr5UZN~fD`l)<$6f(loHLW9M~XS1p!8j6j-XIhbo(HoQ_b|#l=u=Z zfHn^d$KkJ)zej|HCckz7L5>T!I4_GwUnAPrc@*#v>|ftrcuFsI=Wp}+;|JB1dD#13 z-rT<)Dyjy8KIzXsBZ04*GOSE%=e{$I+_7V~4w%nLrshi`$}%Q@E)^6x!55RHct&t> zTKVC5u*6gE1cEWxqb zIA0{8K5wV&*oLkI_eTi{zFI9Xm!k-doCwm=GJ0du+sEh7Nh@&-cgpK%wAqfGsQO)= zpC_z^W^cV1BE&z3n=?jZ@XYeopLU)#Vg&uU<^*NYQV8GU2vPuZJzzmK&ER@O_~Cn% zp{n~ZF4V(F+2T%CjJUBwt@~t5ec85ysp5v1nzeNok?%$KDU?sryQeOU ziueeAy1Qz(T$qZ(jtTef%-#>LvC?*+ez3I@epUo%SK~N@-fMMb8Y<{e?&&tn_|z_W znCf;#8-LPB3-`sC$aH>UqIuIY2;{G5L0VrsFaCxQ^6oqp;d?<(c#C0jKgWvn8ia-N zOf6x-GmqFZX}ADcuKEu(4AOc)Hv)p(ei6`ra^`^CaYPF$mwsrR9r+QUI{kkstm<+l zEG{fmRMS}IQYFm>3Y^YYzWMm=ZO}$(02&rGmbwQN(Ho_gL9|JM1C1ic1c7WP2M|V{ z2O8yV=a`U)+v~5{+t!rpN}FNex|H`l{mQW_?iQWl>C4cMGI!F%@$E zfP`{vY}-9#Ny&l^uu1`N*G%h)$}Vr8p=S@F(d}XM@w*PV0uwZGx>y&H>Wux*=H6ny zVj!PH5C8hr^CDRi)MSCQoIrtBvG4Z{csCz8(8$1ep^H@@RW_v03C`V;xRQdTB)X#z z7hHyPWk8;}YOF7TpFLwvt3}eIX{vJU-EoW}OBG_z^2iJ1yEqDfyblzf=t`s3z+IYm z$x-WN37x+UaamLkF2mSNe@!q`I9{3ubRr-MPW}dkV&w!urC>yFWmrK;*P@>ESKve- zD+E&Sl&V{CnQd zAJ8Djt26kbRUVkl{Jtm&TG1<@;%c+4JD#^s0oEy1K%@#1BhkYv0bV@^px&yL6$q0I z%xiwcOl8x`34C9+wjk*>N3&gR0EL=953BWc{v}i~dse9<(nUxly1Jpfsu`rpGW01S zepd(E>Q6z%4Nlq-eaUj^9bK+$1lY8{Jk0A+d(;9>Wdz#r?nF%xW@i+y2#8=HIUilm zaK+9=ejm}~NiF}CBs-FFG?@{|+71ddBo{Jo1yrUc5I_!WaVxKM$9C0QcD_Wcx9)j- zL>j0Ch|I#Bbhm>>DC&TO%M;IK<^|+0pvIcgKB3YKoO&-!w(^Q1&q0(S)41$~re;SK zX}a>ke%-^@?fIW}ySc6QR!>TBq#BUu8}RMVUy=~3H|iI9xJa(y3J`H+RbVziM#w|F z!2}K?9{gd!VhTe>jag>Paqi06f{fe#pAwMNP1rlnV&Q6@)E>{S(BAvUvze!c*w@o# zX1S~0es|tF9*?C1sAVd}+WSEG1)?#>PKXCC`o~+@Il2}c!N2jziH|^Gy)jmzY2rHD z-u?u^%~FD^1-JvBeX@3kdUTK6nG+-{FI?=w1JNES{FP8H_*ej@t$hb12Tm_1gqQb7 zXPe;P0jfH&&P(N_5T5$ZsZlgW>HP_f$7r#(#9kgt2pjXw8wVAL(pp@i%LpU0OdG2B z9-&D31vH71m@c*Qk-Ild<(o>TA%{wrq^og3)?|TGGr#gJI!I@-5!~rYt{o*~nI*(Q z(mOzPYei2o8PJ-IrK8%QP-A`L^)l;~IG_&K*Vp6PQ3mq0b|Fcf*?HO23wQTAMl+XN z6~yr)x?D_FAGf!+pT>|ur1g0GAN>JMYHNV}V4vOaxaR${go_Sz)$xrgSNb1B(}fa< zFB7QF26y4AM9&jY;46H8bJzc+48;E(UlQy*B^LH_)4l3DWq=zK^zn1KQW?WH{{!#$ Bz<~e& literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html index fa084e59..84bc25d7 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html +++ b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ - diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html index 00ddf386..df368638 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html +++ b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

    What Is DDS?

    -

    Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB. It provides functions such as one-click deployment, elastic capacity expansion, disaster recovery, backup, restoration, monitoring, and alarm reporting.

    +

    Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB community version 4.0.3 as baseline version.It provides functions such as one-click deployment, elastic capacity expansion, disaster recovery, backup, restoration, monitoring, and alarm reporting.

    DDS has the following features:

    • DDS automatically establishes the three-node replica set architecture. It supports fast deployment, high availability (HA) data storage, data redundancy, and failover.
    • DDS provides sharded cluster instances comprised of a config node paired with multiple shards and mongos nodes. These clusters can be easily scaled up to enhance read and write performance.
    • DDS lets you back up or restore a database from the management console in just a few clicks.
    • DDS provides performance metrics and you can configure alarm notifications to make it easier to keep abreast of instance statuses.

    For details about the compatible DB engines and versions, see Database Engine and Version.

    diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html index a7906bb9..dd6c5a8b 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html +++ b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
  • Related Services
    • +
  • Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions
    +
    • From 2dbe7904bea6e258a90f19a8324a6de4de6ce6b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Su, Xiaomeng" Date: Fri, 1 Mar 2024 10:53:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 4/6] dli_umn_20240227_version Reviewed-by: Pruthi, Vineet Co-authored-by: Su, Xiaomeng Co-committed-by: Su, Xiaomeng --- docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json | 105 +- docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json | 42 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html | 16 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html | 7 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html | 12 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html | 1 - docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html | 9 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html | 4 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html | 55 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html | 34 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html | 11 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html | 32 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html | 6 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html | 2952 ++++++++++++++++- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html | 45 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html | 5 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html | 73 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html | 292 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html | 12 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0455.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0457.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0476.html | 12 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0487.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0498.html | 6 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0512.html | 8 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0531.html | 3 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0534.html | 33 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0538.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0550.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0552.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0559.html | 25 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0561.html | 8 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0567.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0017.html | 6 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0032.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0037.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0044.html | 62 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0045.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0056.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0071.html | 4 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0072.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0082.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0100.html | 56 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0125.html | 4 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0136.html | 59 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0139.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0140.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0161.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0176.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0208.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0209.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0210.html | 4 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0227.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0264.html | 14 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0005.html | 18 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0006.html | 45 +- docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0009.html | 2 +- docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001209516352.png | Bin 632 -> 0 bytes docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001478148728.png | Bin 632 -> 0 bytes docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001668054032.png | Bin 0 -> 124080 bytes docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001716012053.png | Bin 0 -> 180498 bytes docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001835430521.png | Bin 0 -> 957 bytes 69 files changed, 3634 insertions(+), 502 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001209516352.png delete mode 100644 docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001478148728.png create mode 100644 docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001668054032.png create mode 100644 docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001716012053.png create mode 100644 docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001835430521.png diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json index 8566a865..2b5b0b17 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -1,4 +1,7 @@ [ + { + "dockw":"User Guide" + }, { "uri":"dli_01_0538.html", "node_id":"dli_01_0538.xml", @@ -11,10 +14,7 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", - "IsMulti":"No", - "IsBot":"Yes" + "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Service Overview", @@ -52,9 +52,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -89,7 +88,7 @@ "code":"5", "des":"Only the latest 100 jobs are displayed on DLI's SparkUI.A maximum of 1,000 job results can be displayed on the console. To view more or all jobs, export the job data to O", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"Constraints,Service Overview,User Guide", + "kw":"Constraints and Limitations,Service Overview,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -99,7 +98,7 @@ "IsBot":"Yes" } ], - "title":"Constraints", + "title":"Constraints and Limitations", "githuburl":"" }, { @@ -134,9 +133,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -216,9 +214,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -237,9 +234,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -331,15 +327,16 @@ { "uri":"dli_01_0567.html", "node_id":"dli_01_0567.xml", - "product_code":"", + "product_code":"dli", "code":"17", "des":"DLI provides the following job types:SQL job: SQL jobs provide you with standard SQL statements and are compatible with Spark SQL and Presto SQL (based on Presto). You ca", - "doc_type":"", + "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Job Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { - + "prodname":"dli", + "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Overview", @@ -621,9 +618,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -799,7 +795,7 @@ "node_id":"dli_01_0487.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"40", - "des":"Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.If Status of queue xxx is assigning, which is not available is ", + "des":"Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.Queues ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Elastic Queue Scaling,Queue Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", @@ -860,9 +856,9 @@ "node_id":"dli_01_0421.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"43", - "des":"Once you have created a message notification topic, you can Add subscription of the topic on the Topic Management page of the Simple Message Notification service. You can", + "des":"Once you have created an SMN topic, you can easily subscribe to it by going to the Topic Management > Topics page of the SMN console. You can choose to receive notificati", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"Creating a Message Notification Topic,Queue Management,User Guide", + "kw":"Creating an SMN Topic,Queue Management,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -872,7 +868,7 @@ "IsBot":"Yes" } ], - "title":"Creating a Message Notification Topic", + "title":"Creating an SMN Topic", "githuburl":"" }, { @@ -887,9 +883,7 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "IsMulti":"No", - "documenttype":"usermanual", - "IsBot":"Yes" + "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Managing Queue Tags", @@ -962,16 +956,15 @@ "node_id":"dli_01_0447.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"48", - "des":"You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, ", + "des":"By setting permissions, you can assign varying database permissions to different users.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or m", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing Database Permissions,Databases and Tables,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -983,16 +976,15 @@ "node_id":"dli_01_0448.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"49", - "des":"You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, ", + "des":"By setting permissions, you can assign varying table permissions to different users.The administrator and table owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modifie", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing Table Permissions,Databases and Tables,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -1300,9 +1292,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -1459,7 +1450,7 @@ "node_id":"dli_01_0003.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"72", - "des":"Typically, you cannot use DLI to directly access a data source in a VPC other than the one where DLI is because the network between DLI and the data source is disconnecte", + "des":"In cross-source data analysis scenarios, DLI needs to connect to external data sources. However, due to the different VPCs between the data source and DLI, the network ca", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Enhanced Datasource Connections,User Guide", "search_title":"", @@ -1690,9 +1681,9 @@ "node_id":"dli_01_0561.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"83", - "des":"Datasource authentication is used to manage authentication information for accessing specified data sources. After datasource authentication is configured, you do not nee", + "des":"When analyzing across multiple sources, it is not recommended to configure authentication information directly in a job as it can lead to password leakage. Instead, you a", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"Introduction,Datasource Authentication,User Guide", + "kw":"Overview,Datasource Authentication,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -1703,7 +1694,7 @@ "IsBot":"Yes" } ], - "title":"Introduction", + "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { @@ -1905,10 +1896,7 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", - "IsMulti":"No", - "IsBot":"Yes" + "documenttype":"usermanual" } ], "title":"Permissions Management", @@ -1926,9 +1914,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -2091,9 +2078,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -2112,9 +2098,8 @@ "metedata":[ { "prodname":"dli", - "opensource":"true", - "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsMulti":"No", + "documenttype":"usermanual", "IsBot":"Yes" } ], @@ -2840,9 +2825,9 @@ "node_id":"dli_03_0136.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"138", - "des":"Check the following operations:Adjusting or adding optimization parameters or the number of concurrent threads of a job, or modifying Flink SQL statements or a Flink Jar ", + "des":"Flink's checkpointing is a fault tolerance and recovery mechanism. This mechanism ensures that real-time programs can self-recover in case of exceptions or machine issues", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"How Do I Know Whether a Flink Job Can Be Restored from a Checkpoint After Being Restarted?,Flink Job", + "kw":"How Can I Check if a Flink Job Can Be Restored From a Checkpoint After Restarting It?,Flink Jobs,Use", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -2853,7 +2838,7 @@ "IsBot":"Yes" } ], - "title":"How Do I Know Whether a Flink Job Can Be Restored from a Checkpoint After Being Restarted?", + "title":"How Can I Check if a Flink Job Can Be Restored From a Checkpoint After Restarting It?", "githuburl":"" }, { @@ -3134,7 +3119,7 @@ "node_id":"dli_03_0072.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"152", - "des":"You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket. For details, s", + "des":"You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket.Use the OBS cro", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Synchronize DLI Table Data from One Region to Another?,Problems Related to SQL Jobs,User Gu", "search_title":"", @@ -3218,7 +3203,7 @@ "node_id":"dli_03_0071.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"156", - "des":"Check whether the account is in arrears. If yes, recharge the account.If the error persists, log out and log in again.", + "des":"Check if your account is in arrears and top it up if necessary.If the same error message persists after the top-up, log out of your account and log back in.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is Error \"The current account does not have permission to perform this operation,the current acc", "search_title":"", @@ -3386,7 +3371,7 @@ "node_id":"dli_03_0208.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"164", - "des":"Error message \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.View the OBS bucket in the AccessControlException and check whether you are us", + "des":"Error message \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.Check the OBS bucket written in the AccessControlException to confirm if your ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is Error \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" Reported When I Access a SQL Job?,Problems Relat", "search_title":"", @@ -3407,7 +3392,7 @@ "node_id":"dli_03_0209.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"165", - "des":"Error message \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.Th", + "des":"Error message \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.Yo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is Error \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{b", "search_title":"", @@ -3890,7 +3875,7 @@ "node_id":"dli_03_0017.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"188", - "des":"If the AK and SK are obtained, set the parameters as follows:Create SparkContext using codeval sc: SparkContext = new SparkContext()\nsc.hadoopConfiguration.set(\"fs.obs.ac", + "des":"Hard-coded or plaintext AK and SK pose significant security risks. To ensure security, encrypt your AK and SK, store them in configuration files or environment variables,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Set the AK/SK for a Queue to Operate an OBS Table?,Problems Related to Spark Jobs,User Guid", "search_title":"", @@ -4352,7 +4337,7 @@ "node_id":"dli_03_0264.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"210", - "des":"Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select Region and Project.Click (the My Quotas icon) in the upper right corner.The Service Quota pag", + "des":"Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.Click the My Quota icon in the upper right corner of the page.The Serv", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is Error \"Failed to create the database. {\"error_code\":\"DLI.1028\";\"error_msg\":\"Already reached t", "search_title":"", @@ -5423,9 +5408,9 @@ "node_id":"dli_03_0125.xml", "product_code":"dli", "code":"261", - "des":"If different IAM accounts call APIs in the same enterprise project in the same region, the accounts use the same project ID.", + "des":"When different IAM users call an API under the same enterprise project in the same region, the project ID is the same.", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "kw":"Are Project IDs of Different Accounts the Same When They Are Used to Call APIs?,APIs,User Guide", + "kw":"Is the Project ID Fixed when Different IAM Users Call an API?,APIs,User Guide", "search_title":"", "metedata":[ { @@ -5436,7 +5421,7 @@ "IsBot":"Yes" } ], - "title":"Are Project IDs of Different Accounts the Same When They Are Used to Call APIs?", + "title":"Is the Project ID Fixed when Different IAM Users Call an API?", "githuburl":"" }, { diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json index 829ad197..fb44d47c 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ { "desc":"Only the latest 100 jobs are displayed on DLI's SparkUI.A maximum of 1,000 job results can be displayed on the console. To view more or all jobs, export the job data to O", "product_code":"dli", - "title":"Constraints", + "title":"Constraints and Limitations", "uri":"dli_07_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"1", @@ -145,10 +145,10 @@ }, { "desc":"DLI provides the following job types:SQL job: SQL jobs provide you with standard SQL statements and are compatible with Spark SQL and Presto SQL (based on Presto). You ca", - "product_code":"", + "product_code":"dli", "title":"Overview", "uri":"dli_01_0567.html", - "doc_type":"", + "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"16", "code":"17" }, @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ "code":"39" }, { - "desc":"Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.If Status of queue xxx is assigning, which is not available is ", + "desc":"Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.Queues ", "product_code":"dli", "title":"Elastic Queue Scaling", "uri":"dli_01_0487.html", @@ -378,9 +378,9 @@ "code":"42" }, { - "desc":"Once you have created a message notification topic, you can Add subscription of the topic on the Topic Management page of the Simple Message Notification service. You can", + "desc":"Once you have created an SMN topic, you can easily subscribe to it by going to the Topic Management > Topics page of the SMN console. You can choose to receive notificati", "product_code":"dli", - "title":"Creating a Message Notification Topic", + "title":"Creating an SMN Topic", "uri":"dli_01_0421.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"34", @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ "code":"47" }, { - "desc":"You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, ", + "desc":"By setting permissions, you can assign varying database permissions to different users.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or m", "product_code":"dli", "title":"Managing Database Permissions", "uri":"dli_01_0447.html", @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ "code":"48" }, { - "desc":"You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, ", + "desc":"By setting permissions, you can assign varying table permissions to different users.The administrator and table owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modifie", "product_code":"dli", "title":"Managing Table Permissions", "uri":"dli_01_0448.html", @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ "code":"71" }, { - "desc":"Typically, you cannot use DLI to directly access a data source in a VPC other than the one where DLI is because the network between DLI and the data source is disconnecte", + "desc":"In cross-source data analysis scenarios, DLI needs to connect to external data sources. However, due to the different VPCs between the data source and DLI, the network ca", "product_code":"dli", "title":"Overview", "uri":"dli_01_0003.html", @@ -738,9 +738,9 @@ "code":"82" }, { - "desc":"Datasource authentication is used to manage authentication information for accessing specified data sources. After datasource authentication is configured, you do not nee", + "desc":"When analyzing across multiple sources, it is not recommended to configure authentication information directly in a job as it can lead to password leakage. Instead, you a", "product_code":"dli", - "title":"Introduction", + "title":"Overview", "uri":"dli_01_0561.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"82", @@ -1233,9 +1233,9 @@ "code":"137" }, { - "desc":"Check the following operations:Adjusting or adding optimization parameters or the number of concurrent threads of a job, or modifying Flink SQL statements or a Flink Jar ", + "desc":"Flink's checkpointing is a fault tolerance and recovery mechanism. This mechanism ensures that real-time programs can self-recover in case of exceptions or machine issues", "product_code":"dli", - "title":"How Do I Know Whether a Flink Job Can Be Restored from a Checkpoint After Being Restarted?", + "title":"How Can I Check if a Flink Job Can Be Restored From a Checkpoint After Restarting It?", "uri":"dli_03_0136.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"106", @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ "code":"151" }, { - "desc":"You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket. For details, s", + "desc":"You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket.Use the OBS cro", "product_code":"dli", "title":"How Do I Synchronize DLI Table Data from One Region to Another?", "uri":"dli_03_0072.html", @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ "code":"155" }, { - "desc":"Check whether the account is in arrears. If yes, recharge the account.If the error persists, log out and log in again.", + "desc":"Check if your account is in arrears and top it up if necessary.If the same error message persists after the top-up, log out of your account and log back in.", "product_code":"dli", "title":"Why Is Error \"The current account does not have permission to perform this operation,the current account was restricted. Restricted for no budget.\" Reported when a SQL Statement Is Executed?", "uri":"dli_03_0071.html", @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ "code":"163" }, { - "desc":"Error message \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.View the OBS bucket in the AccessControlException and check whether you are us", + "desc":"Error message \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.Check the OBS bucket written in the AccessControlException to confirm if your ", "product_code":"dli", "title":"Why Is Error \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" Reported When I Access a SQL Job?", "uri":"dli_03_0208.html", @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ "code":"164" }, { - "desc":"Error message \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.Th", + "desc":"Error message \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.Yo", "product_code":"dli", "title":"Why Is Error \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" Reported When I Access a SQL Job?", "uri":"dli_03_0209.html", @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ "code":"187" }, { - "desc":"If the AK and SK are obtained, set the parameters as follows:Create SparkContext using codeval sc: SparkContext = new SparkContext()\nsc.hadoopConfiguration.set(\"fs.obs.ac", + "desc":"Hard-coded or plaintext AK and SK pose significant security risks. To ensure security, encrypt your AK and SK, store them in configuration files or environment variables,", "product_code":"dli", "title":"How Do I Set the AK/SK for a Queue to Operate an OBS Table?", "uri":"dli_03_0017.html", @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ "code":"209" }, { - "desc":"Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select Region and Project.Click (the My Quotas icon) in the upper right corner.The Service Quota pag", + "desc":"Log in to the management console.Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.Click the My Quota icon in the upper right corner of the page.The Serv", "product_code":"dli", "title":"Why Is Error \"Failed to create the database. {\"error_code\":\"DLI.1028\";\"error_msg\":\"Already reached the maximum quota of databases:XXX\".\" Reported?", "uri":"dli_03_0264.html", @@ -2340,9 +2340,9 @@ "code":"260" }, { - "desc":"If different IAM accounts call APIs in the same enterprise project in the same region, the accounts use the same project ID.", + "desc":"When different IAM users call an API under the same enterprise project in the same region, the project ID is the same.", "product_code":"dli", - "title":"Are Project IDs of Different Accounts the Same When They Are Used to Call APIs?", + "title":"Is the Project ID Fixed when Different IAM Users Call an API?", "uri":"dli_03_0125.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"259", diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html index 4248eb35..e5b29e84 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html @@ -8,7 +8,21 @@
    - + + + + + + @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ - @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

    Released On

    +
    - - - - - - - + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html index bdf98e6b..ca51a144 100644 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html +++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html @@ -491,40 +491,6 @@ } -
    • Example response 2
      {
-    "pools": [
-        {
-            "lb_algorithm": "SOURCE_IP",
-            "protocol": "TCP",
-            "description": "",
-            "admin_state_up": true,
-            "loadbalancers": [
-                {
-                    "id": "07d28d4a-4899-40a3-a939-5d09d69019e1"
-                }
-            ],
-            "tenant_id": "1867112d054b427e808cc6096d8193a1",
-            "session_persistence": null,
-            "healthmonitor_id": null,
-            "listeners": [
-                {
-                    "id": "1b421c2d-7e78-4a78-9ee4-c8ccba41f15b"
-                }
-            ],
-            "members": [
-                {
-                    "id": "88f9c079-29cb-435a-b98f-0c5c0b90c2bd"
-                },
-                {
-                    "id": "2f4c9644-d5d2-4cf8-a3c0-944239a4f58c"
-                }
-            ],
-            "id": "3a9f50bb-f041-4eac-a117-82472d8a0007",
-            "name": "my-pool"
-        }
-    ]
-}
      -

    Status Codes

    See HTTP Status Codes of Shared Load Balancers.

    diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html deleted file mode 100644 index ef1519cd..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ - - -

    API Call Precaution

    -

    Classic load balancers are not supported in the eu-nl region.

    -
    -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Classic Load Balancer APIs
    -
    -
    - diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0096561504.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0096561504.html deleted file mode 100644 index c85be14d..00000000 --- a/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0096561504.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ - - -

    Querying Load Balancers

    -

    Function

    This API is used to query load balancers and display them in a list.

    -
    -

    URI

    GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers

    - -

    Released On

    Description

    +

    Description

    2023-01-05

    +

    2024-02-08

    Modified the following content:

    -
    • Updated the title of APIs (V2.0).
    • Added ipgroup_bindings and ipgroup_max_length.
    • Removed L4_elastic, L4_elastic_max, and L7_elastic_max.
    +

    Modified the following content:

    +
    • IPv6 is supported.

    2022-09-05

    +

    2023-10-31

    Modified the following content:

    -
    • Modified the status code in section Creating a Certificate.
    • Moved section Classic Load Balancer APIs under Historical APIs.
    • Modified the description of some parameters in section Dedicated Load Balancer APIs, including ip_target_enable, deletion_protection, autoscaling, transparent_client_ip_enable, enhance_l7policy_enable, slow_start, ipgroup_id, network_type and security_policy.
    +

    Deleted historical APIs.

    2021-07-27

    +

    2023-01-05

    Modified the following content:

    +

    Modified the following content:

    +
    • Updated the title of APIs (V2.0).
    • Added ipgroup_bindings and ipgroup_max_length.
    • Removed L4_elastic, L4_elastic_max, and L7_elastic_max.
    +

    2022-09-05

    +

    Modified the following content:

    +
    • Moved section Classic Load Balancer APIs under Historical APIs.
    • Modified the description of some parameters in section Dedicated Load Balancer APIs, including ip_target_enable, deletion_protection, autoscaling, transparent_client_ip_enable, enhance_l7policy_enable, slow_start, ipgroup_id, network_type, and security_policy.
    +

    2021-07-27

    +

    Modified the following content:

    Added fields and descriptions about idle timeout duration.

    2021-06-10

    +

    2021-06-10

    Modified the following content:

    +

    Modified the following content:

    Added fields and descriptions about session stickiness duration.

    2021-06-08

    +

    2021-06-08

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Added notes in Tag to state that the APIs can also be used to add tags to or remove tags from dedicated load balancers or their listeners.

    2021-05-28

    +

    2021-05-28

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Changed enhanced load balancer to shared load balancer.

    2021-02-05

    +

    2021-02-05

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Added APIs (V3).

    -

    Added API Call Precaution.

    +

    Added precautions for calling APIs.

    Added API Call Precaution.

    Added API Call Precaution.

    2020-02-26

    +

    2020-02-26

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Added Tag.

    2019-06-11

    +

    2019-06-11

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Changed the value descriptions of the tag key and value in section "Tag".

    2019-05-16

    +

    2019-05-16

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Added parameter project_id in sections of enhanced load balancer APIs.

    2019-03-20

    +

    2019-03-20

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Added parameters created_at and updated_at in sections related to enhanced load balancers and listeners.

    2018-11-30

    +

    2018-11-30

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Added the sni_container_refs parameter for enhanced load balancer APIs.

    2018-10-12

    +

    2018-10-12

    Added API Version.

    +

    Added API version management.

    2018-09-13

    +

    2018-09-13

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Added descriptions of parameters loadbalancer_id and listener_id in Load Balancer and Listener.

    2018-08-30

    +

    2018-08-30

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Changed the full name of the service to Elastic Load Balancing.

    2018-07-20

    +

    2018-07-20

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    +

    This release incorporates the following changes:

    Modified the constraints for adding a listener using the IP protocol (or in DR mode).

    2018-05-30

    +

    2018-05-30

    This issue is the first official release.

    +

    This issue is the first official release.
    - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameter description

    Parameter

    -

    Mandatory

    -

    Type

    -

    Description

    -

    project_id

    -

    Yes

    -

    String

    -

    Specifies the project ID.

    -
    -
    - -

    Request

    • Request parameters

      None

      -
    -
    • Example request

      None

      -
    -
    -

    Response

    • Response parameters -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 2 Parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      loadbalancers

      -

      Array

      -

      Lists the load balancers.

      -

      instance_num

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the number of load balancers.

      -
      -
      - -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Table 3 loadbalancers parameter description

      Parameter

      -

      Type

      -

      Description

      -

      vip_address

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the private IP address of the load balancer.

      -

      update_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was updated.

      -

      create_time

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the time when the listener was created.

      -

      id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer ID.

      -

      status

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the load balancer status.
      • The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.
      -

      bandwidth

      -

      Integer

      -

      Specifies the bandwidth.

      -

      vpc_id

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the VPC ID.

      -

      admin_state_up

      -

      Integer

      -
      • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
      • The value options are as follows:

        0: The load balancer is disabled.

        -

        1: The load balancer is running properly.

        -

        2: The load balancer is frozen.

        -
      -

      vip_subnet_id

      -

      String

      -

      This parameter is unavailable now.

      -

      type

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the network type of the load balancer. The value is External.

      -

      name

      -

      String

      -

      Specifies the load balancer name.

      -

      description

      -

      String

      -

      Description

      -

      security_group_id

      -

      String

      -
      • Specifies the security group ID.
      • null is displayed for this parameter when type is set to External.
      -
      -
      -
    -
    • Example response
      {
-    "loadbalancers": [
-        {
-            "vip_address": "192.144.62.114",
-            "update_time": "2015-09-14 02:34:32",
-            "create_time": "2015-09-14 02:34:32",
-            "id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-            "status": "ACTIVE",
-            "bandwidth": 1,
-            "security_group_id": null,
-            "vpc_id": "f54a3ffd-7a55-4568-9e3d-f0ff2d46a107",
-            "admin_state_up": 1,
-            "vip_subnet_id": null,
-            "type": "External",
-            "name": "MY_ELB",
-            "description": null
-        }
-    ],
-    "instance_num": "1"
-}
      -
    -
    -

    Status Codes

    • Normal

      200

      -
    • Abnormal -
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

      Status Code

      -

      Message

      -

      Description

      -

      400

      -

      badRequest

      -

      Request error.

      -

      401

      -

      unauthorized

      -

      Authentication failed.

      -

      403

      -

      userDisabled

      -

      You do not have the permission to perform the operation.

      -

      404

      -

      Not Found

      -

      The requested page does not exist.

      -

      500

      -

      authFault

      -

      Internal error.

      -

      503

      -

      serviceUnavailable

      -

      Service unavailable.

      -
      -
      -
    -
    - -
    -
    -
    Parent topic: Load Balancer
    -
    -
    - From 82093fcb23a483ac6d6cefeba6decdad0dab78b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Ru, Li Yi" Date: Thu, 29 Feb 2024 12:55:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 3/6] dds_umn Reviewed-by: Boka, Ladislav Co-authored-by: Ru, Li Yi Co-committed-by: Ru, Li Yi --- docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json | 1579 +++++++++++++++-- docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json | 527 +++--- docs/dds/umn/dds_01_0060.html | 13 + docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html | 6 +- docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html | 6 +- docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html | 2 +- docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html | 6 +- docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html | 2 +- docs/dds/umn/en-us_image_0000001835388741.png | Bin 0 -> 14783 bytes docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html | 6 +- docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html | 2 +- docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html | 2 + 12 files changed, 1737 insertions(+), 414 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dds/umn/dds_01_0060.html create mode 100644 docs/dds/umn/en-us_image_0000001835388741.png diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json index 24771091..9c8d1eb5 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -1,1591 +1,2890 @@ [ + { + "dockw":"User Guide" + }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_user_guide.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_user_guide.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"1", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Introduction", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Introduction", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_introduction.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_introduction.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"2", - "des":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB. It provides functions such", + "des":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB community version 4.0.3 as ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"elastic capacity expansion,disaster recovery,replica set,high availability (HA) data storage,data re", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Is DDS?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0021.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0021.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"3", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"System Architecture", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"System Architecture", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0011.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0011.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"4", "des":"Each DDS cluster is an independent document database. A sharded cluster consists of a config node, and multiple mongos and shard nodes.Data read and write requests are fo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cluster,System Architecture,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0012.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0012.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"5", "des":"A replica set consists of a set of mongod processes. It is a collection of nodes that help ensure data redundancy and reliability.For details about the mongod process, se", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Replica Set,System Architecture,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Replica Set", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0025.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0025.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"6", "des":"A single node instance, as its name suggests, contains only one node which can be accessed directly.As a supplement to the cluster and replica set architectures, the sing", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Single Node Architecture,System Architecture,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Single Node Architecture", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0001.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0001.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"7", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Basic Concepts", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Basic Concepts", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0002.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0002.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"8", "des":"Each DDS cluster consists of a config node, and multiple mongos and shard nodes. The following diagram shows the node relationships.A mongos is a router for reading and w", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cluster,Basic Concepts,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0005.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0005.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"9", "des":"A database parameter template is a collection of configuration parameters and values and can be applied to multiple DB instances.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Parameter Template,Basic Concepts,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Database Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0027.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0027.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"10", "des":"A region is a geographic area in which resources used by DDS are located.Each region comprises one or more AZs and is completely isolated from other regions. AZs within t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Regions and AZs,Basic Concepts,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Regions and AZs", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0006.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0006.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"11", "des":"DDS supports three deployment architectures: cluster, replica set, and single node. They meet requirements of different service scenarios.ClusterA cluster consists of thr", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"NoSQL database,MongoDB,Functions and Features,Introduction,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Functions and Features", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0015.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0015.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"12", "des":"Game players' information generated from game applications, such as players' equipment and bonus points, are stored in DDS databases. During peak hours, DDS cluster insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Typical Application Scenarios,Introduction,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Typical Application Scenarios", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0013.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0013.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"13", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB Instance", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"DDS DB Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0024.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0024.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"14", "des":"DB instance specifications are listed in the following table.The DB instance specifications depend on service requirements.You can change the maximum number of connection", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB Instance Specifications,DDS DB Instance,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"DB Instance Specifications", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0014.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0014.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"15", "des":"DDS supports versions 3.2, 3.4, 4.0, 4.2, and 4.4, and you need to use a driver compatible with MongoDB 3.0 or later to access DDS. You can select the DB engine and versi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Engine and Version,DDS DB Instance,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Database Engine and Version", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0026.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0026.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"16", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB Instance Status,DDS DB Instance,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"DB Instance Status", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0022.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0022.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"17", "des":"To improve the stability and security of DB instances, there are some constraints on the use of DDS. For details, see Table 1.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Constraints and Recommendations,Introduction,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Constraints and Recommendations", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0017.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0017.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"18", "des":"IAM provides two types of user permissions by default: user management and resource management.User management refers to the management of users, user groups, and user gr", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"User Permissions,Introduction,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"User Permissions", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0019.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0019.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"19", "des":"If you need to assign different permissions to employees in your enterprise to access your DDS resources, IAM is a good choice for fine-grained permissions management. IA", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Permissions Management,Introduction,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Permissions Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_01_0016.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0016.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"20", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Related Services,Introduction,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Related Services", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dds_02_0043.html", + "uri":"dds_01_0060.html", + "node_id":"dds_01_0060.xml", "product_code":"dds", "code":"21", + "des":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a cloud database service compatible with MongoDB. DDS major versions select community versions that have not reached EOL and have new m", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "kw":"Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions,Introduction,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], + "title":"Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dds_02_0043.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0043.xml", + "product_code":"dds", + "code":"22", "des":"You have registered an account.For the first time you use DDS, apply for an account at the official website. After the application is successful, your account has permiss", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Logging in to the DDS Console,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Logging in to the DDS Console", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_cluster.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_cluster.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"22", + "code":"23", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Getting Started with Clusters", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Getting Started with Clusters", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0001.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0001.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"23", + "code":"24", "des":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Methods,Getting Started with Clusters,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connection Methods", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0009.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0009.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"24", + "code":"25", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0010.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0010.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"25", + "code":"26", "des":"This section describes how to create a cluster instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a cluster instance over private networks.The follo", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0044018333.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0044018333.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"26", + "code":"27", "des":"This section describes how to create a Community Edition cluster instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Cluster Instance,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Cluster Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0022.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0022.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"27", + "code":"28", "des":"This section explains how to add a security group rule to control access to and from the DDS DB instances associated with a security group.The default security group rule", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks,Use", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Setting a Security Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0044018334.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0044018334.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"28", + "code":"29", "des":"This section describes how to connect to a cluster instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.The MongoDB client can connect to a DB instance with an unencry", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB instance,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks,Connecting to a Cluster Instance ", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0013.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0013.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"29", + "code":"30", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0014.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0014.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"30", + "code":"31", "des":"This section describes how to create a cluster instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a cluster instance over public networ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0016.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0016.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"31", + "code":"32", "des":"This section describes how to create a Community Edition cluster instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Cluster Instance,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Cluster Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0046.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0046.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"32", + "code":"33", "des":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If you want to prohibit external access later, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding an EIP,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Binding an EIP", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0019.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0019.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"33", + "code":"34", "des":"This section explains how to add a security group rule to control access to and from the DDS DB instances associated with a security group.The default security group rule", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,User", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Setting a Security Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0006.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0006.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"34", + "code":"35", "des":"This section describes how to connect to a cluster instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.The MongoDB client and Robo 3T can connect to a DB i", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB instance,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,Connecting to a Cluster Instance O", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_replica_set.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_replica_set.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"35", + "code":"36", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Getting Started with Replica Sets", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Getting Started with Replica Sets", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0042.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0042.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"36", + "code":"37", "des":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Methods,Getting Started with Replica Sets,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connection Methods", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0055.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0055.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"37", + "code":"38", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0057.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0057.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"38", + "code":"39", "des":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a replica set instance over private networks.T", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0012.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0012.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"39", + "code":"40", "des":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space to your busin", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB instances,Creating a Replica Set Instance,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Netwo", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Replica Set Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0049.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0049.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"40", + "code":"41", "des":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances associated with a security group. The following describes how t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Setting a Security Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0105284966.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0105284966.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"41", + "code":"42", "des":"This section describes how to connect to a replica set instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.You can directly perform operations on the primary and seco", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instance,DDS DB instance,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks,Connectin", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0050.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0050.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"42", + "code":"43", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0051.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0051.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"43", + "code":"44", "des":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a replica set instance over publi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0052.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0052.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"44", + "code":"45", "des":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space to your busin", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB instances,Creating a Replica Set Instance,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networ", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Replica Set Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0053.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0053.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"45", + "code":"46", "des":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If later you want to prohibit external access, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding an EIP,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Binding an EIP", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0054.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0054.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"46", + "code":"47", "des":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances associated with a security group. The following describes how t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks,", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Setting a Security Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0047.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0047.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"47", + "code":"48", "des":"This section describes how to connect to a replica set instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.You can directly perform operations on the prima", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instance,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks,Connecting to a Replica Se", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_single_node.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_single_node.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"48", + "code":"49", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Getting Started with Single Nodes", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Getting Started with Single Nodes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0070.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0070.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"49", + "code":"50", "des":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Methods,Getting Started with Single Nodes,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connection Methods", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0074.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0074.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"50", + "code":"51", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0075.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0075.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"51", + "code":"52", "des":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a single node instance over private networks.T", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0023.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0023.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"52", + "code":"53", "des":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your bus", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB instances,Creating a Single Node Instance,Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Netwo", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Single Node Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0024.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0024.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"53", + "code":"54", "des":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances in a security group.The default security group rule allows all ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Setting a Security Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0028.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0028.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"54", + "code":"55", "des":"This section describes how to connect to a single-node instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.The MongoDB client can connect to a DB instance with an une", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instance,DDS DB instance,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Private Networks,Connectin", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Private Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0077.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0077.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"55", + "code":"56", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0078.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0078.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"56", + "code":"57", "des":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a single node instance over publi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0079.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0079.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"57", + "code":"58", "des":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your bus", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB instances,Creating a Single Node Instance,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networ", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Single Node Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0026.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0026.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"58", + "code":"59", "des":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If later you want to prohibit external access, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding an EIP,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Binding an EIP", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0080.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0080.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"59", + "code":"60", "des":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances in a security group.The default security group rule allows all ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks,", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Setting a Security Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0048.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0048.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"60", + "code":"61", "des":"This section describes how to connect to a single-node instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.The MongoDB client and Robo 3T can connect to a ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instance,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks,Connecting to a Single Nod", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0062.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0062.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"61", + "code":"62", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Permissions Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Permissions Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0060.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0060.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"62", + "code":"63", "des":"This section describes how to use IAM to implement fine-grained permissions control for your DDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users for employees based on the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions,Permissions Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"Yes", + "IsMulti":"Yes" + } + ], "title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0061.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0061.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"63", + "code":"64", "des":"Custom policies can be created as a supplement to the system policies of DDS. For the actions supported for custom policies, see DDS Actions.You can create custom policie", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Custom Policy,Permissions Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"Yes", + "IsMulti":"Yes" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Custom Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0019.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0019.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"64", + "code":"65", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Connection Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0074.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0074.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"65", + "code":"66", "des":"DDS allows you to use SSL to encrypt connections to a DB instance to protect your data.If SSL is enabled, you can connect to a DB instance using SSL. For details, see sec", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"connect to a DB instance,connect to the DB instance,Enabling or Disabling SSL,Connection Management,", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Enabling or Disabling SSL", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0100.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0100.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"66", + "code":"67", "des":"If a client and a replica set instance are deployed in different CIDR blocks and the client is not in 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/24, or 10.0.0.0/8, configure Cross-CIDR A", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Cross-CIDR Access for Replica Set Instances,Connection Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Configuring Cross-CIDR Access for Replica Set Instances", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_02_0100.html", + "node_id":"dds_02_0100.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"67", + "code":"68", "des":"A cluster instance of Community Edition consists of mongos, shard, and config nodes. When your services need to read and write data from and into databases, connect to th", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling IP Addresses of shard and config Nodes,Connection Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Enabling IP Addresses of shard and config Nodes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0070.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0070.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"68", + "code":"69", "des":"After a database is migrated from on-premises or other cloud platforms to DDS, the private IP address of the database may be changed. DDS allows you to change the private", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Private IP Address,Connection Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Changing a Private IP Address", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_change_database_port.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_change_database_port.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"69", + "code":"70", "des":"This section guides you on how to modify the database port. The database port cannot be changed when the instance is in any of the following statuses:RestartingAdding nod", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Database Port,Connection Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Changing the Database Port", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_change_security_group.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_change_security_group.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"70", + "code":"71", "des":"This section guides you on how to change a security group for cluster, replica set, and single node instances. If any of the following operations is in progress, do not c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Security Group,Connection Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Changing a Security Group", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0080.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0080.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"71", + "code":"72", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Commands", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Database Commands", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0033.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0033.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"72", + "code":"73", "des":"The following tables list the commands supported and restricted by DDS.For more information, see official MongoDB documentation.Users cannot execute a system command.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which Commands are Supported or Restricted by DDS?,Database Commands,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Which Commands are Supported or Restricted by DDS?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0052.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0052.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"73", + "code":"74", "des":"DDS is accessible through an EIP in a public network or an ECS in a private network.MongoDB can export data from a database into a JSON file. Such a JSON file can then be", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating Data,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Migrating Data", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0001.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0001.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"74", + "code":"75", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Account Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Account Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0057.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0057.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"75", + "code":"76", "des":"This section describes how to create a database account and change the account password using commands after the DDS DB instances are created. When creating a database ac", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS DB instance,Creating a Database Account Using Commands,Account Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Database Account Using Commands", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_reset_password.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_reset_password.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"76", + "code":"77", "des":"For security reasons, you are advised to periodically change administrator passwords.You cannot reset the administrator password under the following circumstances:Restart", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting the Administrator Password,Account Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Resetting the Administrator Password", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0002.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0002.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"77", + "code":"78", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Instance Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0075.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0075.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"78", + "code":"79", "des":"This section describes how to change a DB instance name to identify different DB instances.If you want to submit the change, click OK. The DB instance name can be 4 to 64", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a DB Instance Name,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Changing a DB Instance Name", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_increase_nodes.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_increase_nodes.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"79", + "code":"80", "des":"This section describes how to add nodes to a cluster instance.You can add nodes when the instance status is Available, Deleting backup, or Checking restoration.A DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Adding Nodes to a Cluster,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Adding Nodes to a Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0018.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0018.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"80", + "code":"81", "des":"This section describes how to revert nodes that fail to be added.During reversal, the instance status is Deleting node. This process takes about 1 to 3 minutes.During del", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Reverting and Deleting Failed Cluster Instance Nodes,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Reverting and Deleting Failed Cluster Instance Nodes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_increase_storage.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_increase_storage.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"81", + "code":"82", "des":"This section describes how to scale up the storage space of a DB instance to suit your service requirements.You can scale up a DB instance a maximum of eight times.You ca", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Scaling Up Storage Space,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Scaling Up Storage Space", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001159335385.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001159335385.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"82", + "code":"83", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the DB Instance Class", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Changing the DB Instance Class", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0104472218.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0104472218.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"83", + "code":"84", "des":"When the CPU or memory of a DB instance is being changed, the status displayed in the Status column is Changing instance class. This process takes up to 10 minutes.In the", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Cluster DB Instance Class,Changing the DB Instance Class,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Changing a Cluster DB Instance Class", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0104721795.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0104721795.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"84", + "code":"85", "des":"Alternatively, on the Instance Management page, click the name of the replica set instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change to the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Replica Set DB Instance Class,Changing the DB Instance Class,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Changing a Replica Set DB Instance Class", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0030.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0030.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"85", + "code":"86", "des":"Alternatively, on the Instance Management page, click the name of the single node instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change to the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Single Node DB Instance Class,Changing the DB Instance Class,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Changing a Single Node DB Instance Class", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0050.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0050.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"86", + "code":"87", "des":"A replica set consists of the primary node, secondary node, and hidden node. Primary and secondary nodes allow access from external services by providing IP addresses. Hi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Manually Switching the Primary and Secondary Nodes of a Replica Set,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Manually Switching the Primary and Secondary Nodes of a Replica Set", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0051.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0051.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"87", + "code":"88", "des":"This section describes how to export DB instance information for analysis. The following information can be exported:Database TypeDB Instance NameDB Instance IDDB Instanc", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting DB Instance Information,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Exporting DB Instance Information", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0003.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0003.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"88", + "code":"89", "des":"You may need to occasionally restart a DB instance to perform routine maintenance. For example, after modifying certain parameters, you must restart the DB instance for t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restarting a DB Instance or a Node,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Restarting a DB Instance or a Node", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0004.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0004.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"89", + "code":"90", "des":"This section guides you on how to delete a DB instance no longer used to release resources. You can delete the following types of DB instances:Cluster instanceReplica set", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a DB Instance,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a DB Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0101.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0101.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"90", + "code":"91", "des":"DDS can move deleted DB instances to the recycle bin, so you can restore them easily.The recycling policy is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. Instances in the r", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Recycling a DB Instance,Instance Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Recycling a DB Instance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0006.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0006.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"91", + "code":"92", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backup and Restore", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Backup and Restore", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"92", + "code":"93", "des":"DDS backs up data automatically based on the automated backup policy you set. You are advised to regularly back up data in your database. If the database becomes faulty o", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Setting Automated Backup Policy,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Setting Automated Backup Policy", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0007.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0007.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"93", + "code":"94", "des":"This section describes how to create a manual backup. Creating a backup for a DB instance helps ensure data can be restored if needed, ensuring data reliability.When you ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Manual Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Manual Backup", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0042.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0042.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"94", + "code":"95", "des":"This section describes how to restore a cluster instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS and ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring a Cluster Instance from a Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Restoring a Cluster Instance from a Backup", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0043.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0043.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"95", + "code":"96", "des":"This section describes how to restore a replica set instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring a Replica Set Instance from a Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Restoring a Replica Set Instance from a Backup", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0064.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0064.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"96", + "code":"97", "des":"You can restore the data of a replica set instance to a specified time point.Currently, you can restore a replica set instance to a new or original DB instance at a point", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring Replica Set Instance to a Point in Time,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Restoring Replica Set Instance to a Point in Time", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0031.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0031.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"97", + "code":"98", "des":"This section describes how to restore a single node instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring a Single Node Instance from a Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Restoring a Single Node Instance from a Backup", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_backup_download.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_backup_download.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"98", + "code":"99", "des":"This section describes how to download manual or automated backup files for local data backup or restoration.For details on how to log in to OBS Browser, see section Logg", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Downloading Backup Files,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Downloading Backup Files", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0008.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0008.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"99", + "code":"100", "des":"This section describes how to delete manual backups to release the storage space.The deletion operation is irreversible. Exercise caution when performing this operation.B", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Manual Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Manual Backup", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0009.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0009.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"100", + "code":"101", "des":"This section describes how to delete an automated backup. If the automated backup policy is disabled, DDS allows you to delete stored automated backups to release storage", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting an Automated Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Deleting an Automated Backup", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0010.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0010.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"101", + "code":"102", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Template Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Parameter Template Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"102", + "code":"103", "des":"DB parameter templates act as a container for engine configuration values that are applied to one or more DB instances.DDS does not share parameter template quotas with R", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_configuration.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_configuration.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"103", + "code":"104", "des":"You can modify parameters in custom parameter templates as needed to get the most out of DDS performance.You can modify parameters in either of the following ways:Directl", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Modifying a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0110.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0110.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"104", + "code":"105", "des":"You can view the change history of a parameter template.In a newly exported or created parameter template, the change history is blank.You can apply the parameter templat", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Parameter Change History,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Parameter Change History", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0111.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0111.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"105", + "code":"106", "des":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to other instances by referring to Applying a Para", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Exporting a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0012.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0012.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"106", + "code":"107", "des":"This section describes how to compare two parameter templates of the same node type and DB engine version.If their settings are different, the parameter names and values ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Comparing Parameter Templates,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Comparing Parameter Templates", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0013.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0013.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"107", + "code":"108", "des":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created.Default parameter templates cannot be replicated, but you can create parameter templates based on the default ones", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Replicating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Replicating a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0015.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0015.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"108", + "code":"109", "des":"This section describes how to reset all parameters in a parameter template you create to the default settings as needed.Resetting a parameter template will restore all pa", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Resetting a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0014.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0014.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"109", + "code":"110", "des":"Modifications to parameters in a custom parameter template take effect for DB instances only after you have applied the template to the target DB instances or target node", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Applying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Applying a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0113.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0113.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"110", + "code":"111", "des":"An application record contains information about performed apply operations. You can view the application records of a parameter template.Click Default Templates. Locate ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0044.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0044.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"111", + "code":"112", "des":"The section describes how to modify the description of a parameter template you created so that you can distinguish and identify parameter templates.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying the Description of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Modifying the Description of a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0016.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0016.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"112", + "code":"113", "des":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer used.Default parameter templates and parameter templates applied to instances cannot be deleted.Deleted param", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Parameter Template", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0040.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0040.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"113", + "code":"114", "des":"This section describes how to view the progress and result of asynchronous tasks on the Task Center page.Creating a snapshot backupCreating a cluster InstanceCreating a r", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Task Center,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Task Center", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0025.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0025.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"114", + "code":"115", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Monitoring and Alarm Reporting", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Monitoring and Alarm Reporting", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0076.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0076.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"115", + "code":"116", "des":"Cloud Eye monitors DDS instance metrics. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of DDS on the management console.Monitored data requires a period of time for transmission ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB instance,Viewing DDS Metrics,Monitoring and Alarm Reporting,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Viewing DDS Metrics", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0026.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0026.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"116", + "code":"117", "des":"This section describes metrics reported by Document Database Service (DDS) to Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs provided by Cloud Eye", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DDS Metrics,Monitoring and Alarm Reporting,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"DDS Metrics", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0027.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0027.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"117", + "code":"118", "des":"You can enable the alarm reporting function in one click. After alarms are triggered, Simple Message Notification (SMN) can send notifications to specified cloud account.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Setting Alarm Rules,Monitoring and Alarm Reporting,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0028.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0028.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"118", + "code":"119", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Auditing", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Auditing", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0029.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0029.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"119", + "code":"120", "des":"With Cloud Trace Service (CTS), you can record operations associated with DDS for later query, audit, and backtrack operations.ddsAddTag and ddsDeleteTag are respectively", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Key Operations Recorded by CTS,Auditing,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Key Operations Recorded by CTS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0024.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0024.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"120", + "code":"121", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Log Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_error_log.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_error_log.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"121", + "code":"122", "des":"DDS log management allows you to view database-level logs, including warning- and error-level logs generated during database running, which help you analyze system proble", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Error Log,Log Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Error Log", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_slow_query_log.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_slow_query_log.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"122", + "code":"123", "des":"Slow query logs record statements whose execution period exceeds the value of operationProfiling.slowOpThresholdMs (100 ms by default). With slow query logs, you can iden", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Slow Query Log,Log Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Slow Query Log", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_03_0023.html", + "node_id":"dds_03_0023.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"123", + "code":"124", "des":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. Every cloud service is responsible for managing their own tags while T", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Tag Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Tag Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0100.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0100.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"124", + "code":"125", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"FAQs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"FAQs", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0101.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0101.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"125", + "code":"126", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Product Consulting", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Product Consulting", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0001.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0001.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"126", + "code":"127", "des":"Precautions after applying for DDS:After purchasing DDS DB instances, you do not need to perform basic database O&M operations, such as HA and security patches. You need ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Precautions Should Be Taken When Using DDS?,Product Consulting,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Precautions Should Be Taken When Using DDS?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0002.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0002.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"127", + "code":"128", "des":"Formula for a DDS DB instance availability:DDS DB instance availability = (1 – Failure duration/Total service duration) × 100%.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the Availability of DDS DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Is the Availability of DDS DB Instances?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0004.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0004.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"128", + "code":"129", "des":"No. Your DDS DB instances and resources are isolated from others.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Will My DDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other Users' DDS DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Will My DDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other Users' DDS DB Instances?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0102.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0102.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"129", + "code":"130", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Performance", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Database Performance", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0005.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0005.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"130", + "code":"131", "des":"You can view the slow query logs to check whether any slowly executed SQL queries exist and view the performance characteristics of queries (if any) to locate the cause o", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If My Query Is Slow?,Database Performance,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Should I Do If My Query Is Slow?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0006.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0006.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"131", + "code":"132", "des":"The delay for primary/secondary synchronization cannot be calculated using a formula. The delay is affected by the following factors:Network communication statusTransacti", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the Time Delay for Primary/Secondary Synchronization in a Replica Set?,Database Performance,", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Is the Time Delay for Primary/Secondary Synchronization in a Replica Set?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0103.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0103.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"132", + "code":"133", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creation and Deletion", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Creation and Deletion", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0007.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0007.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"133", + "code":"134", "des":"DDS does not delete or perform any operations on any user data. If this problem occurs, check whether a misoperation has been performed. Restore the data using backup fil", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is Data Missing from My Database?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Why Is Data Missing from My Database?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0008.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0008.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"134", + "code":"135", "des":"If your cloud account is deleted, both your automated and manual backups are deleted.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0104.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0104.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"135", + "code":"136", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Connection", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Database Connection", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0012.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0012.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"136", + "code":"137", "des":"The number of connections indicates the number of applications that can be simultaneously connected to the database. The number of connections is irrelevant to the maximu", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the Number of DDS Database Connections?,Database Connection,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Is the Number of DDS Database Connections?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0013.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0013.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"137", + "code":"138", "des":"Perform the following steps to identify the problem:If yes, go to 3.If no, configure the VPC peering connection. For details, see \"VPC Peering Connection\" in Virtual Priv", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to a DDS DB Instance?,Database Connection,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to a DDS DB Instance?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0015.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0015.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"138", + "code":"139", "des":"Check whether the following problems occur on the DDS database. Check the following one at a time.The maximum number of connections is reached.Solution: Use the Cloud Eye", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If a DDS Server Problem Causes a Connection Failure?,Database Connection,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Should I Do If a DDS Server Problem Causes a Connection Failure?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0018.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0018.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"139", + "code":"140", "des":"MongoDB official website provides client installation packages for different OSs. Download the official binary installation package at https://www.mongodb.com/download-ce", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Install a MongoDB Client?,Database Connection,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"How Can I Install a MongoDB Client?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0039.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0039.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"140", + "code":"141", "des":"This section describes how to obtain the Robo 3T installation package and install Robo 3T.For details on how to connect to a cluster instance, see Connecting to a Cluster", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Install Robo 3T?,Database Connection,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"How Do I Install Robo 3T?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0105.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0105.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"141", + "code":"142", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Usage", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Database Usage", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0009.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0009.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"142", + "code":"143", "des":"Yes. Adding shards does not affect the existing shards. Services are still available.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Are My DDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?,Database Usage,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Are My DDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0107.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0107.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"143", + "code":"144", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Storage", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Database Storage", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0028.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0028.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"144", + "code":"145", "des":"The EVS is used for data storage of DDS DB instances. For details on the EVS, see Elastic Volume Service User Guide.The DDS DB instance backup data is stored in the OBS a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the DDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?,Database Storage,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Is the DDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0029.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0029.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"145", + "code":"146", "des":"If the storage space required by your applications exceeds the allowed maximum space allocated to you, you can do either of the following:Scale up storage space.Add shard", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Database Storage Space of a DDS DB Instance?,Database Storag", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Database Storage Space of a DDS DB Instance?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0030.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0030.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"146", + "code":"147", "des":"The following types of data will occupy the storage space:User data except backupsData required for ensuring DB instance proper running occupy, such as system database da", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of DDS DB Instances?,Database Storage,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of DDS DB Instances?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0031.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0031.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"147", + "code":"148", "des":"The storage space you applied for will contain the system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for a DDS DB Instance?,Database Storage,Us", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for a DDS DB Instance?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0109.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0109.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"148", + "code":"149", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backup and Restoration", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Backup and Restoration", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0025.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0025.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"149", + "code":"150", "des":"You can store DDS backup data on the ECS using mongoexport. However, you are advised not to store database backups on ECSs. To ensure high data reliability and service as", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Back Up DDS Databases to an ECS?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"How Do I Back Up DDS Databases to an ECS?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0026.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0026.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"150", + "code":"151", "des":"The automated backup retention period is 7 days by default. You can set a backup retention period from 1 to 732 days. There is no limit on the manual backup retention per", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Long Does DDS Store Backup Data For?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"How Long Does DDS Store Backup Data For?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0110.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0110.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"151", + "code":"152", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Network Security", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Network Security", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0021.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0021.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"152", + "code":"153", "des":"DDS allows you to set the VPC which DDS DB instances belong to, ensuring that the DDS DB instances are isolated from other services. In addition, the IAM service is provi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Security Protection Policies Does DDS Have?,Network Security,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What Security Protection Policies Does DDS Have?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0023.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0023.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"153", + "code":"154", "des":"The VPC security group helps ensure the security of DDS in a VPC. In addition, ACL can be used to allow or reject I/O network traffic for each subnet. Use the internal se", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Ensure the Security of DDS in a VPC?,Network Security,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"How Do I Ensure the Security of DDS in a VPC?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0111.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0111.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"154", + "code":"155", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resource Monitoring", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Resource Monitoring", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0019.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0019.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"155", + "code":"156", "des":"You need to focus on the CPU, memory, and storage space usage.You can configure DDS to report alarms as needed. If an alarm is reported, you can take proper measures to c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?,Resource Monitoring,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"What DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0112.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0112.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"156", + "code":"157", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Log Management", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_faq_0032.html", + "node_id":"dds_faq_0032.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"157", + "code":"158", "des":"Logs and files listed in the following table occupy storage space.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy DDS DB Instance Storage Space?,Log Management,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy DDS DB Instance Storage Space?", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_change_history.html", + "node_id":"dds_change_history.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"158", + "code":"159", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Change History,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Change History", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dds_glossary.html", + "node_id":"dds_glossary.xml", "product_code":"dds", - "code":"159", + "code":"160", "des":"For details about the glossaries in this document, see Glossary.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Glossary,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "prodname":"dds", + "documenttype":"usermanual" + } + ], "title":"Glossary", "githuburl":"" } diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json index ce177e37..c5e13bb0 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "code":"1" }, { - "desc":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB. It provides functions such", + "desc":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB community version 4.0.3 as ", "product_code":"dds", "title":"What Is DDS?", "uri":"en-us_topic_introduction.html", @@ -179,6 +179,15 @@ "p_code":"1", "code":"20" }, + { + "desc":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a cloud database service compatible with MongoDB. DDS major versions select community versions that have not reached EOL and have new m", + "product_code":"dds", + "title":"Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions", + "uri":"dds_01_0060.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"1", + "code":"21" + }, { "desc":"You have registered an account.For the first time you use DDS, apply for an account at the official website. After the application is successful, your account has permiss", "product_code":"dds", @@ -186,7 +195,7 @@ "uri":"dds_02_0043.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"21" + "code":"22" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -195,7 +204,7 @@ "uri":"dds_02_cluster.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"22" + "code":"23" }, { "desc":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.", @@ -203,8 +212,8 @@ "title":"Connection Methods", "uri":"dds_02_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"22", - "code":"23" + "p_code":"23", + "code":"24" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -212,8 +221,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"22", - "code":"24" + "p_code":"23", + "code":"25" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a cluster instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a cluster instance over private networks.The follo", @@ -221,8 +230,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"dds_02_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"25" + "p_code":"25", + "code":"26" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a Community Edition cluster instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space", @@ -230,8 +239,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Cluster Instance", "uri":"en-us_topic_0044018333.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"26" + "p_code":"25", + "code":"27" }, { "desc":"This section explains how to add a security group rule to control access to and from the DDS DB instances associated with a security group.The default security group rule", @@ -239,8 +248,8 @@ "title":"Setting a Security Group", "uri":"dds_02_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"27" + "p_code":"25", + "code":"28" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to connect to a cluster instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.The MongoDB client can connect to a DB instance with an unencry", @@ -248,8 +257,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks", "uri":"en-us_topic_0044018334.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"24", - "code":"28" + "p_code":"25", + "code":"29" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -257,8 +266,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"22", - "code":"29" + "p_code":"23", + "code":"30" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a cluster instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a cluster instance over public networ", @@ -266,8 +275,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"dds_02_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"30" + "p_code":"30", + "code":"31" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a Community Edition cluster instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space", @@ -275,8 +284,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Cluster Instance", "uri":"dds_02_0016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"31" + "p_code":"30", + "code":"32" }, { "desc":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If you want to prohibit external access later, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB", @@ -284,8 +293,8 @@ "title":"Binding an EIP", "uri":"dds_02_0046.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"32" + "p_code":"30", + "code":"33" }, { "desc":"This section explains how to add a security group rule to control access to and from the DDS DB instances associated with a security group.The default security group rule", @@ -293,8 +302,8 @@ "title":"Setting a Security Group", "uri":"dds_02_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"33" + "p_code":"30", + "code":"34" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to connect to a cluster instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.The MongoDB client and Robo 3T can connect to a DB i", @@ -302,8 +311,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"29", - "code":"34" + "p_code":"30", + "code":"35" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -312,7 +321,7 @@ "uri":"dds_02_replica_set.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"35" + "code":"36" }, { "desc":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.", @@ -320,8 +329,8 @@ "title":"Connection Methods", "uri":"dds_02_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"36" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"37" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -329,8 +338,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"37" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"38" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a replica set instance over private networks.T", @@ -338,8 +347,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"dds_02_0057.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"38" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"39" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space to your busin", @@ -347,8 +356,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Replica Set Instance", "uri":"dds_02_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"39" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"40" }, { "desc":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances associated with a security group. The following describes how t", @@ -356,8 +365,8 @@ "title":"Setting a Security Group", "uri":"dds_02_0049.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"40" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"41" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to connect to a replica set instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.You can directly perform operations on the primary and seco", @@ -365,8 +374,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks", "uri":"en-us_topic_0105284966.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"41" + "p_code":"38", + "code":"42" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -374,8 +383,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0050.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"42" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"43" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a replica set instance over publi", @@ -383,8 +392,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"dds_02_0051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"42", - "code":"43" + "p_code":"43", + "code":"44" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space to your busin", @@ -392,8 +401,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Replica Set Instance", "uri":"dds_02_0052.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"42", - "code":"44" + "p_code":"43", + "code":"45" }, { "desc":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If later you want to prohibit external access, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB", @@ -401,8 +410,8 @@ "title":"Binding an EIP", "uri":"dds_02_0053.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"42", - "code":"45" + "p_code":"43", + "code":"46" }, { "desc":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances associated with a security group. The following describes how t", @@ -410,8 +419,8 @@ "title":"Setting a Security Group", "uri":"dds_02_0054.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"42", - "code":"46" + "p_code":"43", + "code":"47" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to connect to a replica set instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.You can directly perform operations on the prima", @@ -419,8 +428,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0047.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"42", - "code":"47" + "p_code":"43", + "code":"48" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -429,7 +438,7 @@ "uri":"dds_02_single_node.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"48" + "code":"49" }, { "desc":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.", @@ -437,8 +446,8 @@ "title":"Connection Methods", "uri":"dds_02_0070.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"48", - "code":"49" + "p_code":"49", + "code":"50" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -446,8 +455,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0074.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"48", - "code":"50" + "p_code":"49", + "code":"51" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a single node instance over private networks.T", @@ -455,8 +464,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"dds_02_0075.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"50", - "code":"51" + "p_code":"51", + "code":"52" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your bus", @@ -464,8 +473,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Single Node Instance", "uri":"dds_02_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"50", - "code":"52" + "p_code":"51", + "code":"53" }, { "desc":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances in a security group.The default security group rule allows all ", @@ -473,8 +482,8 @@ "title":"Setting a Security Group", "uri":"dds_02_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"50", - "code":"53" + "p_code":"51", + "code":"54" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to connect to a single-node instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.The MongoDB client can connect to a DB instance with an une", @@ -482,8 +491,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Private Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"50", - "code":"54" + "p_code":"51", + "code":"55" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -491,8 +500,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0077.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"48", - "code":"55" + "p_code":"49", + "code":"56" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a single node instance over publi", @@ -500,8 +509,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"dds_02_0078.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"56" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"57" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your bus", @@ -509,8 +518,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Single Node Instance", "uri":"dds_02_0079.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"57" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"58" }, { "desc":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If later you want to prohibit external access, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB", @@ -518,8 +527,8 @@ "title":"Binding an EIP", "uri":"dds_02_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"58" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"59" }, { "desc":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances in a security group.The default security group rule allows all ", @@ -527,8 +536,8 @@ "title":"Setting a Security Group", "uri":"dds_02_0080.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"59" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"60" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to connect to a single-node instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.The MongoDB client and Robo 3T can connect to a ", @@ -536,8 +545,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks", "uri":"dds_02_0048.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"55", - "code":"60" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"61" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -546,7 +555,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0062.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"61" + "code":"62" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use IAM to implement fine-grained permissions control for your DDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users for employees based on the ", @@ -554,8 +563,8 @@ "title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions", "uri":"dds_03_0060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"61", - "code":"62" + "p_code":"62", + "code":"63" }, { "desc":"Custom policies can be created as a supplement to the system policies of DDS. For the actions supported for custom policies, see DDS Actions.You can create custom policie", @@ -563,8 +572,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Custom Policy", "uri":"dds_03_0061.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"61", - "code":"63" + "p_code":"62", + "code":"64" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -573,7 +582,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"64" + "code":"65" }, { "desc":"DDS allows you to use SSL to encrypt connections to a DB instance to protect your data.If SSL is enabled, you can connect to a DB instance using SSL. For details, see sec", @@ -581,8 +590,8 @@ "title":"Enabling or Disabling SSL", "uri":"dds_03_0074.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"65" + "p_code":"65", + "code":"66" }, { "desc":"If a client and a replica set instance are deployed in different CIDR blocks and the client is not in 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/24, or 10.0.0.0/8, configure Cross-CIDR A", @@ -590,8 +599,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Cross-CIDR Access for Replica Set Instances", "uri":"dds_03_0100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"66" + "p_code":"65", + "code":"67" }, { "desc":"A cluster instance of Community Edition consists of mongos, shard, and config nodes. When your services need to read and write data from and into databases, connect to th", @@ -599,8 +608,8 @@ "title":"Enabling IP Addresses of shard and config Nodes", "uri":"dds_02_0100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"67" + "p_code":"65", + "code":"68" }, { "desc":"After a database is migrated from on-premises or other cloud platforms to DDS, the private IP address of the database may be changed. DDS allows you to change the private", @@ -608,8 +617,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Private IP Address", "uri":"dds_03_0070.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"68" + "p_code":"65", + "code":"69" }, { "desc":"This section guides you on how to modify the database port. The database port cannot be changed when the instance is in any of the following statuses:RestartingAdding nod", @@ -617,8 +626,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Database Port", "uri":"dds_03_change_database_port.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"69" + "p_code":"65", + "code":"70" }, { "desc":"This section guides you on how to change a security group for cluster, replica set, and single node instances. If any of the following operations is in progress, do not c", @@ -626,8 +635,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Security Group", "uri":"dds_03_change_security_group.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"64", - "code":"70" + "p_code":"65", + "code":"71" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -636,7 +645,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0080.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"71" + "code":"72" }, { "desc":"The following tables list the commands supported and restricted by DDS.For more information, see official MongoDB documentation.Users cannot execute a system command.", @@ -644,8 +653,8 @@ "title":"Which Commands are Supported or Restricted by DDS?", "uri":"dds_03_0033.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"71", - "code":"72" + "p_code":"72", + "code":"73" }, { "desc":"DDS is accessible through an EIP in a public network or an ECS in a private network.MongoDB can export data from a database into a JSON file. Such a JSON file can then be", @@ -654,7 +663,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0052.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"73" + "code":"74" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -663,7 +672,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"74" + "code":"75" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a database account and change the account password using commands after the DDS DB instances are created. When creating a database ac", @@ -671,8 +680,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Database Account Using Commands", "uri":"dds_03_0057.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"74", - "code":"75" + "p_code":"75", + "code":"76" }, { "desc":"For security reasons, you are advised to periodically change administrator passwords.You cannot reset the administrator password under the following circumstances:Restart", @@ -680,8 +689,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Administrator Password", "uri":"dds_03_reset_password.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"74", - "code":"76" + "p_code":"75", + "code":"77" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -690,7 +699,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"77" + "code":"78" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change a DB instance name to identify different DB instances.If you want to submit the change, click OK. The DB instance name can be 4 to 64", @@ -698,8 +707,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Name", "uri":"dds_03_0075.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"78" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"79" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to add nodes to a cluster instance.You can add nodes when the instance status is Available, Deleting backup, or Checking restoration.A DB insta", @@ -707,8 +716,8 @@ "title":"Adding Nodes to a Cluster", "uri":"en-us_topic_increase_nodes.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"79" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"80" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to revert nodes that fail to be added.During reversal, the instance status is Deleting node. This process takes about 1 to 3 minutes.During del", @@ -716,8 +725,8 @@ "title":"Reverting and Deleting Failed Cluster Instance Nodes", "uri":"dds_03_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"80" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"81" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to scale up the storage space of a DB instance to suit your service requirements.You can scale up a DB instance a maximum of eight times.You ca", @@ -725,8 +734,8 @@ "title":"Scaling Up Storage Space", "uri":"en-us_topic_increase_storage.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"81" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"82" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -734,8 +743,8 @@ "title":"Changing the DB Instance Class", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001159335385.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"82" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"83" }, { "desc":"When the CPU or memory of a DB instance is being changed, the status displayed in the Status column is Changing instance class. This process takes up to 10 minutes.In the", @@ -743,8 +752,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Cluster DB Instance Class", "uri":"en-us_topic_0104472218.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"82", - "code":"83" + "p_code":"83", + "code":"84" }, { "desc":"Alternatively, on the Instance Management page, click the name of the replica set instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change to the ", @@ -752,8 +761,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Replica Set DB Instance Class", "uri":"en-us_topic_0104721795.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"82", - "code":"84" + "p_code":"83", + "code":"85" }, { "desc":"Alternatively, on the Instance Management page, click the name of the single node instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change to the ", @@ -761,8 +770,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Single Node DB Instance Class", "uri":"dds_03_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"82", - "code":"85" + "p_code":"83", + "code":"86" }, { "desc":"A replica set consists of the primary node, secondary node, and hidden node. Primary and secondary nodes allow access from external services by providing IP addresses. Hi", @@ -770,8 +779,8 @@ "title":"Manually Switching the Primary and Secondary Nodes of a Replica Set", "uri":"dds_03_0050.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"86" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"87" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to export DB instance information for analysis. The following information can be exported:Database TypeDB Instance NameDB Instance IDDB Instanc", @@ -779,8 +788,8 @@ "title":"Exporting DB Instance Information", "uri":"dds_03_0051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"87" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"88" }, { "desc":"You may need to occasionally restart a DB instance to perform routine maintenance. For example, after modifying certain parameters, you must restart the DB instance for t", @@ -788,8 +797,8 @@ "title":"Restarting a DB Instance or a Node", "uri":"dds_03_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"88" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"89" }, { "desc":"This section guides you on how to delete a DB instance no longer used to release resources. You can delete the following types of DB instances:Cluster instanceReplica set", @@ -797,8 +806,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a DB Instance", "uri":"dds_03_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"89" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"90" }, { "desc":"DDS can move deleted DB instances to the recycle bin, so you can restore them easily.The recycling policy is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. Instances in the r", @@ -806,8 +815,8 @@ "title":"Recycling a DB Instance", "uri":"dds_03_0101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"90" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"91" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -816,7 +825,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"91" + "code":"92" }, { "desc":"DDS backs up data automatically based on the automated backup policy you set. You are advised to regularly back up data in your database. If the database becomes faulty o", @@ -824,8 +833,8 @@ "title":"Setting Automated Backup Policy", "uri":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"92" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"93" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a manual backup. Creating a backup for a DB instance helps ensure data can be restored if needed, ensuring data reliability.When you ", @@ -833,8 +842,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Manual Backup", "uri":"dds_03_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"93" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"94" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to restore a cluster instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS and ", @@ -842,8 +851,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a Cluster Instance from a Backup", "uri":"dds_03_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"94" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"95" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to restore a replica set instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS ", @@ -851,8 +860,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a Replica Set Instance from a Backup", "uri":"dds_03_0043.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"95" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"96" }, { "desc":"You can restore the data of a replica set instance to a specified time point.Currently, you can restore a replica set instance to a new or original DB instance at a point", @@ -860,8 +869,8 @@ "title":"Restoring Replica Set Instance to a Point in Time", "uri":"dds_03_0064.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"96" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"97" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to restore a single node instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS ", @@ -869,8 +878,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a Single Node Instance from a Backup", "uri":"dds_03_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"97" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"98" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download manual or automated backup files for local data backup or restoration.For details on how to log in to OBS Browser, see section Logg", @@ -878,8 +887,8 @@ "title":"Downloading Backup Files", "uri":"en-us_topic_backup_download.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"98" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"99" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to delete manual backups to release the storage space.The deletion operation is irreversible. Exercise caution when performing this operation.B", @@ -887,8 +896,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Manual Backup", "uri":"dds_03_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"99" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"100" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to delete an automated backup. If the automated backup policy is disabled, DDS allows you to delete stored automated backups to release storage", @@ -896,8 +905,8 @@ "title":"Deleting an Automated Backup", "uri":"dds_03_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"91", - "code":"100" + "p_code":"92", + "code":"101" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -906,7 +915,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"101" + "code":"102" }, { "desc":"DB parameter templates act as a container for engine configuration values that are applied to one or more DB instances.DDS does not share parameter template quotas with R", @@ -914,8 +923,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Parameter Template", "uri":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"102" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"103" }, { "desc":"You can modify parameters in custom parameter templates as needed to get the most out of DDS performance.You can modify parameters in either of the following ways:Directl", @@ -923,8 +932,8 @@ "title":"Modifying a Parameter Template", "uri":"en-us_topic_configuration.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"103" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"104" }, { "desc":"You can view the change history of a parameter template.In a newly exported or created parameter template, the change history is blank.You can apply the parameter templat", @@ -932,8 +941,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Parameter Change History", "uri":"dds_03_0110.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"104" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"105" }, { "desc":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to other instances by referring to Applying a Para", @@ -941,8 +950,8 @@ "title":"Exporting a Parameter Template", "uri":"dds_03_0111.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"105" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"106" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to compare two parameter templates of the same node type and DB engine version.If their settings are different, the parameter names and values ", @@ -950,8 +959,8 @@ "title":"Comparing Parameter Templates", "uri":"dds_03_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"106" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"107" }, { "desc":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created.Default parameter templates cannot be replicated, but you can create parameter templates based on the default ones", @@ -959,8 +968,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Parameter Template", "uri":"dds_03_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"107" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"108" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to reset all parameters in a parameter template you create to the default settings as needed.Resetting a parameter template will restore all pa", @@ -968,8 +977,8 @@ "title":"Resetting a Parameter Template", "uri":"dds_03_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"108" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"109" }, { "desc":"Modifications to parameters in a custom parameter template take effect for DB instances only after you have applied the template to the target DB instances or target node", @@ -977,8 +986,8 @@ "title":"Applying a Parameter Template", "uri":"dds_03_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"109" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"110" }, { "desc":"An application record contains information about performed apply operations. You can view the application records of a parameter template.Click Default Templates. Locate ", @@ -986,8 +995,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template", "uri":"dds_03_0113.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"110" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"111" }, { "desc":"The section describes how to modify the description of a parameter template you created so that you can distinguish and identify parameter templates.", @@ -995,8 +1004,8 @@ "title":"Modifying the Description of a Parameter Template", "uri":"dds_03_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"111" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"112" }, { "desc":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer used.Default parameter templates and parameter templates applied to instances cannot be deleted.Deleted param", @@ -1004,8 +1013,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Parameter Template", "uri":"dds_03_0016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"101", - "code":"112" + "p_code":"102", + "code":"113" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to view the progress and result of asynchronous tasks on the Task Center page.Creating a snapshot backupCreating a cluster InstanceCreating a r", @@ -1014,7 +1023,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0040.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"113" + "code":"114" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1023,7 +1032,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"114" + "code":"115" }, { "desc":"Cloud Eye monitors DDS instance metrics. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of DDS on the management console.Monitored data requires a period of time for transmission ", @@ -1031,8 +1040,8 @@ "title":"Viewing DDS Metrics", "uri":"dds_03_0076.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"114", - "code":"115" + "p_code":"115", + "code":"116" }, { "desc":"This section describes metrics reported by Document Database Service (DDS) to Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs provided by Cloud Eye", @@ -1040,8 +1049,8 @@ "title":"DDS Metrics", "uri":"dds_03_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"114", - "code":"116" + "p_code":"115", + "code":"117" }, { "desc":"You can enable the alarm reporting function in one click. After alarms are triggered, Simple Message Notification (SMN) can send notifications to specified cloud account.", @@ -1049,8 +1058,8 @@ "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "uri":"dds_03_0027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"114", - "code":"117" + "p_code":"115", + "code":"118" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1059,7 +1068,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"118" + "code":"119" }, { "desc":"With Cloud Trace Service (CTS), you can record operations associated with DDS for later query, audit, and backtrack operations.ddsAddTag and ddsDeleteTag are respectively", @@ -1067,8 +1076,8 @@ "title":"Key Operations Recorded by CTS", "uri":"dds_03_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"118", - "code":"119" + "p_code":"119", + "code":"120" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1077,7 +1086,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"120" + "code":"121" }, { "desc":"DDS log management allows you to view database-level logs, including warning- and error-level logs generated during database running, which help you analyze system proble", @@ -1085,8 +1094,8 @@ "title":"Error Log", "uri":"en-us_topic_error_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"120", - "code":"121" + "p_code":"121", + "code":"122" }, { "desc":"Slow query logs record statements whose execution period exceeds the value of operationProfiling.slowOpThresholdMs (100 ms by default). With slow query logs, you can iden", @@ -1094,8 +1103,8 @@ "title":"Slow Query Log", "uri":"en-us_topic_slow_query_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"120", - "code":"122" + "p_code":"121", + "code":"123" }, { "desc":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. Every cloud service is responsible for managing their own tags while T", @@ -1104,7 +1113,7 @@ "uri":"dds_03_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"123" + "code":"124" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1113,7 +1122,7 @@ "uri":"dds_faq_0100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"124" + "code":"125" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1121,8 +1130,8 @@ "title":"Product Consulting", "uri":"dds_faq_0101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"125" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"126" }, { "desc":"Precautions after applying for DDS:After purchasing DDS DB instances, you do not need to perform basic database O&M operations, such as HA and security patches. You need ", @@ -1130,8 +1139,8 @@ "title":"What Precautions Should Be Taken When Using DDS?", "uri":"dds_faq_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"125", - "code":"126" + "p_code":"126", + "code":"127" }, { "desc":"Formula for a DDS DB instance availability:DDS DB instance availability = (1 – Failure duration/Total service duration) × 100%.", @@ -1139,8 +1148,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Availability of DDS DB Instances?", "uri":"dds_faq_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"125", - "code":"127" + "p_code":"126", + "code":"128" }, { "desc":"No. Your DDS DB instances and resources are isolated from others.", @@ -1148,8 +1157,8 @@ "title":"Will My DDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other Users' DDS DB Instances?", "uri":"dds_faq_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"125", - "code":"128" + "p_code":"126", + "code":"129" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1157,8 +1166,8 @@ "title":"Database Performance", "uri":"dds_faq_0102.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"129" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"130" }, { "desc":"You can view the slow query logs to check whether any slowly executed SQL queries exist and view the performance characteristics of queries (if any) to locate the cause o", @@ -1166,8 +1175,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If My Query Is Slow?", "uri":"dds_faq_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"129", - "code":"130" + "p_code":"130", + "code":"131" }, { "desc":"The delay for primary/secondary synchronization cannot be calculated using a formula. The delay is affected by the following factors:Network communication statusTransacti", @@ -1175,8 +1184,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Time Delay for Primary/Secondary Synchronization in a Replica Set?", "uri":"dds_faq_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"129", - "code":"131" + "p_code":"130", + "code":"132" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1184,8 +1193,8 @@ "title":"Creation and Deletion", "uri":"dds_faq_0103.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"132" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"133" }, { "desc":"DDS does not delete or perform any operations on any user data. If this problem occurs, check whether a misoperation has been performed. Restore the data using backup fil", @@ -1193,8 +1202,8 @@ "title":"Why Is Data Missing from My Database?", "uri":"dds_faq_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"132", - "code":"133" + "p_code":"133", + "code":"134" }, { "desc":"If your cloud account is deleted, both your automated and manual backups are deleted.", @@ -1202,8 +1211,8 @@ "title":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?", "uri":"dds_faq_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"132", - "code":"134" + "p_code":"133", + "code":"135" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1211,8 +1220,8 @@ "title":"Database Connection", "uri":"dds_faq_0104.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"135" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"136" }, { "desc":"The number of connections indicates the number of applications that can be simultaneously connected to the database. The number of connections is irrelevant to the maximu", @@ -1220,8 +1229,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Number of DDS Database Connections?", "uri":"dds_faq_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"136" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"137" }, { "desc":"Perform the following steps to identify the problem:If yes, go to 3.If no, configure the VPC peering connection. For details, see \"VPC Peering Connection\" in Virtual Priv", @@ -1229,8 +1238,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to a DDS DB Instance?", "uri":"dds_faq_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"137" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"138" }, { "desc":"Check whether the following problems occur on the DDS database. Check the following one at a time.The maximum number of connections is reached.Solution: Use the Cloud Eye", @@ -1238,8 +1247,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a DDS Server Problem Causes a Connection Failure?", "uri":"dds_faq_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"138" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"139" }, { "desc":"MongoDB official website provides client installation packages for different OSs. Download the official binary installation package at https://www.mongodb.com/download-ce", @@ -1247,8 +1256,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Install a MongoDB Client?", "uri":"dds_faq_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"139" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"140" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to obtain the Robo 3T installation package and install Robo 3T.For details on how to connect to a cluster instance, see Connecting to a Cluster", @@ -1256,8 +1265,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Install Robo 3T?", "uri":"dds_faq_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"135", - "code":"140" + "p_code":"136", + "code":"141" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1265,8 +1274,8 @@ "title":"Database Usage", "uri":"dds_faq_0105.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"141" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"142" }, { "desc":"Yes. Adding shards does not affect the existing shards. Services are still available.", @@ -1274,8 +1283,8 @@ "title":"Are My DDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?", "uri":"dds_faq_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"141", - "code":"142" + "p_code":"142", + "code":"143" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1283,8 +1292,8 @@ "title":"Database Storage", "uri":"dds_faq_0107.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"143" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"144" }, { "desc":"The EVS is used for data storage of DDS DB instances. For details on the EVS, see Elastic Volume Service User Guide.The DDS DB instance backup data is stored in the OBS a", @@ -1292,8 +1301,8 @@ "title":"What Is the DDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?", "uri":"dds_faq_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"143", - "code":"144" + "p_code":"144", + "code":"145" }, { "desc":"If the storage space required by your applications exceeds the allowed maximum space allocated to you, you can do either of the following:Scale up storage space.Add shard", @@ -1301,8 +1310,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Database Storage Space of a DDS DB Instance?", "uri":"dds_faq_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"143", - "code":"145" + "p_code":"144", + "code":"146" }, { "desc":"The following types of data will occupy the storage space:User data except backupsData required for ensuring DB instance proper running occupy, such as system database da", @@ -1310,8 +1319,8 @@ "title":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of DDS DB Instances?", "uri":"dds_faq_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"143", - "code":"146" + "p_code":"144", + "code":"147" }, { "desc":"The storage space you applied for will contain the system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.", @@ -1319,8 +1328,8 @@ "title":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for a DDS DB Instance?", "uri":"dds_faq_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"143", - "code":"147" + "p_code":"144", + "code":"148" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1328,8 +1337,8 @@ "title":"Backup and Restoration", "uri":"dds_faq_0109.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"148" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"149" }, { "desc":"You can store DDS backup data on the ECS using mongoexport. However, you are advised not to store database backups on ECSs. To ensure high data reliability and service as", @@ -1337,8 +1346,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Back Up DDS Databases to an ECS?", "uri":"dds_faq_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"148", - "code":"149" + "p_code":"149", + "code":"150" }, { "desc":"The automated backup retention period is 7 days by default. You can set a backup retention period from 1 to 732 days. There is no limit on the manual backup retention per", @@ -1346,8 +1355,8 @@ "title":"How Long Does DDS Store Backup Data For?", "uri":"dds_faq_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"148", - "code":"150" + "p_code":"149", + "code":"151" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1355,8 +1364,8 @@ "title":"Network Security", "uri":"dds_faq_0110.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"151" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"152" }, { "desc":"DDS allows you to set the VPC which DDS DB instances belong to, ensuring that the DDS DB instances are isolated from other services. In addition, the IAM service is provi", @@ -1364,8 +1373,8 @@ "title":"What Security Protection Policies Does DDS Have?", "uri":"dds_faq_0021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"151", - "code":"152" + "p_code":"152", + "code":"153" }, { "desc":"The VPC security group helps ensure the security of DDS in a VPC. In addition, ACL can be used to allow or reject I/O network traffic for each subnet. Use the internal se", @@ -1373,8 +1382,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Ensure the Security of DDS in a VPC?", "uri":"dds_faq_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"151", - "code":"153" + "p_code":"152", + "code":"154" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1382,8 +1391,8 @@ "title":"Resource Monitoring", "uri":"dds_faq_0111.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"154" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"155" }, { "desc":"You need to focus on the CPU, memory, and storage space usage.You can configure DDS to report alarms as needed. If an alarm is reported, you can take proper measures to c", @@ -1391,8 +1400,8 @@ "title":"What DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?", "uri":"dds_faq_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"154", - "code":"155" + "p_code":"155", + "code":"156" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1400,8 +1409,8 @@ "title":"Log Management", "uri":"dds_faq_0112.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"124", - "code":"156" + "p_code":"125", + "code":"157" }, { "desc":"Logs and files listed in the following table occupy storage space.", @@ -1409,8 +1418,8 @@ "title":"Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy DDS DB Instance Storage Space?", "uri":"dds_faq_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"156", - "code":"157" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"158" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1419,7 +1428,7 @@ "uri":"dds_change_history.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"158" + "code":"159" }, { "desc":"For details about the glossaries in this document, see Glossary.", @@ -1428,6 +1437,6 @@ "uri":"dds_glossary.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"159" + "code":"160" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_01_0060.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_01_0060.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec7d06a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_01_0060.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ + + +

    Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions

    +

    Document Database Service (DDS) is a cloud database service compatible with MongoDB. DDS major versions select community versions that have not reached EOL and have new major functions as candidate versions for compatibility. The DDS version does not correspond to the community version. To help you understand the mapping between DDS versions and community versions, DDS uses compatible community versions. For details, see Figure 1.

    +
    Figure 1 Mapping between DDS versions and community versions
    +
    • DDS 3.4 and 4.0 are developed based on the corresponding community versions. The implementation of the same interface is consistent with that in the community. Compared with a community version, DDS has higher security and more O&M functions. DDS can better meet commercial application requirements.
    • After October 16, 2018, DDS 4.0 uses the community version 4.0.3 as the baseline version. New features are independently developed and evolved.
    • DDS 4.2 and later versions use the community version 4.0.3 as the baseline version. New features are independently developed and evolved. The storage engine is switched to RocksDB to provide better user experience.
    • DDS source code has been opened in the GitHub community. For details, see https://github.com/hwCloudDBSDDS/dds.
    +
    +
    +
    +
    Parent topic: Introduction
    +
    +
    + diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html index 11781f31..2adb8fed 100644 --- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html +++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html @@ -62,10 +62,10 @@

    Disk Encryption

    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

      -
      NOTE:
      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
      -
      +
    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable encryption. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

    +
    NOTE:
    • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
    • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
    • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
    • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
    +

    Disk Encryption

    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

      -
      NOTE:
      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
      -
      +
    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable encryption. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

    +
    NOTE:
    • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
    • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
    • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
    • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
    +

    Disk Encryption
    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

      -
      NOTE:
      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
      +
      NOTE:
      • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
      • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
      • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.

    Disk Encryption

    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

      -
      NOTE:
      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
      -
      +
    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable encryption. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

    +
    NOTE:
    • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
    • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
    • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
    • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
    +

    Disk Encryption
    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

      -
      NOTE:
      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
      +
      NOTE:
      • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
      • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
      • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.

    Disk Encryption

    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

      -
      NOTE:
      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
      -
      +
    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
    • Enabled: Enable encryption. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.

      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.

    +
    NOTE:
    • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
    • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
    • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
    • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
    +

    2023-10-08

    +

    2024-02-27

    +

    Added the following content:

    + +

    Modified the following section:

    +

    Changed DDS MongoDB to DDS in Creating a Flink Jar Job.

    +

    2023-11-01

    +

    Modified the following content:

    + +

    2023-10-08

    Modified the following content:

    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html index 209cf664..fe5fa05c 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html @@ -1,9 +1,12 @@

    Overview

    -

    What Is Enhanced Datasource Connection?

    Typically, you cannot use DLI to directly access a data source in a VPC other than the one where DLI is because the network between DLI and the data source is disconnected. For proper access, you need to establish a network connection between them.

    -

    DLI provides enhanced connections. Establishing a VPC peering connection allows DLI to communicate with the VPC of the data source, supporting cross-source data analysis.

    +

    What Is Enhanced Datasource Connection?

    In cross-source data analysis scenarios, DLI needs to connect to external data sources. However, due to the different VPCs between the data source and DLI, the network cannot be connected, which results in DLI being unable to read data from the data source. DLI's enhanced datasource connection feature enables network connectivity between DLI and the data source.

    +

    This section will introduce a solution for cross-VPC data source network connectivity:

    +
    • Creating an enhanced datasource connection: Establish a VPC peering connection to connect DLI and the data source's VPC network.
    • Testing network connectivity: Verify the connectivity between the queue and the data source's network.

    For details about the data sources that support cross-source access, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.

    +

    In cross-source development scenarios, there is a risk of password leakage if datasource authentication information is directly configured. You are advised to use the datasource authentication provided by DLI. For details, see Overview.

    +

    Constraints

    • Datasource connections cannot be created for the default queue.
    • Flink jobs can directly access DIS, OBS, and SMN data sources without using datasource connections.
    • VPC Administrator permissions are required for enhanced connections to use VPCs, subnets, routes, VPC peering connections.
    • If you use an enhanced datasource connection, the CIDR block of the elastic resource pool or queue cannot overlap with that of the data source.
    • Only queues bound with datasource connections can access datasource tables.
    • Datasource tables do not support the preview function.
    • When checking the connectivity of datasource connections, the constraints on IP addresses are as follows:
      • The IP address must be valid, which consists of four decimal numbers separated by periods (.). The value ranges from 0 to 255.
      • During the test, you can add a port after the IP address and separate them with colons (:). The port can contain a maximum of five digits. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.

        For example, 192.168.xx.xx or 192.168.xx.xx:8181.

      diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html index 9460e314..f325c710 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@

    Creating a Table

    Before creating a table, ensure that a database has been created.

    -
    1. You can create a table on either the Databases and Tables page or the SQL Editor page.

      Datasource connection tables, such as View tables, HBase (MRS) tables, OpenTSDB (MRS) tables, DWS tables, RDS tables, and CSS tables, cannot be created. You can use SQL to create views and datasource connection tables. For details, see sections Creating a View and Creating a Datasource Connection Table in the Data Lake Insight SQL Syntax Reference.

      +
      1. You can create a table on either the Databases and Tables page or the SQL Editor page.

        Datasource connection tables, such as View tables, HBase (MRS) tables, OpenTSDB (MRS) tables, DWS tables, RDS tables, and CSS tables, cannot be created. You can use SQL to create views and datasource connection tables. For details, see sections Creating a View and Creating a Datasource Connection Table in the Data Lake Insight SQL Syntax Reference.

        -
        • To create a table on the Data Management page:
          1. On the left of the management console, choose Data Management > Databases and Tables.
          2. On the Databases and Tables page, select the database for which you want to create a table. In the Operation column, click More > Create Table to create a table in the current database.
          +
          • To create a table on the Data Management page:
            1. On the left of the management console, choose Data Management > Databases and Tables.
            2. On the Databases and Tables page, select the database for which you want to create a table. In the Operation column, click More > Create Table to create a table in the current database.
          • To create a table on the SQL Editor page:
            1. On the left of the management console, click SQL Editor.
            2. In the navigation pane of the displayed SQL Editor page, click Databases. You can create a table in either of the following ways:
              • Click a database name. In the Tables area, click on the right to create a table in the current database.
              • Click on the right of the database and choose Create Table from the shortcut menu to create a table in the current database.
          @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

    Type

    Data type of a column. This parameter corresponds to Column Name.

    -
    • string: The data is of the string type.
    • int: Each integer is stored on four bytes.
    • date: The value ranges from 0000-01-01 to 9999-12-31.
    • double: Each number is stored on eight bytes.
    • boolean: Each value is stored on one byte.
    • decimal: The valid bits are positive integers between 1 to 38, including 1 and 38. The decimal digits are integers less than 10.
    • smallint/short: The number is stored on two bytes.
    • bigint/long: The number is stored on eight bytes.
    • timestamp: The data indicates a date and time. The value can be accurate to six decimal points.
    • float: Each number is stored on four bytes.
    • tinyint: Each number is stored on one byte. Only OBS tables support this data type.
    +
    • string: The data is of the string type.
    • int: Each integer is stored on four bytes.
    • date: The value ranges from 0000-01-01 to 9999-12-31.
    • double: Each number is stored on eight bytes.
    • boolean: Each value is stored on one byte.
    • decimal: The valid bits are positive integers between 1 to 38, including 1 and 38. The decimal digits are integers less than 10.
    • smallint/short: The number is stored on two bytes.
    • bigint/long: The number is stored on eight bytes.
    • timestamp: The data indicates a date and time. The value can be accurate to six decimal points.
    • float: Each number is stored on four bytes.
    • tinyint: Each number is stored on one byte. Only OBS tables support this data type.

    string

    Data Format

    DLI supports the following data formats:

    -
    • Parquet: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using Snappy and gzip.
    • CSV: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using gzip.
    • ORC: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using Snappy.
    • JSON: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using gzip.
    • Avro: DLI can read uncompressed Avro data.
    +
    • Parquet: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using Snappy and gzip.
    • CSV: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using gzip.
    • ORC: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using Snappy.
    • JSON: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using gzip.
    • Avro: DLI can read uncompressed Avro data.

    CSV

    User-defined Quotation Character

    This parameter is valid only when Data Format is set to CSV and you select User-defined Quotation Character.

    +

    This parameter is valid only when Data Format is set to CSV and you select User-defined Quotation Character.

    The following quotation characters are supported:

    • Single quotation mark (')
    • Double quotation marks (")
    • Others: Enter a user-defined quotation character.
    -

  • Click OK.

    After a table is created, you can view and select the table for use on the Data Management page or SQL Editor page.

    +

  • Click OK.

    After a table is created, you can view and select the table for use on the Data Management page or SQL Editor page.

  • (Optional) After a DLI table is created, you can decide whether to directly import data to the table.
    • diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html index b756a23c..31425337 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
  • Testing Address Connectivity
    • -
  • Creating a Message Notification Topic
    +
  • Creating an SMN Topic
  • Managing Queue Tags
    • diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html index d1a75ff6..236e45cd 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  • Method 2: Obtain MRS host information from the /etc/hosts file on an MRS node.
    1. Log in to any MRS node as user root.
    2. Run the following command to obtain MRS hosts information. Copy and save the information.

      cat /etc/hosts

      Figure 1 Obtaining hosts information
    3. Modify host information by referring to Modifying Host Information.
    -
  • Method 3: Log in to FusionInsight Manager to obtain host information.
    1. Log in to FusionInsight Manager.
    2. On FusionInsight Manager, click Hosts. On the Hosts page, obtain the host names and service IP addresses of the MRS hosts.
    3. Modify host information by referring to Modifying Host Information.
    • diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html index fb1aa637..226644b8 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html @@ -56,11 +56,10 @@
  • Re-execute: Execute the job again.
  • SparkUI: Display the Spark job execution page.
    NOTE:
    • When you execute a job on a created queue, the cluster is restarted. It takes about 10 minutes. If you click SparkUI before the cluster is created, an empty projectID will be cached. The SparkUI page cannot be displayed. You are advised to use a dedicated queue so that the cluster will not be released. Alternatively, wait for a while after the job is submitted (the cluster is created), and then check SparkUI.
    • Currently, only the latest 100 job information records are displayed on the SparkUI of DLI.
    • -
    • In addition to the preceding operations, the following operations are available for QUERY jobs and asynchronous DDL jobs.
      • View Result: View the job running result.
      • Export Result: Export the job running result to the created OBS bucket. For details, see Exporting Query Results.
      +
      • In addition to the preceding operations, the following operations are available for QUERY jobs and asynchronous DDL jobs.
        • View Result: View the job running result.
        • Export Result: Export the job running result to the created OBS bucket.
      • In addition to the preceding operations, the EXPORT job also includes the following operations:
        • Download
        -
      • View Log: Save job logs to the temporary OBS bucket created by DLI.
      • Export Log: Export logs to the created OBS bucket. If the job is in the Running state, logs cannot be exported.
      -
      NOTE:

      To export the logs, you need to obtain the permission to create an OBS bucket.

      -

      Log archiving and export are not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.

      +
    • View Log: Save job logs to the temporary OBS bucket created by DLI.
    +
    NOTE:

    The View Log button is not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.

    queueActions

    Submitting a job

    +

    Submitting a job (SQL)

    queue

    submitJob

    Canceling a job

    +

    Canceling a job (SQL)

    queue

    @@ -69,8 +67,6 @@

    Terminating a Job

    On the Spark Jobs page, choose More > Terminate Job in the Operation column of the job that you want to stop.

    -

    Exporting Logs

    On the Spark Jobs page, choose More > Export Log in the Operation column of the corresponding job. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the path of the created OBS bucket and click OK.

    -
    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html index bf941faf..a6e22a68 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html @@ -2,16 +2,2958 @@

    Built-in Dependencies

    DLI built-in dependencies are provided by the platform by default. In case of conflicts, you do not need to upload them when packaging JAR packages of Spark or Flink Jar jobs.

    -

    Spark 2.4.5 Dependencies

    • JavaEWAH-1.1.7.jar
    • RoaringBitmap-0.7.45.jar
    • ST4-4.3.1.jar
    • accessors-smart-1.2.jar
    • activation-1.1.1.jar
    • aircompressor-0.16.jar
    • alluxio-2.3.1-luxor-SNAPSHOT-client.jar
    • annotations-17.0.0.jar
    • antlr-2.7.7.jar
    • antlr-runtime-3.4.jar
    • antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar
    • aopalliance-1.0.jar
    • aopalliance-repackaged-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • apache-log4j-extras-1.2.17.jar
    • arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar
    • arrow-format-0.12.0.jar
    • arrow-memory-0.12.0.jar
    • arrow-vector-0.12.0.jar
    • asm-5.0.4.jar
    • audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar
    • automaton-1.11-8.jar
    • avro-1.8.2.jar
    • avro-ipc-1.8.2.jar
    • avro-mapred-1.8.2.jar
    • java-sdk-bundle-1.11.856.jar
    • base64-2.3.8.jar
    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.66.jar
    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.67.jar
    • bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar
    • breeze-macros_2.11-0.13.2.jar
    • breeze_2.11-0.13.2.jar
    • calcite-avatica-1.2.0-incubating.jar
    • chill-java-0.9.3.jar
    • chill_2.11-0.9.3.jar
    • commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar
    • commons-cli-1.2.jar
    • commons-codec-1.15.jar
    • commons-collections-3.2.2.jar
    • commons-collections4-4.2.jar
    • commons-compiler-3.0.9.jar
    • commons-compress-1.4.1.jar
    • commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar
    • commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar
    • commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar
    • commons-dbcp2-2.7.0.jar
    • commons-httpclient-3.1.jar
    • commons-io-2.5.jar
    • commons-lang-2.6.jar
    • commons-lang3-3.5.jar
    • commons-logging-1.2.jar
    • commons-math3-3.4.1.jar
    • commons-net-3.1.jar
    • commons-pool2-2.8.0.jar
    • commons-text-1.3.jar
    • compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar
    • core-1.1.2.jar
    • crypter-0.0.6.jar
    • curator-client-4.2.0.jar
    • curator-framework-4.2.0.jar
    • curator-recipes-2.7.1.jar
    • datanucleus-api-jdo-3.2.6.jar
    • datanucleus-core-3.2.10.jar
    • datanucleus-rdbms-3.2.9.jar
    • derby-10.14.2.0.jar
    • dnsjava-2.1.7.jar
    • ecj-3.21.0.jar
    • ehcache-3.3.1.jar
    • expiringmap-0.5.9.jar
    • fastutil-8.2.3.jar
    • flatbuffers-java-1.9.0.jar
    • fst-2.50.jar
    • generex-1.0.2.jar
    • geronimo-jcache_1.0_spec-1.0-alpha-1.jar
    • gson-2.2.4.jar
    • guava-14.0.1.jar
    • guice-4.0.jar
    • guice-servlet-4.0.jar
    • hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-auth-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-hdfs-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-3.1.1-46.jar
    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-minikdc-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-registry-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-server-applicationhistoryservice-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-server-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-server-resourcemanager-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-server-web-proxy-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hamcrest-core-1.3.jar
    • hive-common-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090500-402.jar
    • hive-exec-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090521-401.jar
    • hive-metastore-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090509-402.jar
    • hive-shims-0.23-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090445-403.jar
    • hive-shims-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090455-403.jar
    • hive-shims-common-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090441-404.jar
    • hive-shims-scheduler-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090450-403.jar
    • hk2-api-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • hk2-locator-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • hk2-utils-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • hppc-0.7.2.jar
    • htrace-core4-4.2.0-incubating-1.0.0.jar
    • httpclient-4.5.6.jar
    • httpcore-4.4.10.jar
    • ivy-2.4.0.jar
    • jackson-annotations-2.11.4.jar
    • jackson-core-2.11.4.jar
    • jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
    • jackson-databind-2.11.4.jar
    • jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.11.4.jar
    • jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.11.2.jar
    • jackson-jaxrs-base-2.10.3.jar
    • jackson-jaxrs-json-provider-2.10.3.jar
    • jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
    • jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.10.3.jar
    • jackson-module-paranamer-2.11.4.jar
    • jackson-module-scala_2.11-2.11.4.jar
    • jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar
    • jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar
    • janino-3.0.9.jar
    • java-util-1.9.0.jar
    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
    • javassist-3.18.1-GA.jar
    • javax.annotation-api-1.2.jar
    • javax.inject-1.jar
    • javax.inject-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar
    • javax.ws.rs-api-2.0.1.jar
    • javolution-5.3.1.jar
    • jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar
    • jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar
    • jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.30.jar
    • jdo-api-3.0.1.jar
    • jersey-client-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-common-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-container-servlet-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-container-servlet-core-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-guava-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-media-jaxb-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-server-2.23.1.jar
    • jets3t-0.9.4.jar
    • jettison-1.1.jar
    • jetty-http-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • jetty-io-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • jetty-security-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • jetty-server-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • jetty-servlet-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • jetty-util-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • jetty-util-ajax-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • jetty-webapp-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • jetty-xml-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
    • joda-time-2.9.3.jar
    • jodd-core-3.5.2.jar
    • json-20200518.jar
    • json-io-2.5.1.jar
    • json-sanitizer-1.2.1.jar
    • json-smart-2.3.jar
    • json4s-ast_2.11-3.5.3.jar
    • json4s-core_2.11-3.5.3.jar
    • json4s-jackson_2.11-3.5.3.jar
    • json4s-scalap_2.11-3.5.3.jar
    • jsp-api-2.1.jar
    • jsr305-1.3.9.jar
    • jta-1.1.jar
    • jtransforms-2.4.0.jar
    • jts-core-1.16.1.jar
    • jul-to-slf4j-1.7.30.jar
    • junit-4.11.jar
    • kerb-admin-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-client-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-common-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-core-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-crypto-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-identity-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-server-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-simplekdc-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-util-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-asn1-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-config-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-pkix-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-util-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-xdr-1.0.1.jar
    • kryo-shaded-4.0.2.jar
    • kubernetes-client-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-admissionregistration-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-apiextensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-apps-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-autoscaling-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-batch-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-certificates-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-common-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-coordination-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-core-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-discovery-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-events-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-extensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-flowcontrol-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-metrics-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-networking-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-node-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-policy-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-rbac-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-scheduling-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • kubernetes-model-storageclass-5.4.1-20211025.jar
    • leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar
    • libfb303-0.9.3.jar
    • libthrift-0.12.0.jar
    • log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar
    • log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar
    • logging-interceptor-3.14.9.jar
    • lucene-analyzers-common-7.7.2.jar
    • lucene-core-7.7.2.jar
    • lucene-queryparser-7.7.2.jar
    • lucene-sandbox-7.7.2.jar
    • luxor-encrypt-2.0.0-20220623.010726-213.jar
    • luxor-fs3-2.0.0-20220623.010750-209.jar
    • luxor-obs-fs3-2.0.0-20220623.010756-209.jar
    • luxor-rpc_2.11-2.0.0-20220623.010737-182.jar
    • luxor-transport-2.0.0-20220623.010744-71.jar
    • lz4-java-1.7.1.jar
    • machinist_2.11-0.6.1.jar
    • macro-compat_2.11-1.1.1.jar
    • metrics-core-3.1.5.jar
    • metrics-graphite-3.1.5.jar
    • metrics-jmx-4.1.12.1.jar
    • metrics-json-3.1.5.jar
    • metrics-jvm-3.1.5.jar
    • minlog-1.3.0.jar
    • mssql-jdbc-6.2.1.jre7.jar
    • netty-all-4.1.51.Final.jar
    • nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar
    • objenesis-2.5.1.jar
    • okhttp-3.14.9.jar
    • okio-1.17.2.jar
    • opencsv-2.3.jar
    • opencsv-4.6.jar
    • opencv-4.3.0-2.jar
    • orc-core-1.6.8-nohive.jar
    • orc-mapreduce-1.6.8-nohive.jar
    • orc-shims-1.6.8.jar
    • oro-2.0.8.jar
    • osgi-resource-locator-1.0.1.jar
    • paranamer-2.8.jar
    • parquet-column-1.12.2.jar
    • parquet-common-1.12.2.jar
    • parquet-encoding-1.12.2.jar
    • parquet-format-structures-1.12.2.jar
    • parquet-hadoop-1.12.2.jar
    • parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
    • parquet-jackson-1.12.2.jar
    • postgresql-42.2.14.jar
    • protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar
    • py4j-0.10.7.jar
    • pyrolite-4.13.jar
    • re2j-1.1.jar
    • scala-compiler-2.11.12.jar
    • scala-library-2.11.12.jar
    • scala-parser-combinators_2.11-1.1.2.jar
    • scala-reflect-2.11.12.jar
    • scala-xml_2.11-1.0.5.jar
    • secComponentApi-1.0.6.jar
    • shapeless_2.11-2.3.2.jar
    • shims-0.7.45.jar
    • slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar
    • slf4j-log4j12-1.7.30.jar
    • snakeyaml-1.26.jar
    • snappy-java-1.1.8.2.jar
    • solr-core-7.7.2.jar
    • solr-solrj-7.7.2.jar
    • spark-avro_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085536-9.jar
    • spark-avro_2.11-4.0.0.jar
    • spark-catalyst_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085405-16.jar
    • spark-core_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085327-16.jar
    • spark-graphx_2.11-2.4.5.0100-.0.dli-20220617.085336-16.jar
    • spark-hive_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085423-16.jar
    • spark-kubernetes_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085519-16.jar
    • spark-kvstore_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085249-16.jar
    • spark-launcher_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085435-16.jar
    • spark-mllib-local_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085349-16.jar
    • spark-mllib_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085342-16.jar
    • spark-network-common_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085254-16.jar
    • spark-network-shuffle_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085300-16.jar
    • spark-om_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085316-16.jar
    • spark-repl_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085430-16.jar
    • spark-sketch_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085243-16.jar
    • spark-sql_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085414-16.jar
    • spark-streaming_2.11-2.4.5.0100-.0.dli-20220617.085359-16.jar
    • spark-tags_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085322-16.jar
    • spark-unsafe_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085311-16.jar
    • spark-uquery_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-SNAPSHOT.jar
    • spark-yarn_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085531-16.jar
    • spire-macros_2.11-0.13.0.jar
    • spire_2.11-0.13.0.jar
    • stax-api-1.0-2.jar
    • stax2-api-3.1.4.jar
    • stream-2.7.0.jar
    • stringtemplate-3.2.1.jar
    • threeten-extra-1.5.0.jar
    • tink-1.6.0.jar
    • token-provider-1.0.1.jar
    • tomcat-api-9.0.39.jar
    • tomcat-el-api-9.0.39.jar
    • tomcat-jasper-9.0.39.jar
    • tomcat-jasper-el-9.0.39.jar
    • tomcat-jsp-api-9.0.39.jar
    • tomcat-juli-9.0.39.jar
    • tomcat-servlet-api-9.0.39.jar
    • tomcat-util-9.0.39.jar
    • tomcat-util-scan-9.0.39.jar
    • univocity-parsers-2.7.3.jar
    • validation-api-1.1.0.Final.jar
    • velocity-1.7.jar
    • woodstox-core-5.0.3.jar
    • xbean-asm6-shaded-4.8.jar
    • xercesImpl-2.12.0.jar
    • xml-apis-1.4.01.jar
    • xz-1.0.jar
    • zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar
    • zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
    • zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
    • zstd-jni-1.4.9-1.jar
    +

    Spark 3.1.1 Dependencies

    +
    Table 2 Components of the SQL job editing window

    No.

    +
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -176,9 +176,7 @@

    View Result: View the execution result of a QUERY job.

    Export Result: Export the execution results of a QUERY job to a specified OBS path.

    View Log: View the OBS path for storing SQL statement execution logs.

    -

    Export Log: Export SQL statement execution logs.

    -
    NOTE:

    To export the logs, you need to obtain the permission to create an OBS bucket.

    -

    View Log and Export Log buttons are not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.

    +
    NOTE:

    The View Log button is not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.

    @@ -209,8 +207,7 @@
    - diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html index aae9fabd..1fb0600d 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html @@ -2,55 +2,54 @@

    Creating a Queue

    Before executing a job, you need to create a queue.

    -
    • If you use a sub-account to create a queue for the first time, log in to the DLI management console using the main account and keep records in the DLI database before creating a queue.
    • It takes 6 to 10 minutes for a job running on a new queue for the first time.
    • After a queue is created, if no job is run within one hour, the system releases the queue.
    +
    • If you use a sub-account to create a queue for the first time, log in to the DLI management console using the main account and keep records in the DLI database before creating a queue.
    • It takes 6 to 10 minutes for a job running on a new queue for the first time.
    • After a queue is created, if no job is run within one hour, the system releases the queue.
    • Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.
    • Queues with 64 CUs do not support scale-in.

    Procedure

    1. You can create a queue on the Overview, SQL Editor, or Queue Management page.
      • In the upper right corner of the Overview page, click Create Queue.
      • To create a queue on the Queue Management page:
        1. In the navigation pane of the DLI management console, choose Resources >Queue Management.
        2. In the upper right corner of the Queue Management page, click Create Queue to create a queue.
      • To create a queue on the SQL Editor page:
        1. In the navigation pane of the DLI management console, click SQL Editor.
        2. Click Queues. On the tab page displayed, click on the right to create a queue.
      -
    2. In the displayed Create Queue dialog box, set related parameters by referring to Table 1.
      -
    Table 2 Components of the SQL job editing window

    No.

    Button & Drop-Down List

    +

    Button & Drop-Down List

    Description

    +

    Description

    2

    +

    2

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    Select a queue from the drop-down list box. If no queue is available, the default queue is displayed. Refer to Creating a Queue and create a queue.

    +

    Select a queue from the drop-down list box. If no queue is available, the default queue is displayed. Refer to Creating a Queue and create a queue.

    SQL jobs can be executed only on SQL queues.

    3

    +

    3

    Database

    +

    Database

    Select a database from the drop-down list box. If no database is available, the default database is displayed. For details about how to create a database, see Creating a Database or a Table.

    +

    Select a database from the drop-down list box. If no database is available, the default database is displayed. For details about how to create a database, see Creating a Database or a Table.

    NOTE:

    If you specify the database in the SQL statements, the database you choose from the drop-down list will not be used.

    4

    +

    4

    Execute

    +

    Execute

    Click this button to run the SQL statements in the job editing window.

    +

    Click this button to run the SQL statements in the job editing window.

    5

    +

    5

    Format

    +

    Format

    Click this button to format the SQL statements.

    +

    Click this button to format the SQL statements.

    6

    +

    6

    Syntax Reference

    +

    Syntax Reference

    Click this button to view the Data Lake Insight SQL Syntax Reference.

    +

    Click this button to view the Data Lake Insight SQL Syntax Reference.

    7

    +

    7

    Settings

    +

    Settings

    Add parameters and tags.

    +

    Add parameters and tags.

    Parameter Settings: Set parameters in key/value format for SQL jobs.

    Tags: Set tags in key/value format for SQL jobs.

    8

    +

    8

    More

    +

    More

    The drop-down list includes the following options:

    +

    The drop-down list includes the following options:

    • Click Verify Syntax to check whether the SQL statements are correct.
    • Click Set as Template to set SQL statements as a template. For details, see Managing SQL Templates.
    • Click Change Theme to switch between dark and light modes.

    Export the result

    Click to export the query result to OBS. For details, see Exporting Query Results.

    -

    A maximum of 1000 records can be displayed in the query result on the console. To view more or all data, you can click Export Result to export the data to OBS.

    +

    Export the job execution results to the created OBS bucket. For details, see SQL Job Management.
    @@ -137,7 +138,14 @@
    Table 1 Parameters

    Parameter

    +
  • On the Create Queue page displayed, set the parameters according to Table 1. +
    - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Table 1 Parameters

    Parameter

    Description

    +

    Description

    Name

    +

    Name

    Name of a queue.

    +

    Name of a queue.

    • The queue name can contain only digits, letters, and underscores (_), but cannot contain only digits, start with an underscore (_), or be left unspecified.
    • The length of the name cannot exceed 128 characters.
    NOTE:

    The queue name is case-insensitive. Uppercase letters will be automatically converted to lowercase letters.

    Type

    +

    Type

    • For SQL: compute resources used for SQL jobs.
    • For general purpose: compute resources used for Spark and Flink jobs.
      NOTE:

      Selecting Dedicated Resource Mode enables you to create a dedicated queue. Enhanced datasource connections can only be created for dedicated queues.

      +
    • For SQL: compute resources used for SQL jobs.
    • For general purpose: compute resources used for Spark and Flink jobs.
      NOTE:

      Selecting Dedicated Resource Mode enables you to create a dedicated queue. Enhanced datasource connections can only be created for dedicated queues.

    Specifications

    +

    Specifications

    Select queue specifications as required. A CU includes one core and 4 GB memory. You can set the total number of CUs on all compute nodes of a queue. DLI automatically allocates the memory and vCPUs for each node.

    -
    • Fixed specifications include 16 CUs, 64 CUs, 256 CUs, and 512 CUs.
    • Custom: Set the specifications as required.
    +

    The compute nodes' total number of CUs. One CU equals one vCPU and 4 GB of memory. DLI automatically assigns CPU and memory resources to each compute node, and the client does not need to know how many compute nodes are being used.

    Description

    +

    Description

    Description of the queue to be created. The description can contain a maximum of 128 characters.

    +

    Description of the queue to be created. The description can contain a maximum of 128 characters.

    Advanced Settings

    +

    Advanced Settings

    In the Queue Type area, select Dedicated Resource Mode and then click Advanced Settings.
    • Default: The system automatically configures the parameter.
    • Custom

      CIDR Block: You can specify the CIDR block. For details, see Modifying the Queue CIDR Block. If DLI enhanced datasource connection is used, the CIDR block of the DLI queue cannot overlap with that of the data source.

      +
    In the Queue Type area, select Dedicated Resource Mode and then click Advanced Settings.
    • Default: The system automatically configures the parameter.
    • Custom

      CIDR Block: You can specify the CIDR block. For details, see Modifying the CIDR Block. If DLI enhanced datasource connection is used, the CIDR block of the DLI queue cannot overlap with that of the data source.

      Queue Type: When running an AI-related SQL job, select AI-enhanced. When running other jobs, select Basic.

    Tag

    +

    Tags

    Tags used to identify cloud resources. A tag includes the tag key and tag value. If you want to use the same tag to identify multiple cloud resources, that is, to select the same tag from the drop-down list box for all services, you are advised to create predefined tags on the Tag Management Service (TMS).

    +

    Tags used to identify cloud resources. A tag includes the tag key and tag value. If you want to use the same tag to identify multiple cloud resources, that is, to select the same tag from the drop-down list box for all services, you are advised to create predefined tags on the Tag Management Service (TMS).

    NOTE:
    • A maximum of 20 tags can be added.
    • Only one tag value can be added to a tag key.
    • The key name in each resource must be unique.
    • Tag key: Enter a tag key name in the text box.
      NOTE:

      A tag key can contain a maximum of 128 characters. Only letters, digits, spaces, and special characters (_.:=+-@) are allowed, but the value cannot start or end with a space or start with _sys_.

      @@ -63,7 +62,6 @@
    -
  • Click Create Now to create a queue.

    After a queue is created, you can view and select the queue for use on the Queue Management page.

    It takes 6 to 10 minutes for a job running on a new queue for the first time.

    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html index 10d7c3c5..5af837a1 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@

    DLI supports standard SQL and is compatible with Spark SQL and Flink SQL. It also supports multiple access modes, and is compatible with mainstream data formats. DLI supports SQL statements and Spark applications for heterogeneous data sources, including CloudTable, RDS, GaussDB(DWS), CSS, OBS, custom databases on ECSs, and offline databases.

    Functions

    You can query and analyze heterogeneous data sources such as RDS, and GaussDB(DWS) on the cloud using access methods, such as visualized interface, RESTful API, JDBC, and Beeline. The data format is compatible with five mainstream data formats: CSV, JSON, Parquet, and ORC.

    -
    • Basic functions
      • You can use standard SQL statements to query in SQL jobs. For details, see .
      • Flink jobs support Flink SQL online analysis. Aggregation functions such as Window and Join, geographic functions, and CEP functions are supported. SQL is used to express service logic, facilitating service implementation. For details, see .
      • For spark jobs, fully-managed Spark computing can be performed. You can submit computing tasks through interactive sessions or in batch to analyze data in the fully managed Spark queues. For details, see .
      -
    • Federated analysis of heterogeneous data sources
      • Spark datasource connection: Data sources such as DWS, RDS, and CSS can be accessed through DLI. For details, see .
      • Interconnection with multiple cloud services is supported in Flink jobs to form a rich stream ecosystem. The DLI stream ecosystem consists of cloud service ecosystems and open source ecosystems.
        • Cloud service ecosystem: DLI can interconnect with other services in Flink SQL. You can directly use SQL to read and write data from cloud services.
        • Open-source ecosystems: After connections to other VPCs are established through datasource connections, you can access all data sources and output targets (such as Kafka, HBase, and Elasticsearch) supported by Flink and Spark in your dedicated DLI queue.
        -

        For details, see .

        +
        • Basic functions
          • You can use standard SQL statements to query in SQL jobs.
          • Flink jobs support Flink SQL online analysis. Aggregation functions such as Window and Join, geographic functions, and CEP functions are supported. SQL is used to express service logic, facilitating service implementation.
          • For spark jobs, fully-managed Spark computing can be performed. You can submit computing tasks through interactive sessions or in batch to analyze data in the fully managed Spark queues.
          +
        • Federated analysis of heterogeneous data sources
          • Spark datasource connection: Data sources such as DWS, RDS, and CSS can be accessed through DLI.
          • Interconnection with multiple cloud services is supported in Flink jobs to form a rich stream ecosystem. The DLI stream ecosystem consists of cloud service ecosystems and open source ecosystems.
            • Cloud service ecosystem: DLI can interconnect with other services in Flink SQL. You can directly use SQL to read and write data from cloud services.
            • Open-source ecosystems: After connections to other VPCs are established through datasource connections, you can access all data sources and output targets (such as Kafka, HBase, and Elasticsearch) supported by Flink and Spark in your dedicated DLI queue.
            +

        • Storage-compute decoupling

          DLI is interconnected with OBS for data analysis. In this architecture where storage and compute are decoupled, resources of these two types are charged separately, helping you reduce costs and improving resource utilization.

          You can choose single-AZ or multi-AZ storage when you create an OBS bucket for storing redundant data on the DLI console. The differences between the two storage policies are as follows:

          @@ -20,10 +20,11 @@
          • Auto scaling: DLI ensures you always have enough capacity on hand to deal with any traffic spikes.

    Accessing DLI

    A web-based service management platform is provided. You can access DLI using the management console or HTTPS-based APIs, or connect to the DLI server through the JDBC client.

    -
    • Using the management console

      You can submit SQL, Spark, or Flink jobs on the DLI management console. Log in to the management console. Choose EI Enterprise Intelligence > Data Lake Insight.

      +
      • Using the management console

        You can submit SQL, Spark, or Flink jobs on the DLI management console.

        +

        Log in to the management console and choose Data Analysis > Data Lake Insight.

      • Using APIs

        If you need to integrate DLI into a third-party system for secondary development, you can call DLI APIs to use the service.

        -

        For details, see Data Lake Insight API Reference.

        +

        For details, see Data Lake Insight API Reference.

    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html index 4dc6e7d2..aaa00c55 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

    On the Overview page, click Create Job in the upper right corner of the Spark Jobs tab or click Create Job in the upper right corner of the Spark Jobs page. The Spark job editing page is displayed.

    On the Spark job editing page, a message is displayed, indicating that a temporary DLI data bucket will be created. The created bucket is used to store temporary data generated by DLI, such as job logs and job results. You cannot view job logs if you choose not to create it. The bucket will be created and the default bucket name is used.

    If you do not need to create a DLI temporary data bucket and do not want to receive this message, select Do not show again and click Cancel.

    -

    Prerequisites

    • You have uploaded the dependencies to the corresponding OBS bucket on the Data Management > Package Management page. For details, see Creating a Package.
    • Before creating a Spark job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, GaussDB(DWS), RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS MongoDB, you need to create a cross-source connection to enable the network between the job running queue and external data sources.
      • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Spark jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
      • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections.

        On the Resources > Queue Management page, locate the queue you have created, and choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column to check whether the network connection between the queue and the data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.

        +

        Prerequisites

        • You have uploaded the dependencies to the corresponding OBS bucket on the Data Management > Package Management page. For details, see Creating a Package.
        • Before creating a Spark job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, GaussDB(DWS), RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS, you need to create a cross-source connection to enable the network between the job running queue and external data sources.
          • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Spark jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
          • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections.

            On the Resources > Queue Management page, locate the queue you have created, and choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column to check whether the network connection between the queue and the data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.

        @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@

    • Application

    Select the package to be executed. The value can be .jar or .py.

    +

    You can select the name of a JAR or pyFile package that has been uploaded to the DLI resource management system. You can also specify an OBS path, for example, obs://Bucket name/Package name.

    Main Class (--class)

    @@ -38,8 +39,8 @@

    Spark Arguments (--conf)

    Enter a parameter in the format of key=value. Press Enter to separate multiple key-value pairs.

    -

    These parameters can be replaced using global variables. For example, if you create a global variable custom_class on the Global Configuration > Global Variables page, you can use "spark.sql.catalog"={{custom_class}} to replace a parameter with this variable after the job is submitted.

    -
    NOTE:
    • The JVM garbage collection algorithm cannot be customized for Spark jobs.
    • If the Spark version is 3.1.1, configure Spark parameters (--conf) to select a dependent module. For details about the configuration, see Creating a Spark Job.
    +

    These parameters can be replaced with global variables. For example, if you create a global variable custom_class on the Global Configuration > Global Variables page, you can use "spark.sql.catalog"={{custom_class}} to replace a parameter with this variable after the job is submitted.

    +
    NOTE:
    • The JVM garbage collection algorithm cannot be customized for Spark jobs.
    • If the Spark version is 3.1.1, configure Spark parameters (--conf) to select a dependent module. For details about the example configuration, see Table 2.
    -
  • Set the following parameters in advanced settings:
    • Select Dependency Resources: For details about the parameters, see Table 3.
    • Configure Resources: For details about the parameters, see Table 4.
    +
  • Set the following parameters in advanced settings:
    • Select Dependency Resources: For details about the parameters, see Table 3.
    • Configure Resources: For details about the parameters, see Table 4.

      The parallelism degree of Spark resources is jointly determined by the number of Executors and the number of Executor CPU cores.

      +

      Maximum number of tasks that can be concurrently executed = Number of Executors x Number of Executor CPU cores

      +

      You can properly plan compute resource specifications based on the compute CUs of the queue you have purchased.

      +

      Note that Spark tasks need to be jointly executed by multiple roles, such as driver and executor. So, the number of executors multiplied by the number of executor CPU cores must be less than the number of compute CUs of the queue to prevent other roles from failing to start Spark tasks. For more information about roles for Spark tasks, see Apache Spark.

      +

      Calculation formula for Spark job parameters:

      +
      • CUs = Driver Cores + Executors x Executor Cores
      • Memory = Driver Memory + (Executors x Executor Memory)
      +
      +
    @@ -169,7 +177,8 @@ - @@ -177,35 +186,32 @@ - - - -
    Table 3 Parameters for selecting dependency resources

    Parameter

    Resource Specifications

    Select a resource specification from the drop-down list box. The system provides three resource specifications for you to select. The following configuration items in the resource specifications can be modified:

    +

    Select a resource specification from the drop-down list box. The system provides three resource specification options for you to choose from.

    +

    Resource specifications involve the following parameters:

    • Executor Memory
    • Executor Cores
    • Executors
    • Driver Cores
    • Driver Memory

    If modified, your modified settings of the items are used.

    Executor Memory

    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.

    +

    Memory of each Executor. It is recommended that the ratio of Executor CPU cores to Executor memory be 1:4.

    Executor Cores

    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.

    +

    Number of CPU cores of each Executor applied for by Spark jobs, which determines the capability of each Executor to execute tasks concurrently.

    Executors

    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.

    +

    Number of Executors applied for by a Spark job

    Driver Cores

    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.

    +

    Number of CPU cores of the driver

    Driver Memory

    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.

    +

    Driver memory size. It is recommended that the ratio of the number of driver CPU cores to the driver memory be 1:4.
    -

    Spark job parameter calculation:

    -
    • Number of CUs = Number of driver CPU cores + Number of executors x Number of executor CPU cores

      The cluster management plane and driver use some CU resources. Number of Executors * Number of Executor Cores must be smaller than the number of computing CUs of the queue.

      -
    • Memory = Driver memory + (Number of Executors x Executor memory)
    -
  • Click Execute in the upper right corner of the Spark job editing page.

    After the message "Batch processing job submitted successfully" is displayed, you can view the status and logs of the submitted job on the Spark Jobs page.

    • diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html index 265cabc1..f99ca6c6 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html @@ -54,9 +54,7 @@
    • Edit: You can modify the current job configuration and re-execute the job.
    • SparkUI: After you click this button, the Spark job execution page is displayed.
      NOTE:
      • The SparkUI page cannot be viewed for jobs in the Starting state.
      • Currently, only the latest 100 job information records are displayed on the SparkUI of DLI.
      -
    • Terminate Job: Cancel a job that is being started or running.
    • Re-execute: Run the job again.
    • Archive Log: Save job logs to the temporary bucket created by DLI.
    • Export Log: Export logs to the created OBS bucket.
      NOTE:
      • You have the permission to create OBS buckets.
      • If the job is in the Running state, logs cannot be exported.
      -
      -
    • Commit Log: View the logs of submitted jobs.
    • Driver Log: View the logs of running jobs.
    +
  • Terminate Job: Cancel a job that is being started or running.
  • Re-execute: Run the job again.
  • Archive Log: Save job logs to the temporary bucket created by DLI.
  • Commit Log: View the logs of submitted jobs.
  • Driver Log: View the logs of running jobs.
    		•
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Table 1 Spark 3.1.1 dependencies

    Dependency

    +

    accessors-smart-1.2.jar

    +

    hive-shims-scheduler-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    metrics-graphite-4.1.1.jar

    +

    activation-1.1.1.jar

    +

    hive-spark-client-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    metrics-jmx-4.1.1.jar

    +

    aggdesigner-algorithm-6.0.jar

    +

    hive-standalone-metastore-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    metrics-json-4.1.1.jar

    +

    aircompressor-0.16.jar

    +

    hive-storage-api-2.7.2.jar

    +

    metrics-jvm-4.1.1.jar

    +

    algebra_2.12-2.0.0-M2.jar

    +

    hive-vector-code-gen-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    minlog-1.3.0.jar

    +

    annotations-17.0.0.jar

    +

    hk2-api-2.6.1.jar

    +

    netty-3.10.6.Final.jar

    +

    ant-1.10.9.jar

    +

    hk2-locator-2.6.1.jar

    +

    netty-all-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    ant-launcher-1.10.9.jar

    +

    hk2-utils-2.6.1.jar

    +

    netty-buffer-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar

    +

    hppc-0.7.2.jar

    +

    netty-codec-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    antlr-runtime-3.5.2.jar

    +

    httpclient-4.5.6.jar

    +

    netty-codec-dns-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    aopalliance-1.0.jar

    +

    httpcore-4.4.10.jar

    +

    netty-codec-haproxy-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    aopalliance-repackaged-2.6.1.jar

    +

    istack-commons-runtime-3.0.8.jar

    +

    netty-codec-http2-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    apiguardian-api-1.1.0.jar

    +

    ivy-2.5.0.jar

    +

    netty-codec-http-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar

    +

    jackson-annotations-2.13.2.jar

    +

    netty-codec-memcache-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    arrow-format-2.0.0.jar

    +

    jackson-core-2.13.2.jar

    +

    netty-codec-mqtt-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    arrow-memory-core-2.0.0.jar

    +

    jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar

    +

    netty-codec-redis-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    arrow-memory-netty-2.0.0.jar

    +

    jackson-databind-2.13.2.2.jar

    +

    netty-codec-smtp-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    arrow-vector-2.0.0.jar

    +

    jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.13.2.jar

    +

    netty-codec-socks-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    asm-5.0.4.jar

    +

    jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.11.2.jar

    +

    netty-codec-stomp-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar

    +

    jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar

    +

    netty-codec-xml-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    automaton-1.11-8.jar

    +

    jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.13.2.jar

    +

    netty-common-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    avatica-1.22.0.jar

    +

    jackson-module-scala_2.12-2.13.2.jar

    +

    netty-handler-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    avatica-core-1.16.0.jar

    +

    jaeger-client-1.6.0.jar

    +

    netty-handler-proxy-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    avatica-metrics-1.16.0.jar

    +

    jaeger-core-1.6.0.jar

    +

    netty-handler-ssl-ocsp-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    avatica-server-1.16.0.jar

    +

    jaeger-thrift-1.6.0.jar

    +

    netty-resolver-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    avro-1.8.2.jar

    +

    jaeger-tracerresolver-1.6.0.jar

    +

    netty-resolver-dns-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    avro-ipc-1.8.2.jar

    +

    jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar

    +

    netty-resolver-dns-classes-macos-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    avro-mapred-1.8.2.jar

    +

    jakarta.annotation-api-1.3.5.jar

    +

    netty-resolver-dns-native-macos-4.1.86.Final-osx-aarch_64.jar

    +

    java-sdk-bundle-1.11.856.jar

    +

    jakarta.el-3.0.3.jar

    +

    netty-resolver-dns-native-macos-4.1.86.Final-osx-x86_64.jar

    +

    base64-2.3.8.jar

    +

    jakarta.el-api-3.0.3.jar

    +

    netty-transport-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.69.jar

    +

    jakarta.inject-2.6.1.jar

    +

    netty-transport-classes-epoll-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    bcprov-jdk15on-1.69.jar

    +

    jakarta.servlet-api-4.0.3.jar

    +

    netty-transport-classes-kqueue-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    bcutil-jdk15on-1.69.jar

    +

    jakarta.validation-api-2.0.2.jar

    +

    netty-transport-native-epoll-4.1.86.Final-linux-aarch_64.jar

    +

    bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar

    +

    jakarta.ws.rs-api-2.1.6.jar

    +

    netty-transport-native-epoll-4.1.86.Final-linux-x86_64.jar

    +

    breeze_2.12-1.0.jar

    +

    jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar

    +

    netty-transport-native-kqueue-4.1.86.Final-osx-aarch_64.jar

    +

    breeze-macros_2.12-1.0.jar

    +

    jamon-runtime-2.4.1.jar

    +

    netty-transport-native-kqueue-4.1.86.Final-osx-x86_64.jar

    +

    caffeine-2.8.1.jar

    +

    janino-3.0.16.jar

    +

    netty-transport-native-unix-common-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    calcite-core-1.22.0.jar

    +

    JavaEWAH-0.3.2.jar

    +

    netty-transport-rxtx-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    calcite-druid-1.19.0.jar

    +

    java-sdk-core-3.0.12.jar

    +

    netty-transport-sctp-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    calcite-linq4j-1.22.0.jar

    +

    javassist-3.25.0-GA.jar

    +

    netty-transport-udt-4.1.86.Final.jar

    +

    cats-kernel_2.12-2.0.0-M4.jar

    +

    javax.activation-api-1.2.0.jar

    +

    nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar

    +

    checker-qual-3.5.0.jar

    +

    javax.annotation-api-1.3.2.jar

    +

    objenesis-2.5.1.jar

    +

    chill_2.12-0.9.5.jar

    +

    javax.inject-1.jar

    +

    okhttp-3.14.9.jar

    +

    chill-java-0.9.5.jar

    +

    javax.jdo-3.2.0-m3.jar

    +

    okio-1.17.2.jar

    +

    classmate-1.5.1.jar

    +

    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar

    +

    opencsv-2.3.jar

    +

    commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar

    +

    javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar

    +

    opentelemetry-api-1.16.0.jar

    +

    commons-cli-1.2.jar

    +

    javax.transaction-api-1.3.jar

    +

    opentelemetry-context-1.16.0.jar

    +

    commons-codec-1.15.jar

    +

    javax.ws.rs-api-2.1.1.jar

    +

    opentelemetry-semconv-1.16.0-alpha.jar

    +

    commons-collections-3.2.2.jar

    +

    javolution-5.5.1.jar

    +

    opentracing-api-0.33.0.jar

    +

    commons-compiler-3.0.16.jar

    +

    jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar

    +

    opentracing-noop-0.33.0.jar

    +

    commons-compress-1.21.jar

    +

    jaxb-runtime-2.3.2.jar

    +

    opentracing-tracerresolver-0.1.8.jar

    +

    commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar

    +

    jboss-logging-3.4.1.Final.jar

    +

    opentracing-util-0.33.0.jar

    +

    commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar

    +

    jboss-threads-2.3.3.Final.jar

    +

    orc-core-1.6.8.jar

    +

    commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar

    +

    jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar

    +

    orc-mapreduce-1.6.8.jar

    +

    commons-dbcp-1.4.jar

    +

    jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.36.jar

    +

    orc-shims-1.6.8.jar

    +

    commons-dbcp2-2.6.0.jar

    +

    jcodings-1.0.57.jar

    +

    orc-tools-1.6.7-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    commons-digester-2.1.jar

    +

    jdo-api-3.2.jar

    +

    oro-2.0.8.jar

    +

    commons-httpclient-3.1.jar

    +

    jersey-client-2.34.jar

    +

    osgi-resource-locator-1.0.3.jar

    +

    commons-io-2.8.0.jar

    +

    jersey-common-2.34.jar

    +

    paranamer-2.8.jar

    +

    commons-lang-2.4.jar

    +

    jersey-container-servlet-2.34.jar

    +

    parquet-column-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-lang-2.6.jar

    +

    jersey-container-servlet-core-2.34.jar

    +

    parquet-common-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-lang3-3.10.jar

    +

    jersey-hk2-2.34.jar

    +

    parquet-encoding-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-logging-1.2.jar

    +

    jersey-server-2.34.jar

    +

    parquet-format-structures-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-math3-3.4.1.jar

    +

    jets3t-0.9.4-1.0.0.jar

    +

    parquet-hadoop-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-net-3.1.jar

    +

    jettison-1.1.jar

    +

    parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.12.0-ei-2.0.jar

    +

    commons-pool2-2.6.1.jar

    +

    jetty-http-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    parquet-jackson-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-text-1.10.0.jar

    +

    jetty-io-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    postgresql-42.3.5.jar

    +

    commons-validator-1.7.jar

    +

    jetty-rewrite-9.4.43.v20210629.jar

    +

    protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar

    +

    compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar

    +

    jetty-security-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    py4j-0.10.9.jar

    +

    core-1.1.2.jar

    +

    jetty-server-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    pyrolite-4.30.jar

    +

    curator-client-2.13.0.jar

    +

    jetty-servlet-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    re2j-1.1.jar

    +

    curator-framework-2.13.0.jar

    +

    jetty-util-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    RoaringBitmap-0.9.0.jar

    +

    curator-recipes-2.13.0.jar

    +

    jetty-util-ajax-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    scala-collection-compat_2.12-2.1.1.jar

    +

    datanucleus-api-jdo-4.2.4.jar

    +

    jetty-webapp-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    scala-compiler-2.12.16.jar

    +

    datanucleus-core-4.1.17.jar

    +

    jetty-xml-9.4.41.v20210516.jar

    +

    scala-library-2.12.16.jar

    +

    datanucleus-rdbms-fi-4.1.19-302022.jar

    +

    JLargeArrays-1.5.jar

    +

    scala-parser-combinators_2.12-1.1.2.jar

    +

    derby-10.14.2.0.jar

    +

    jline-3.21.0.jar

    +

    scala-reflect-2.12.16.jar

    +

    disruptor-3.4.2.jar

    +

    joda-time-2.10.5.jar

    +

    scala-xml_2.12-1.2.0.jar

    +

    dli-catalog-client-2.3.7-20240108.090504-101.jar

    +

    jodd-core-3.5.2.jar

    +

    secComponentApi-1.1.8.jar

    +

    dli-catalog-hive3-client-2.3.7-20240108.090513-100.jar

    +

    jodd-util-6.0.0.jar

    +

    serializer-2.7.2.jar

    +

    dli-catalog-hive-extension-2.3.7-20240108.090517-100.jar

    +

    joni-2.1.43.jar

    +

    shapeless_2.12-2.3.3.jar

    +

    dnsjava-2.1.7.jar

    +

    jpam-1.1.jar

    +

    shims-0.9.0.jar

    +

    dropwizard-metrics-hadoop-metrics2-reporter-0.1.2.jar

    +

    jsch-0.1.72.jar

    +

    sketches-core-0.9.0.jar

    +

    error_prone_annotations-2.18.0.jar

    +

    json-20210307.jar

    +

    slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar

    +

    esdk-obs-java-optimised-3.22.10.2.jar

    +

    json4s-ast_2.12-3.7.0-M5.jar

    +

    slf4j-log4j12-1.7.25.jar

    +

    esri-geometry-api-2.2.0.jar

    +

    json4s-core_2.12-3.7.0-M5.jar

    +

    snakeyaml-1.30.jar

    +

    fastutil-6.5.6.jar

    +

    json4s-jackson_2.12-3.7.0-M5.jar

    +

    snappy-java-1.1.8.2.jar

    +

    flatbuffers-java-1.9.0.jar

    +

    json4s-scalap_2.12-3.7.0-M5.jar

    +

    spark-avro_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    generex-1.0.2.jar

    +

    json-path-2.4.0.jar

    +

    spark-catalyst_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    glassfish-corba-omgapi-4.2.2.jar

    +

    json-smart-2.3.jar

    +

    spark-core_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    gson-2.8.9.jar

    +

    jsr305-3.0.0.jar

    +

    spark-graphx_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    gson-fire-1.8.5.jar

    +

    JTransforms-3.1.jar

    +

    spark-hive_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    guava-14.0.1.jar

    +

    jul-to-slf4j-1.7.36.jar

    +

    spark-kubernetes_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    guice-3.0.jar

    +

    kafka-clients-2.8.0.jar

    +

    spark-kvstore_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    guice-assistedinject-3.0.jar

    +

    kerb-admin-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-launcher_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    guice-servlet-4.0.jar

    +

    kerb-client-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-mllib_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar

    +

    kerb-common-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-mllib-local_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-archives-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kerb-core-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-network-common_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-auth-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r16.jar

    +

    kerb-crypto-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-network-shuffle_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r16.jar

    +

    kerb-identity-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-quota-manager_2.12-3.1.1-2.3.7.dli-SNAPSHOT.jar

    +

    hadoop-client-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar

    +

    kerb-server-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-repl_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-common-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kerb-simplekdc-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-sketch_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-distcp-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kerb-util-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-sql_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-hdfs-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r16.jar

    +

    kerby-asn1-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-streaming_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-hdfs-client-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kerby-config-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-tags_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.1.1-52.1.jar

    +

    kerby-pkix-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-unsafe_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar

    +

    kerby-util-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-uquery_2.12-3.1.1-2.3.7.dli-SNAPSHOT.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar

    +

    kerby-xdr-2.0.2.jar

    +

    spire_2.12-0.17.0-M1.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar

    +

    kotlin-stdlib-1.4.21.jar

    +

    spire-macros_2.12-0.17.0-M1.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-nativetask-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kotlin-stdlib-common-1.4.21.jar

    +

    spire-platform_2.12-0.17.0-M1.jar

    +

    hadoop-registry-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kryo-shaded-4.0.2.jar

    +

    spire-util_2.12-0.17.0-M1.jar

    +

    hadoop-shaded-guava-1.1.1.jar

    +

    kubernetes-client-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    sqlline-1.3.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-shaded-protobuf_3_7-1.1.1.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-admissionregistration-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    ST4-4.0.4.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-apiextensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    stax2-api-4.2.1.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-apps-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    stax-api-1.0.1.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-registry-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-autoscaling-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    stream-2.9.6.jar

    +

    hbase-asyncfs-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-batch-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    streamingClient

    +

    hbase-client-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-certificates-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    streamingClient010

    +

    hbase-common-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-common-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    swagger-annotations-2.2.8.jar

    +

    hbase-hadoop2-compat-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-coordination-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tephra-api-0.6.0.jar

    +

    hbase-hadoop-compat-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-core-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tephra-core-0.6.0.jar

    +

    hbase-http-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-discovery-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tephra-hbase-compat-1.0-0.6.0.jar

    +

    hbase-logging-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-events-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    threetenbp-1.3.5.jar

    +

    hbase-metrics-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-extensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    threeten-extra-1.5.0.jar

    +

    hbase-metrics-api-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-flowcontrol-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tink-1.6.0.jar

    +

    hbase-procedure-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-metrics-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    token-provider-2.0.2.jar

    +

    hbase-protocol-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-networking-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-servlet-api-8.5.61.jar

    +

    hbase-protocol-shaded-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-node-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    transaction-api-1.1.jar

    +

    hbase-replication-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-policy-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    twill-api-0.6.0-incubating.jar

    +

    hbase-server-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-rbac-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    twill-common-0.6.0-incubating.jar

    +

    hbase-shaded-gson-4.1.4.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-scheduling-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    twill-core-0.6.0-incubating.jar

    +

    hbase-shaded-jersey-4.1.4.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-storageclass-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    twill-discovery-api-0.6.0-incubating.jar

    +

    hbase-shaded-jetty-4.1.4.jar

    +

    leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar

    +

    twill-discovery-core-0.6.0-incubating.jar

    +

    hbase-shaded-miscellaneous-4.1.4.jar

    +

    libfb303-0.9.3.jar

    +

    twill-zookeeper-0.6.0-incubating.jar

    +

    hbase-shaded-netty-4.1.4.jar

    +

    libthrift-0.14.1-ei-311001.jar

    +

    univocity-parsers-2.9.1.jar

    +

    hbase-shaded-protobuf-4.1.4.jar

    +

    log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar

    +

    us-common-1.0.66.jar

    +

    hbase-unsafe-4.1.4.jar

    +

    log4j-api-2.17.1.jar

    +

    velocity-1.7.jar

    +

    hbase-zookeeper-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar

    +

    velocity-engine-core-2.3.jar

    +

    hibernate-validator-6.2.5.Final.jar

    +

    logging-interceptor-3.14.9.jar

    +

    wildfly-client-config-1.0.1.Final.jar

    +

    HikariCP-2.6.1.jar

    +

    luxor-cluster-quota-manager-transport_2.12-2.3.7-20231226.034700-559.jar

    +

    wildfly-common-1.5.2.Final.jar

    +

    hive-classification-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    luxor-encrypt-2.3.7-20231226.034423-1046.jar

    +

    woodstox-core-5.4.0.jar

    +

    hive-common-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    luxor-fs3-2.3.7-20231226.034438-1039.jar

    +

    xalan-2.7.2.jar

    +

    hive-exec-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10-core.jar

    +

    luxor-obs-fs3-2.3.7-20231226.034443-1038.jar

    +

    xbean-asm7-shaded-4.15.jar

    +

    hive-llap-client-2.3.3-ei-12-20210120.005053-2.jar

    +

    luxor-rpc_2.12-2.3.7-20231226.034653-560.jar

    +

    xercesImpl-2.12.2.jar

    +

    hive-llap-common-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    luxor-scc-adapter-2.3.7-20231226.034418-1045.jar

    +

    xml-apis-1.4.01.jar

    +

    hive-llap-tez-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    luxor-transport-2.3.7-20231226.034433-1038.jar

    +

    xnio-api-3.8.4.Final.jar

    +

    hive-metastore-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    lz4-java-1.7.1.jar

    +

    xz-1.5.jar

    +

    hive-serde-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    machinist_2.12-0.6.8.jar

    +

    zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar

    +

    hive-service-rpc-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    macro-compat_2.12-1.1.1.jar

    +

    zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar

    +

    hive-shims-0.23-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    memarts-ccsdk-1.0.jar

    +

    zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar

    +

    hive-shims-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    memory-0.9.0.jar

    +

    zstd-jni-1.4.9-1.jar

    +

    hive-shims-common-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar

    +

    metrics-core-4.1.1.jar

    +

    -

    +
    -

    Spark 2.3.2 Dependencies

    • accessors-smart-1.2.jar
    • activation-1.1.1.jar
    • aircompressor-0.8.jar
    • alluxio-2.3.1-luxor-SNAPSHOT-client.jar
    • antlr-2.7.7.jar
    • antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar
    • antlr-runtime-3.4.jar
    • aopalliance-1.0.jar
    • aopalliance-repackaged-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • apache-log4j-extras-1.2.17.jar
    • arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar
    • arrow-format-0.8.0.jar
    • arrow-memory-0.8.0.jar
    • arrow-vector-0.8.0.jar
    • asm-5.0.4.jar
    • audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar
    • automaton-1.11-8.jar
    • avro-1.7.7.jar
    • avro-ipc-1.7.7.jar
    • avro-ipc-1.7.7-tests.jar
    • avro-mapred-1.7.7-hadoop2.jar
    • java-sdk-bundle-1.11.271.jar
    • base64-2.3.8.jar
    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.66.jar
    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.66.jar
    • bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar
    • breeze_2.11-0.13.2.jar
    • breeze-macros_2.11-0.13.2.jar
    • calcite-avatica-1.2.0-incubating.jar
    • calcite-core-1.2.0-incubating.jar
    • calcite-linq4j-1.2.0-incubating.jar
    • checker-qual-2.11.1.jar
    • chill_2.11-0.8.4.jar
    • chill-java-0.8.4.jar
    • commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar
    • commons-cli-1.2.jar
    • commons-codec-2.0-20130428.202122-59.jar
    • commons-collections-3.2.2.jar
    • commons-collections4-4.2.jar
    • commons-compiler-3.0.8.jar
    • commons-compress-1.4.1.jar
    • commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar
    • commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar
    • commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar
    • commons-dbcp-1.4.jar
    • commons-dbcp2-2.7.0.jar
    • commons-httpclient-3.1.jar
    • commons-io-2.5.jar
    • commons-lang-2.6.jar
    • commons-lang3-3.5.jar
    • commons-logging-1.2.jar
    • commons-math3-3.4.1.jar
    • commons-net-2.2.jar
    • commons-pool-1.5.4.jar
    • commons-pool2-2.8.0.jar
    • commons-text-1.3.jar
    • compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar
    • core-1.1.2.jar
    • curator-client-4.2.0.jar
    • curator-framework-4.2.0.jar
    • curator-recipes-2.7.1.jar
    • datanucleus-api-jdo-3.2.6.jar
    • datanucleus-core-3.2.10.jar
    • datanucleus-rdbms-3.2.9.jar
    • derby-10.12.1.1.jar
    • dnsjava-2.1.7.jar
    • ehcache-3.3.1.jar
    • eigenbase-properties-1.1.5.jar
    • error_prone_annotations-2.3.4.jar
    • failureaccess-1.0.1.jar
    • fastutil-8.2.3.jar
    • ffmpeg-4.3.1-1.5.4.jar
    • ffmpeg-4.3.1-1.5.4-linux-x86_64.jar
    • flatbuffers-1.2.0-3f79e055.jar
    • generex-1.0.2.jar
    • geronimo-jcache_1.0_spec-1.0-alpha-1.jar
    • gson-2.2.4.jar
    • guava-29.0-jre.jar
    • guice-4.0.jar
    • guice-servlet-4.0.jar
    • hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-auth-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-hdfs-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-minikdc-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-registry-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-server-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-yarn-server-web-proxy-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hamcrest-core-1.3.jar
    • HikariCP-java7-2.4.12.jar
    • hive-common-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064115-91.jar
    • hive-exec-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064444-91.jar
    • hive-metastore-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064230-91.jar
    • hk2-api-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • hk2-locator-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • hk2-utils-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • hppc-0.7.2.jar
    • htrace-core4-4.2.0-incubating-1.0.0.jar
    • httpclient-4.5.4.jar
    • httpcore-4.4.7.jar
    • ivy-2.4.0.jar
    • j2objc-annotations-1.3.jar
    • jackson-annotations-2.10.0.jar
    • jackson-core-2.10.0.jar
    • jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
    • jackson-databind-2.10.0.jar
    • jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.10.0.jar
    • jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.10.3.jar
    • jackson-jaxrs-base-2.10.3.jar
    • jackson-jaxrs-json-provider-2.10.3.jar
    • jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
    • jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.10.3.jar
    • jackson-module-paranamer-2.10.0.jar
    • jackson-module-scala_2.11-2.10.0.jar
    • jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar
    • jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar
    • janino-3.0.8.jar
    • javacpp-1.5.4.jar
    • javacpp-1.5.4-linux-x86_64.jar
    • javacv-1.5.4.jar
    • JavaEWAH-1.1.7.jar
    • javassist-3.18.1-GA.jar
    • javax.annotation-api-1.2.jar
    • javax.inject-1.jar
    • javax.inject-2.4.0-b34.jar
    • javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar
    • javax.ws.rs-api-2.0.1.jar
    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
    • javolution-5.3.1.jar
    • jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar
    • jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar
    • jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
    • jdo-api-3.0.1.jar
    • jersey-client-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-common-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-container-servlet-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-container-servlet-core-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-guava-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-media-jaxb-2.23.1.jar
    • jersey-server-2.23.1.jar
    • jets3t-0.9.4.jar
    • jetty-http-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • jetty-io-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • jetty-security-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • jetty-server-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • jetty-servlet-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • jetty-util-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • jetty-util-ajax-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • jetty-webapp-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • jetty-xml-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
    • joda-time-2.9.3.jar
    • jodd-core-4.2.0.jar
    • json-20200518.jar
    • json4s-ast_2.11-3.2.11.jar
    • json4s-core_2.11-3.2.11.jar
    • json4s-jackson_2.11-3.2.11.jar
    • json-sanitizer-1.2.1.jar
    • json-smart-2.3.jar
    • jsp-api-2.1.jar
    • jsr305-3.0.2.jar
    • jta-1.1.jar
    • jtransforms-2.4.0.jar
    • jul-to-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
    • junit-4.11.jar
    • kerb-admin-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-client-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-common-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-core-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-crypto-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-identity-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-server-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-simplekdc-1.0.1.jar
    • kerb-util-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-asn1-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-config-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-pkix-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-util-1.0.1.jar
    • kerby-xdr-1.0.1.jar
    • kryo-shaded-3.0.3.jar
    • kubernetes-client-4.9.2-20200804.jar
    • kubernetes-model-4.9.2-20200804.jar
    • kubernetes-model-common-4.9.2-20200804.jar
    • leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar
    • libfb303-0.9.3.jar
    • libthrift-0.12.0.jar
    • listenablefuture-9999.0-empty-to-avoid-conflict-with-guava.jar
    • log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar
    • log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar
    • logging-interceptor-3.14.4.jar
    • luxor-encrypt-2.1.0-20201106.065437-53.jar
    • luxor-fs3-2.1.0-20201106.065612-53.jar
    • luxor-obs-fs3-2.1.0-20201106.065616-53.jar
    • luxor-rpc_2.11-2.1.0-20201106.065541-53.jar
    • luxor-rpc-protobuf2-2.1.0-20201106.065551-53.jar
    • lz4-java-1.7.1.jar
    • machinist_2.11-0.6.1.jar
    • macro-compat_2.11-1.1.1.jar
    • metrics-core-3.1.5.jar
    • metrics-graphite-3.1.5.jar
    • metrics-jmx-4.1.12.1.jar
    • metrics-json-3.1.5.jar
    • metrics-jvm-3.1.5.jar
    • minlog-1.3.0.jar
    • mssql-jdbc-6.2.1.jre7.jar
    • netty-3.10.6.Final.jar
    • netty-all-4.1.51.Final.jar
    • nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar
    • objenesis-2.1.jar
    • okhttp-3.14.4.jar
    • okio-1.17.2.jar
    • opencsv-2.3.jar
    • opencsv-4.6.jar
    • opencv-4.3.0-2.jar
    • orc-core-1.4.4-nohive.jar
    • orc-mapreduce-1.4.4-nohive.jar
    • oro-2.0.8.jar
    • osgi-resource-locator-1.0.1.jar
    • paranamer-2.8.jar
    • parquet-column-1.8.3.jar
    • parquet-common-1.8.3.jar
    • parquet-encoding-1.8.3.jar
    • parquet-format-2.3.1.jar
    • parquet-hadoop-1.8.3.jar
    • parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
    • parquet-jackson-1.8.3.jar
    • parquet-format-2.3.1.jar
    • parquet-hadoop-1.8.3.jar
    • parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
    • parquet-jackson-1.8.3.jar
    • postgresql-42.2.14.jar
    • protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar
    • py4j-0.10.7.jar
    • pyrolite-4.13.jar
    • re2j-1.1.jar
    • RoaringBitmap-0.5.11.jar
    • scala-compiler-2.11.12.jar
    • scala-library-2.11.12.jar
    • scalap-2.11.0.jar
    • scala-parser-combinators_2.11-1.1.0.jar
    • scala-reflect-2.11.12.jar
    • scala-xml_2.11-1.0.5.jar
    • secComponentApi-1.0.5c.jar
    • shapeless_2.11-2.3.2.jar
    • slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar
    • slf4j-log4j12-1.7.30.jar
    • snakeyaml-1.24.jar
    • snappy-java-1.1.7.5.jar
    • spark-catalyst_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073826-143.jar
    • spark-core_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.073836-134.jar
    • spark-graphx_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073847-129.jar
    • spark-hive_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.073854-132.jar
    • spark-kubernetes_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073916-85.jar
    • spark-kvstore_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073933-127.jar
    • spark-launcher_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073940-127.jar
    • spark-mllib_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073946-127.jar
    • spark-mllib-local_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073953-127.jar
    • spark-network-common_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073959-127.jar
    • spark-network-shuffle_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074007-127.jar
    • spark-om_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.074019-125.jar
    • spark-repl_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074028-125.jar
    • spark-sketch_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074035-125.jar
    • spark-sql_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074041-126.jar
    • spark-streaming_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074100-123.jar
    • spark-tags_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074136-123.jar
    • spark-tags_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074141-124-tests.jar
    • spark-unsafe_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074144-123.jar
    • spark-uquery_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074906-210.jar
    • spark-yarn_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074151-123.jar
    • spire_2.11-0.13.0.jar
    • spire-macros_2.11-0.13.0.jar
    • ST4-4.3.1.jar
    • stax2-api-3.1.4.jar
    • stax-api-1.0-2.jar
    • stream-2.7.0.jar
    • stringtemplate-3.2.1.jar
    • token-provider-1.0.1.jar
    • univocity-parsers-2.5.9.jar
    • validation-api-1.1.0.Final.jar
    • woodstox-core-5.0.3.jar
    • xbean-asm5-shaded-4.4.jar
    • xercesImpl-2.12.0.jar
    • xml-apis-1.4.01.jar
    • xz-1.0.jar
    • zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar
    • zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
    • zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
    • zstd-jni-1.4.4-11.jar
    -

    Flink 1.7.2 Dependencies

    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
    • commons-codec-1.9.jar
    • commons-configuration-1.7.jar
    • deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
    • deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
    • deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
    • ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-core-0.33.jar
    • ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
    • ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
    • ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-simple-0.33.jar
    • ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
    • elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
    • esdk-obs-java-3.1.3.jar
    • flink-cep_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-cep-scala_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-dist_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-gelly_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-gelly-scala_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-ml_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-python_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-queryable-state-runtime_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-shaded-curator-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-shaded-hadoop2-uber-1.7.0.jar
    • flink-table_2.11-1.7.0.jar
    • guava-26.0-jre.jar
    • hadoop-3.1.1-41-20201014.085840-4.jar
    • httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
    • httpclient-4.5.12.jar
    • httpcore-4.4.4.jar
    • httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
    • jna-4.1.0.jar
    • libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
    • log4j-api-2.8.2.jar
    • log4j-core-2.8.2.jar
    • log4j-over-slf4j-1.7.21.jar
    • logback-classic-1.2.3.jar
    • logback-core-1.2.3.jar
    • nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
    • okhttp-3.14.8.jar
    • okio-1.14.0.jar
    • slf4j-api-1.7.21.jar
    • tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
    +

    Spark 2.4.5 Dependencies

    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Table 2 Spark 2.4.5 dependencies

    Dependency

    +

    JavaEWAH-1.1.7.jar

    +

    httpclient-4.5.6.jar

    +

    lucene-queryparser-7.7.2.jar

    +

    RoaringBitmap-0.7.45.jar

    +

    httpcore-4.4.10.jar

    +

    lucene-sandbox-7.7.2.jar

    +

    ST4-4.3.1.jar

    +

    ivy-2.4.0.jar

    +

    luxor-encrypt-2.0.0-20220623.010726-213.jar

    +

    accessors-smart-1.2.jar

    +

    jackson-annotations-2.11.4.jar

    +

    luxor-fs3-2.0.0-20220623.010750-209.jar

    +

    activation-1.1.1.jar

    +

    jackson-core-2.11.4.jar

    +

    luxor-obs-fs3-2.0.0-20220623.010756-209.jar

    +

    aircompressor-0.16.jar

    +

    jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar

    +

    luxor-rpc_2.11-2.0.0-20220623.010737-182.jar

    +

    alluxio-2.3.1-luxor-SNAPSHOT-client.jar

    +

    jackson-databind-2.11.4.jar

    +

    luxor-transport-2.0.0-20220623.010744-71.jar

    +

    annotations-17.0.0.jar

    +

    jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.11.4.jar

    +

    lz4-java-1.7.1.jar

    +

    antlr-2.7.7.jar

    +

    jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.11.2.jar

    +

    machinist_2.11-0.6.1.jar

    +

    antlr-runtime-3.4.jar

    +

    jackson-jaxrs-base-2.10.3.jar

    +

    macro-compat_2.11-1.1.1.jar

    +

    antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar

    +

    jackson-jaxrs-json-provider-2.10.3.jar

    +

    metrics-core-3.1.5.jar

    +

    aopalliance-1.0.jar

    +

    jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar

    +

    metrics-graphite-3.1.5.jar

    +

    aopalliance-repackaged-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.10.3.jar

    +

    metrics-jmx-4.1.12.1.jar

    +

    apache-log4j-extras-1.2.17.jar

    +

    jackson-module-paranamer-2.11.4.jar

    +

    metrics-json-3.1.5.jar

    +

    arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar

    +

    jackson-module-scala_2.11-2.11.4.jar

    +

    metrics-jvm-3.1.5.jar

    +

    arrow-format-0.12.0.jar

    +

    jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar

    +

    minlog-1.3.0.jar

    +

    arrow-memory-0.12.0.jar

    +

    jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar

    +

    mssql-jdbc-6.2.1.jre7.jar

    +

    arrow-vector-0.12.0.jar

    +

    janino-3.0.9.jar

    +

    netty-all-4.1.51.Final.jar

    +

    asm-5.0.4.jar

    +

    java-util-1.9.0.jar

    +

    nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar

    +

    audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar

    +

    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar

    +

    objenesis-2.5.1.jar

    +

    automaton-1.11-8.jar

    +

    javassist-3.18.1-GA.jar

    +

    okhttp-3.14.9.jar

    +

    avro-1.8.2.jar

    +

    javax.annotation-api-1.2.jar

    +

    okio-1.17.2.jar

    +

    avro-ipc-1.8.2.jar

    +

    javax.inject-1.jar

    +

    opencsv-2.3.jar

    +

    avro-mapred-1.8.2.jar

    +

    javax.inject-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    opencsv-4.6.jar

    +

    java-sdk-bundle-1.11.856.jar

    +

    javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar

    +

    opencv-4.3.0-2.jar

    +

    base64-2.3.8.jar

    +

    javax.ws.rs-api-2.0.1.jar

    +

    orc-core-1.6.8-nohive.jar

    +

    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.66.jar

    +

    javolution-5.3.1.jar

    +

    orc-mapreduce-1.6.8-nohive.jar

    +

    bcprov-jdk15on-1.67.jar

    +

    jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar

    +

    orc-shims-1.6.8.jar

    +

    bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar

    +

    jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar

    +

    oro-2.0.8.jar

    +

    breeze-macros_2.11-0.13.2.jar

    +

    jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.30.jar

    +

    osgi-resource-locator-1.0.1.jar

    +

    breeze_2.11-0.13.2.jar

    +

    jdo-api-3.0.1.jar

    +

    paranamer-2.8.jar

    +

    calcite-avatica-1.2.0-incubating.jar

    +

    jersey-client-2.23.1.jar

    +

    parquet-column-1.12.2.jar

    +

    chill-java-0.9.3.jar

    +

    jersey-common-2.23.1.jar

    +

    parquet-common-1.12.2.jar

    +

    chill_2.11-0.9.3.jar

    +

    jersey-container-servlet-2.23.1.jar

    +

    parquet-encoding-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar

    +

    jersey-container-servlet-core-2.23.1.jar

    +

    parquet-format-structures-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-cli-1.2.jar

    +

    jersey-guava-2.23.1.jar

    +

    parquet-hadoop-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-codec-1.15.jar

    +

    jersey-media-jaxb-2.23.1.jar

    +

    parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar

    +

    commons-collections-3.2.2.jar

    +

    jersey-server-2.23.1.jar

    +

    parquet-jackson-1.12.2.jar

    +

    commons-collections4-4.2.jar

    +

    jets3t-0.9.4.jar

    +

    postgresql-42.2.14.jar

    +

    commons-compiler-3.0.9.jar

    +

    jettison-1.1.jar

    +

    protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar

    +

    commons-compress-1.4.1.jar

    +

    jetty-http-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    py4j-0.10.7.jar

    +

    commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar

    +

    jetty-io-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    pyrolite-4.13.jar

    +

    commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar

    +

    jetty-security-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    re2j-1.1.jar

    +

    commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar

    +

    jetty-server-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    scala-compiler-2.11.12.jar

    +

    commons-dbcp2-2.7.0.jar

    +

    jetty-servlet-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    scala-library-2.11.12.jar

    +

    commons-httpclient-3.1.jar

    +

    jetty-util-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    scala-parser-combinators_2.11-1.1.2.jar

    +

    commons-io-2.5.jar

    +

    jetty-util-ajax-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    scala-reflect-2.11.12.jar

    +

    commons-lang-2.6.jar

    +

    jetty-webapp-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    scala-xml_2.11-1.0.5.jar

    +

    commons-lang3-3.5.jar

    +

    jetty-xml-9.4.34.v20201102.jar

    +

    secComponentApi-1.0.6.jar

    +

    commons-logging-1.2.jar

    +

    joda-time-2.9.3.jar

    +

    shapeless_2.11-2.3.2.jar

    +

    commons-math3-3.4.1.jar

    +

    jodd-core-3.5.2.jar

    +

    shims-0.7.45.jar

    +

    commons-net-3.1.jar

    +

    json-20200518.jar

    +

    slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar

    +

    commons-pool2-2.8.0.jar

    +

    json-io-2.5.1.jar

    +

    slf4j-log4j12-1.7.30.jar

    +

    commons-text-1.3.jar

    +

    json-sanitizer-1.2.1.jar

    +

    snakeyaml-1.26.jar

    +

    compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar

    +

    json-smart-2.3.jar

    +

    snappy-java-1.1.8.2.jar

    +

    core-1.1.2.jar

    +

    json4s-ast_2.11-3.5.3.jar

    +

    solr-core-7.7.2.jar

    +

    crypter-0.0.6.jar

    +

    json4s-core_2.11-3.5.3.jar

    +

    solr-solrj-7.7.2.jar

    +

    curator-client-4.2.0.jar

    +

    json4s-jackson_2.11-3.5.3.jar

    +

    spark-avro_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085536-9.jar

    +

    curator-framework-4.2.0.jar

    +

    json4s-scalap_2.11-3.5.3.jar

    +

    spark-avro_2.11-4.0.0.jar

    +

    curator-recipes-2.7.1.jar

    +

    jsp-api-2.1.jar

    +

    spark-catalyst_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085405-16.jar

    +

    datanucleus-api-jdo-3.2.6.jar

    +

    jsr305-1.3.9.jar

    +

    spark-core_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085327-16.jar

    +

    datanucleus-core-3.2.10.jar

    +

    jta-1.1.jar

    +

    spark-graphx_2.11-2.4.5.0100-.0.dli-20220617.085336-16.jar

    +

    datanucleus-rdbms-3.2.9.jar

    +

    jtransforms-2.4.0.jar

    +

    spark-hive_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085423-16.jar

    +

    derby-10.14.2.0.jar

    +

    jts-core-1.16.1.jar

    +

    spark-kubernetes_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085519-16.jar

    +

    dnsjava-2.1.7.jar

    +

    jul-to-slf4j-1.7.30.jar

    +

    spark-kvstore_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085249-16.jar

    +

    ecj-3.21.0.jar

    +

    junit-4.11.jar

    +

    spark-launcher_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085435-16.jar

    +

    ehcache-3.3.1.jar

    +

    kerb-admin-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-mllib-local_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085349-16.jar

    +

    expiringmap-0.5.9.jar

    +

    kerb-client-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-mllib_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085342-16.jar

    +

    fastutil-8.2.3.jar

    +

    kerb-common-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-network-common_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085254-16.jar

    +

    flatbuffers-java-1.9.0.jar

    +

    kerb-core-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-network-shuffle_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085300-16.jar

    +

    fst-2.50.jar

    +

    kerb-crypto-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-om_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085316-16.jar

    +

    generex-1.0.2.jar

    +

    kerb-identity-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-repl_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085430-16.jar

    +

    geronimo-jcache_1.0_spec-1.0-alpha-1.jar

    +

    kerb-server-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-sketch_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085243-16.jar

    +

    gson-2.2.4.jar

    +

    kerb-simplekdc-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-sql_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085414-16.jar

    +

    guava-14.0.1.jar

    +

    kerb-util-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-streaming_2.11-2.4.5.0100-.0.dli-20220617.085359-16.jar

    +

    guice-4.0.jar

    +

    kerby-asn1-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-tags_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085322-16.jar

    +

    guice-servlet-4.0.jar

    +

    kerby-config-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-unsafe_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085311-16.jar

    +

    hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerby-pkix-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-uquery_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-SNAPSHOT.jar

    +

    hadoop-auth-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerby-util-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-yarn_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085531-16.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerby-xdr-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spire-macros_2.11-0.13.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kryo-shaded-4.0.2.jar

    +

    spire_2.11-0.13.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-client-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    stax-api-1.0-2.jar

    +

    hadoop-hdfs-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-admissionregistration-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    stax2-api-3.1.4.jar

    +

    hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-apiextensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    stream-2.7.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.1.1-46.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-apps-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    stringtemplate-3.2.1.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-autoscaling-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    threeten-extra-1.5.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-batch-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tink-1.6.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-certificates-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    token-provider-1.0.1.jar

    +

    hadoop-minikdc-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-common-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-api-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-coordination-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-core-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-el-api-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-discovery-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-jasper-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-registry-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-events-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-jasper-el-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-server-applicationhistoryservice-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-extensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-jsp-api-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-server-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-flowcontrol-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-juli-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-server-resourcemanager-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-metrics-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-servlet-api-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-server-web-proxy-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-networking-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-util-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hamcrest-core-1.3.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-node-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    tomcat-util-scan-9.0.39.jar

    +

    hive-common-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090500-402.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-policy-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    univocity-parsers-2.7.3.jar

    +

    hive-exec-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090521-401.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-rbac-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    zstd-jni-1.4.9-1.jar

    +

    hive-metastore-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090509-402.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-scheduling-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    validation-api-1.1.0.Final.jar

    +

    hive-shims-0.23-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090445-403.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-storageclass-5.4.1-20211025.jar

    +

    velocity-1.7.jar

    +

    hive-shims-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090455-403.jar

    +

    leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar

    +

    woodstox-core-5.0.3.jar

    +

    hive-shims-common-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090441-404.jar

    +

    libfb303-0.9.3.jar

    +

    xbean-asm6-shaded-4.8.jar

    +

    hive-shims-scheduler-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090450-403.jar

    +

    libthrift-0.12.0.jar

    +

    xercesImpl-2.12.0.jar

    +

    hk2-api-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar

    +

    xml-apis-1.4.01.jar

    +

    hk2-locator-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar

    +

    xz-1.0.jar

    +

    hk2-utils-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    logging-interceptor-3.14.9.jar

    +

    zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar

    +

    hppc-0.7.2.jar

    +

    lucene-analyzers-common-7.7.2.jar

    +

    zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar

    +

    htrace-core4-4.2.0-incubating-1.0.0.jar

    +

    lucene-core-7.7.2.jar

    +

    -

    +
    +
    +
    +

    Spark 2.3.2 Dependencies

    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Table 3 Spark 2.3.2 dependencies

    Dependency

    +

    accessors-smart-1.2.jar

    +

    HikariCP-java7-2.4.12.jar

    +

    logging-interceptor-3.14.4.jar

    +

    activation-1.1.1.jar

    +

    hive-common-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064115-91.jar

    +

    luxor-encrypt-2.1.0-20201106.065437-53.jar

    +

    aircompressor-0.8.jar

    +

    hive-exec-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064444-91.jar

    +

    luxor-fs3-2.1.0-20201106.065612-53.jar

    +

    alluxio-2.3.1-luxor-SNAPSHOT-client.jar

    +

    hive-metastore-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064230-91.jar

    +

    luxor-obs-fs3-2.1.0-20201106.065616-53.jar

    +

    antlr-2.7.7.jar

    +

    hk2-api-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    luxor-rpc_2.11-2.1.0-20201106.065541-53.jar

    +

    antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar

    +

    hk2-locator-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    luxor-rpc-protobuf2-2.1.0-20201106.065551-53.jar

    +

    antlr-runtime-3.4.jar

    +

    hk2-utils-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    lz4-java-1.7.1.jar

    +

    aopalliance-1.0.jar

    +

    hppc-0.7.2.jar

    +

    machinist_2.11-0.6.1.jar

    +

    aopalliance-repackaged-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    htrace-core4-4.2.0-incubating-1.0.0.jar

    +

    macro-compat_2.11-1.1.1.jar

    +

    apache-log4j-extras-1.2.17.jar

    +

    httpclient-4.5.4.jar

    +

    metrics-core-3.1.5.jar

    +

    arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar

    +

    httpcore-4.4.7.jar

    +

    metrics-graphite-3.1.5.jar

    +

    arrow-format-0.8.0.jar

    +

    ivy-2.4.0.jar

    +

    metrics-jmx-4.1.12.1.jar

    +

    arrow-memory-0.8.0.jar

    +

    j2objc-annotations-1.3.jar

    +

    metrics-json-3.1.5.jar

    +

    arrow-vector-0.8.0.jar

    +

    jackson-annotations-2.10.0.jar

    +

    metrics-jvm-3.1.5.jar

    +

    asm-5.0.4.jar

    +

    jackson-core-2.10.0.jar

    +

    minlog-1.3.0.jar

    +

    audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar

    +

    jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar

    +

    mssql-jdbc-6.2.1.jre7.jar

    +

    automaton-1.11-8.jar

    +

    jackson-databind-2.10.0.jar

    +

    netty-3.10.6.Final.jar

    +

    avro-1.7.7.jar

    +

    jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.10.0.jar

    +

    netty-all-4.1.51.Final.jar

    +

    avro-ipc-1.7.7.jar

    +

    jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.10.3.jar

    +

    nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar

    +

    avro-ipc-1.7.7-tests.jar

    +

    jackson-jaxrs-base-2.10.3.jar

    +

    objenesis-2.1.jar

    +

    avro-mapred-1.7.7-hadoop2.jar

    +

    jackson-jaxrs-json-provider-2.10.3.jar

    +

    okhttp-3.14.4.jar

    +

    java-sdk-bundle-1.11.271.jar

    +

    jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar

    +

    okio-1.17.2.jar

    +

    base64-2.3.8.jar

    +

    jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.10.3.jar

    +

    opencsv-2.3.jar

    +

    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.66.jar

    +

    jackson-module-paranamer-2.10.0.jar

    +

    opencsv-4.6.jar

    +

    bcprov-jdk15on-1.66.jar

    +

    jackson-module-scala_2.11-2.10.0.jar

    +

    opencv-4.3.0-2.jar

    +

    bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar

    +

    jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar

    +

    orc-core-1.4.4-nohive.jar

    +

    breeze_2.11-0.13.2.jar

    +

    jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar

    +

    orc-mapreduce-1.4.4-nohive.jar

    +

    breeze-macros_2.11-0.13.2.jar

    +

    janino-3.0.8.jar

    +

    oro-2.0.8.jar

    +

    calcite-avatica-1.2.0-incubating.jar

    +

    javacpp-1.5.4.jar

    +

    osgi-resource-locator-1.0.1.jar

    +

    calcite-core-1.2.0-incubating.jar

    +

    javacpp-1.5.4-linux-x86_64.jar

    +

    paranamer-2.8.jar

    +

    calcite-linq4j-1.2.0-incubating.jar

    +

    javacv-1.5.4.jar

    +

    parquet-column-1.8.3.jar

    +

    checker-qual-2.11.1.jar

    +

    JavaEWAH-1.1.7.jar

    +

    parquet-common-1.8.3.jar

    +

    chill_2.11-0.8.4.jar

    +

    javassist-3.18.1-GA.jar

    +

    parquet-encoding-1.8.3.jar

    +

    chill-java-0.8.4.jar

    +

    javax.annotation-api-1.2.jar

    +

    parquet-format-2.3.1.jar

    +

    commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar

    +

    javax.inject-1.jar

    +

    parquet-hadoop-1.8.3.jar

    +

    commons-cli-1.2.jar

    +

    javax.inject-2.4.0-b34.jar

    +

    parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar

    +

    commons-codec-2.0-20130428.202122-59.jar

    +

    javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar

    +

    parquet-jackson-1.8.3.jar

    +

    commons-collections-3.2.2.jar

    +

    javax.ws.rs-api-2.0.1.jar

    +

    parquet-format-2.3.1.jar

    +

    commons-collections4-4.2.jar

    +

    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar

    +

    parquet-hadoop-1.8.3.jar

    +

    commons-compiler-3.0.8.jar

    +

    javolution-5.3.1.jar

    +

    parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar

    +

    commons-compress-1.4.1.jar

    +

    jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar

    +

    parquet-jackson-1.8.3.jar

    +

    commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar

    +

    jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar

    +

    postgresql-42.2.14.jar

    +

    commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar

    +

    jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.26.jar

    +

    protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar

    +

    commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar

    +

    jdo-api-3.0.1.jar

    +

    py4j-0.10.7.jar

    +

    commons-dbcp-1.4.jar

    +

    jersey-client-2.23.1.jar

    +

    pyrolite-4.13.jar

    +

    commons-dbcp2-2.7.0.jar

    +

    jersey-common-2.23.1.jar

    +

    re2j-1.1.jar

    +

    commons-httpclient-3.1.jar

    +

    jersey-container-servlet-2.23.1.jar

    +

    RoaringBitmap-0.5.11.jar

    +

    commons-io-2.5.jar

    +

    jersey-container-servlet-core-2.23.1.jar

    +

    scala-compiler-2.11.12.jar

    +

    commons-lang-2.6.jar

    +

    jersey-guava-2.23.1.jar

    +

    scala-library-2.11.12.jar

    +

    commons-lang3-3.5.jar

    +

    jersey-media-jaxb-2.23.1.jar

    +

    scalap-2.11.0.jar

    +

    commons-logging-1.2.jar

    +

    jersey-server-2.23.1.jar

    +

    scala-parser-combinators_2.11-1.1.0.jar

    +

    commons-math3-3.4.1.jar

    +

    jets3t-0.9.4.jar

    +

    scala-reflect-2.11.12.jar

    +

    commons-net-2.2.jar

    +

    jetty-http-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    scala-xml_2.11-1.0.5.jar

    +

    commons-pool-1.5.4.jar

    +

    jetty-io-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    secComponentApi-1.0.5c.jar

    +

    commons-pool2-2.8.0.jar

    +

    jetty-security-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    shapeless_2.11-2.3.2.jar

    +

    commons-text-1.3.jar

    +

    jetty-server-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar

    +

    compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar

    +

    jetty-servlet-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    slf4j-log4j12-1.7.30.jar

    +

    core-1.1.2.jar

    +

    jetty-util-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    snakeyaml-1.24.jar

    +

    curator-client-4.2.0.jar

    +

    jetty-util-ajax-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    snappy-java-1.1.7.5.jar

    +

    curator-framework-4.2.0.jar

    +

    jetty-webapp-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    spark-catalyst_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073826-143.jar

    +

    curator-recipes-2.7.1.jar

    +

    jetty-xml-9.4.31.v20200723.jar

    +

    spark-core_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.073836-134.jar

    +

    datanucleus-api-jdo-3.2.6.jar

    +

    joda-time-2.9.3.jar

    +

    spark-graphx_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073847-129.jar

    +

    datanucleus-core-3.2.10.jar

    +

    jodd-core-4.2.0.jar

    +

    spark-hive_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.073854-132.jar

    +

    datanucleus-rdbms-3.2.9.jar

    +

    json-20200518.jar

    +

    spark-kubernetes_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073916-85.jar

    +

    derby-10.12.1.1.jar

    +

    json4s-ast_2.11-3.2.11.jar

    +

    spark-kvstore_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073933-127.jar

    +

    dnsjava-2.1.7.jar

    +

    json4s-core_2.11-3.2.11.jar

    +

    spark-launcher_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073940-127.jar

    +

    ehcache-3.3.1.jar

    +

    json4s-jackson_2.11-3.2.11.jar

    +

    spark-mllib_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073946-127.jar

    +

    eigenbase-properties-1.1.5.jar

    +

    json-sanitizer-1.2.1.jar

    +

    spark-mllib-local_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073953-127.jar

    +

    error_prone_annotations-2.3.4.jar

    +

    json-smart-2.3.jar

    +

    spark-network-common_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073959-127.jar

    +

    failureaccess-1.0.1.jar

    +

    jsp-api-2.1.jar

    +

    spark-network-shuffle_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074007-127.jar

    +

    fastutil-8.2.3.jar

    +

    jsr305-3.0.2.jar

    +

    spark-om_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.074019-125.jar

    +

    ffmpeg-4.3.1-1.5.4.jar

    +

    jta-1.1.jar

    +

    spark-repl_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074028-125.jar

    +

    ffmpeg-4.3.1-1.5.4-linux-x86_64.jar

    +

    jtransforms-2.4.0.jar

    +

    spark-sketch_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074035-125.jar

    +

    flatbuffers-1.2.0-3f79e055.jar

    +

    jul-to-slf4j-1.7.26.jar

    +

    spark-sql_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074041-126.jar

    +

    generex-1.0.2.jar

    +

    junit-4.11.jar

    +

    spark-streaming_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074100-123.jar

    +

    geronimo-jcache_1.0_spec-1.0-alpha-1.jar

    +

    kerb-admin-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-tags_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074136-123.jar

    +

    gson-2.2.4.jar

    +

    kerb-client-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-tags_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074141-124-tests.jar

    +

    guava-29.0-jre.jar

    +

    kerb-common-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-unsafe_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074144-123.jar

    +

    guice-4.0.jar

    +

    kerb-core-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-uquery_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074906-210.jar

    +

    guice-servlet-4.0.jar

    +

    kerb-crypto-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spark-yarn_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074151-123.jar

    +

    hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerb-identity-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spire_2.11-0.13.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-auth-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerb-server-1.0.1.jar

    +

    spire-macros_2.11-0.13.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerb-simplekdc-1.0.1.jar

    +

    ST4-4.3.1.jar

    +

    hadoop-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerb-util-1.0.1.jar

    +

    stax2-api-3.1.4.jar

    +

    hadoop-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerby-asn1-1.0.1.jar

    +

    stax-api-1.0-2.jar

    +

    hadoop-hdfs-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerby-config-1.0.1.jar

    +

    stream-2.7.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerby-pkix-1.0.1.jar

    +

    stringtemplate-3.2.1.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.1.1-41.jar

    +

    kerby-util-1.0.1.jar

    +

    token-provider-1.0.1.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kerby-xdr-1.0.1.jar

    +

    univocity-parsers-2.5.9.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kryo-shaded-3.0.3.jar

    +

    validation-api-1.1.0.Final.jar

    +

    hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-client-4.9.2-20200804.jar

    +

    woodstox-core-5.0.3.jar

    +

    hadoop-minikdc-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-4.9.2-20200804.jar

    +

    xbean-asm5-shaded-4.4.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    kubernetes-model-common-4.9.2-20200804.jar

    +

    xercesImpl-2.12.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar

    +

    xml-apis-1.4.01.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    libfb303-0.9.3.jar

    +

    xz-1.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-registry-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    libthrift-0.12.0.jar

    +

    zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-server-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    listenablefuture-9999.0-empty-to-avoid-conflict-with-guava.jar

    +

    zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar

    +

    hadoop-yarn-server-web-proxy-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar

    +

    zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar

    +

    hamcrest-core-1.3.jar

    +

    log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar

    +

    zstd-jni-1.4.4-11.jar

    +
    +
    +
    +

    Flink 1.12 Dependencies

    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Table 4 Flink 1.12 dependencies

    Dependency

    +

    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar

    +

    flink-json-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar

    +

    bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar

    +

    flink-kubernetes_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    log4j-1.2-api-2.17.1.jar

    +

    clickhouse-jdbc-0.3.1-ei-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar

    +

    flink-metrics-prometheus_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    log4j-api-2.17.1.jar

    +

    commons-codec-1.9.jar

    +

    flink-obs-hadoop-fs-2.0.0-20220226.034421-73.jar

    +

    log4j-core-2.17.1.jar

    +

    commons-configuration-1.7.jar

    +

    flink-s3-fs-hadoop-1.12.2.jar

    +

    log4j-slf4j-impl-2.17.1.jar

    +

    dataflow-fs-obs-2.0.0-20220226.034402-190.jar

    +

    flink-shaded-zookeeper-3.6.3-ei-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar

    +

    luxor-encrypt-2.0.0-20220405.072004-199.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-sql-avro-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    luxor-fs3-2.0.0-20220405.072025-195.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-sql-avro-confluent-registry-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    luxor-obs-fs3-2.0.0-20220405.072030-195.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-table_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    manager-hadoop-security-crypter-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar

    +

    ejml-cdense-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-table-blink_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    manager-wc2frm-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar

    +

    ejml-core-0.33.jar

    +

    guava-18.0.jar

    +

    mrs-obs-provider-3.1.1.49.jar

    +

    ejml-ddense-0.33.jar

    +

    guava-26.0-jre.jar

    +

    nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar

    +

    hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-experimental-0.33.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.1.1-46.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-fdense-0.33.jar

    +

    hadoop-plugins-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-simple-0.33.jar

    +

    httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar

    +

    okhttp-3.14.8.jar

    +

    ejml-zdense-0.33.jar

    +

    httpclient-4.5.3.jar

    +

    okio-1.14.0.jar

    +

    elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar

    +

    httpcore-4.4.4.jar

    +

    ranger-obs-client-0.1.1.jar

    +

    flink-changelog-json-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar

    +

    secComponentApi-1.0.5.jar

    +

    flink-csv-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar

    +

    slf4j-api-1.7.26.jar

    +

    flink-dist_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar

    +

    jna-4.1.0.jar

    +

    tensorflow-1.12.0.jar

    +
    +

    Flink 1.10 Dependencies

    Only queues created after December 2020 can use the Flink 1.10 dependencies.

    -
    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
    • commons-codec-1.9.jar
    • commons-configuration-1.7.jar
    • deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
    • deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
    • deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
    • ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-core-0.33.jar
    • ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
    • ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
    • ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-simple-0.33.jar
    • ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
    • elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
    • esdk-obs-java-3.20.6.1.jar
    • flink-cep_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • flink-cep-scala_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • flink-dist_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • flink-python_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • flink-queryable-state-runtime_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • flink-sql-client_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • flink-state-processor-api_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • flink-table_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • flink-table-blink_2.11-1.10.0.jar
    • guava-26.0-jre.jar
    • hadoop-3.1.1-41.jar
    • httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
    • httpclient-4.5.3.jar
    • httpcore-4.4.4.jar
    • httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
    • jna-4.1.0.jar
    • libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
    • log4j-over-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
    • logback-classic-1.2.3.jar
    • logback-core-1.2.3.jar
    • nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
    • okhttp-3.14.8.jar
    • okio-1.14.0.jar
    • secComponentApi-1.0.5.jar
    • slf4j-api-1.7.26.jar
    • tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
    + +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Table 5 Flink 1.10 dependencies

    Dependency

    +

    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar

    +

    esdk-obs-java-3.20.6.1.jar

    +

    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar

    +

    bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar

    +

    flink-cep_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    jna-4.1.0.jar

    +

    commons-codec-1.9.jar

    +

    flink-cep-scala_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar

    +

    commons-configuration-1.7.jar

    +

    flink-dist_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    log4j-over-slf4j-1.7.26.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-python_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    logback-classic-1.2.3.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-queryable-state-runtime_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    logback-core-1.2.3.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-sql-client_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-cdense-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-state-processor-api_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-core-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-table_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-ddense-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-table-blink_2.11-1.10.0.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar

    +

    guava-26.0-jre.jar

    +

    okhttp-3.14.8.jar

    +

    ejml-experimental-0.33.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.1.1-41.jar

    +

    okio-1.14.0.jar

    +

    ejml-fdense-0.33.jar

    +

    httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar

    +

    secComponentApi-1.0.5.jar

    +

    ejml-simple-0.33.jar

    +

    httpclient-4.5.3.jar

    +

    slf4j-api-1.7.26.jar

    +

    ejml-zdense-0.33.jar

    +

    httpcore-4.4.4.jar

    +

    tensorflow-1.12.0.jar

    +

    elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar

    +

    httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar

    +

    -

    +
    +
    +
    +

    Flink 1.7.2 Dependencies

    +
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Table 6 Flink 1.7.2 dependencies

    Dependency

    +

    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar

    +

    esdk-obs-java-3.1.3.jar

    +

    httpcore-4.4.4.jar

    +

    bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar

    +

    flink-cep_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar

    +

    commons-codec-1.9.jar

    +

    flink-cep-scala_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar

    +

    commons-configuration-1.7.jar

    +

    flink-dist_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    jna-4.1.0.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-gelly_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-gelly-scala_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    log4j-over-slf4j-1.7.21.jar

    +

    deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar

    +

    flink-ml_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    logback-classic-1.2.3.jar

    +

    ejml-cdense-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-python_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    logback-core-1.2.3.jar

    +

    ejml-core-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-queryable-state-runtime_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-ddense-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-shaded-curator-1.7.0.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-shaded-hadoop2-uber-1.7.0.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-experimental-0.33.jar

    +

    flink-table_2.11-1.7.0.jar

    +

    nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar

    +

    ejml-fdense-0.33.jar

    +

    guava-26.0-jre.jar

    +

    okhttp-3.14.8.jar

    +

    ejml-simple-0.33.jar

    +

    hadoop-3.1.1-41-20201014.085840-4.jar

    +

    okio-1.14.0.jar

    +

    ejml-zdense-0.33.jar

    +

    httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar

    +

    slf4j-api-1.7.21.jar

    +

    elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar

    +

    httpclient-4.5.12.jar

    +

    tensorflow-1.12.0.jar

    +
    -

    Flink 1.12 Dependencies

    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
    • clickhouse-jdbc-0.3.1-ei-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
    • commons-codec-1.9.jar
    • commons-configuration-1.7.jar
    • dataflow-fs-obs-2.0.0-20220226.034402-190.jar
    • deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
    • deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
    • deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
    • ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-core-0.33.jar
    • ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
    • ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
    • ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
    • ejml-simple-0.33.jar
    • ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
    • elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
    • flink-changelog-json-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-csv-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-dist_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-json-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-kubernetes_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-metrics-prometheus_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-obs-hadoop-fs-2.0.0-20220226.034421-73.jar
    • flink-s3-fs-hadoop-1.12.2.jar
    • flink-shaded-zookeeper-3.6.3-ei-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
    • flink-sql-avro-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-sql-avro-confluent-registry-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-table_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • flink-table-blink_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
    • guava-18.0.jar
    • guava-26.0-jre.jar
    • hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
    • hadoop-3.1.1-46.jar
    • hadoop-plugins-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
    • httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
    • httpclient-4.5.3.jar
    • httpcore-4.4.4.jar
    • httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
    • jna-4.1.0.jar
    • libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
    • log4j-1.2-api-2.17.1.jar
    • log4j-api-2.17.1.jar
    • log4j-core-2.17.1.jar
    • log4j-slf4j-impl-2.17.1.jar
    • luxor-encrypt-2.0.0-20220405.072004-199.jar
    • luxor-fs3-2.0.0-20220405.072025-195.jar
    • luxor-obs-fs3-2.0.0-20220405.072030-195.jar
    • manager-hadoop-security-crypter-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
    • manager-wc2frm-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
    • mrs-obs-provider-3.1.1.49.jar
    • nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
    • nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
    • okhttp-3.14.8.jar
    • okio-1.14.0.jar
    • ranger-obs-client-0.1.1.jar
    • secComponentApi-1.0.5.jar
    • slf4j-api-1.7.26.jar
    • tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html index 57e835a0..5368bf34 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@

    Constraints

    • A queue named default is preset in DLI for you to experience. Resources are allocated on demand.
    • Queue types:
      • For SQL: Spark SQL jobs can be submitted to SQL queues.
      • For general purpose: The queue is used to run Spark programs, Flink SQL jobs, and Flink Jar jobs.

      The queue type cannot be changed. If you want to use another queue type, purchase a new queue.

      -
    • The region of a queue cannot be changed.
    • A newly created queue can be scaled in or out only after a job is executed on the queue.
    • DLI queues cannot access the Internet.

      +
    • The region of a queue cannot be changed.
    • Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.
    • Queues with 64 CUs do not support scale-in.
    • A newly created queue can be scaled in or out only after a job is executed on the queue.
    • DLI queues cannot access the Internet.

    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html index ebde0b65..bf55a6e3 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@

    Overview

    On the Job Management page of Flink jobs, you can submit a Flink job. Currently, the following job types are supported:

    +
    • Flink SQL uses SQL statements to define jobs and can be submitted to any general purpose queue.
    • Flink Jar customizes a JAR package job based on Flink APIs. It runs on dedicated queues.

    Flink job management provides the following functions:

    @@ -17,62 +18,62 @@

    Flink Jobs Page

    On the Overview page, click Flink Jobs to go to the Flink job management page. Alternatively, you can choose Job Management > Flink Jobs from the navigation pane on the left. The page displays all Flink jobs. If there are a large number of jobs, they will be displayed on multiple pages. DLI allows you to view jobs in all statuses.

    -
    Table 1 Job management parameters

    Parameter

    +
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html index e7b695cf..9b18a614 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ -

    Creating a Message Notification Topic

    -

    Scenario

    Once you have created a message notification topic, you can Add subscription of the topic on the Topic Management page of the Simple Message Notification service. You can select different ways (such as text messages or emails) to subscribe. After the subscription succeeds, any job failure will automatically be sent to your subscription endpoints.

    +

    Creating an SMN Topic

    +

    Scenario

    Once you have created an SMN topic, you can easily subscribe to it by going to the Topic Management > Topics page of the SMN console. You can choose to receive notifications via SMS or email. After the subscription is successful, if a job fails, the system automatically sends a message to the subscription endpoint you specified.

    +
    • If a job fails within 1 minute of submission, a message notification is not triggered.
    • If a job fails after 1 minute of submission, the system automatically sends a message to the subscriber terminal you specified.

    Procedure

    1. On the Resources > Queue Management page, click Create SMN Topic on the upper left side. The Create SMN Topic dialog box is displayed.
    2. Select a queue and click OK.
      • You can select a single queue or all queues.
      • If you create a topic for a queue and another topic for all queues, the SMN of all queues does not include the message of the single queue.
      • After a message notification topic is created, you will receive a message notification only when a Spark job created on the subscription queue fails.
      diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html index a9613939..ddfaa293 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
        -
      • Introduction
        +
      • Overview
      • Creating a CSS Datasource Authentication
        • diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html index 6126c814..c3bce4b8 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html @@ -14,43 +14,54 @@
        Type: There are roles and policies.
        • Roles: A type of coarse-grained authorization mechanism that defines permissions related to user responsibilities. Only a limited number of service-level roles are available. When using roles to grant permissions, you also need to assign other roles on which the permissions depend. However, roles are not an ideal choice for fine-grained authorization and secure access control.
        • Policies: A type of fine-grained authorization mechanism that defines permissions required to perform operations on specific cloud resources under certain conditions. This mechanism allows for more flexible policy-based authorization, meeting requirements for secure access control. For example, you can grant DLI users only the permissions for managing a certain type of ECSs.
        -
    Table 1 Job management parameters

    Parameter

    Description

    +

    Description

    ID

    +

    ID

    ID of a submitted Flink job, which is generated by the system by default.

    +

    ID of a submitted Flink job, which is generated by the system by default.

    Name

    +

    Name

    Name of the submitted Flink job.

    +

    Name of the submitted Flink job.

    Type

    +

    Type

    Type of the submitted Flink job. Including:

    +

    Type of the submitted Flink job. Including:

    • Flink SQL: Flink SQL jobs
    • Flink Jar: Flink Jar jobs

    Status

    +

    Status

    Job statuses, including:

    +

    Job statuses, including:

    • Draft
    • Submitting
    • Submission failed
    • Running: After the job is submitted, a normal result is returned.
    • Running exception: The job stops running due to an exception.
    • Downloading
    • Idle
    • Stopping
    • Stopped
    • Stopping failed
    • Creating the savepoint
    • Completed

    Description

    +

    Description

    Description of the submitted Flink job.

    +

    Description of the submitted Flink job.

    Username

    +

    Username

    Name of the user who submits a job.

    +

    Name of the user who submits a job.

    Created

    +

    Created

    Time when a job is created.

    +

    Time when a job is created.

    Started

    +

    Started

    Time when a Flink job starts to run.

    +

    Time when a Flink job starts to run.

    Duration

    +

    Duration

    Time consumed by job running.

    +

    Time consumed by job running.

    Operation

    +

    Operation

    • Edit: Edit a created job. For details, see Editing a Job.
    • Start: Start and run a job. For details, see Starting a Job.
    • More
      • FlinkUI: After you click this button, the Flink job execution page is displayed.
        NOTE:

        When you execute a job on a created queue, the cluster is restarted. It takes about 10 minutes. If you click FlinkUI before the cluster is created, an empty projectID will be cached. The FlinkUI page cannot be displayed.

        +
    • Edit: Edit a created job. For details, see Editing a Job.
    • Start: Start and run a job. For details, see Starting a Job.
    • More
      • FlinkUI: After you click this button, the Flink job execution page is displayed.
        NOTE:

        When you execute a job on a created queue, the cluster is restarted. It takes about 10 minutes. If you click FlinkUI before the cluster is created, an empty projectID will be cached. The FlinkUI page cannot be displayed.

        You are advised to use a dedicated queue so that the cluster will not be released. Alternatively, wait for a while after the job is submitted (the cluster is created), and then check FlinkUI.

      • Stop: Stop a Flink job. If this function is unavailable, jobs in the current status cannot be stopped.
      • Delete: Delete a job.
        NOTE:

        A deleted job cannot be restored.

        diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html index 297c306d..8b788b4a 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@

    √

    DDS Mongo

    +

    DDS

    √

    Table 1 DLI system permissions

    Role/Policy Name

    +
    - - + - - - + - - - + - - - + - - - + @@ -60,9 +71,9 @@

    DLI Permission Types

    Table 2 lists the DLI service permissions. For details about the resources that can be controlled by DLI, see Table 4.

    -
    Table 1 DLI system permissions

    Role/Policy Name

    Description

    +

    Description

    Category

    +

    Category

    +

    Dependency

    DLI FullAccess

    +

    DLI FullAccess

    Full permissions for DLI.

    +

    Full permissions for DLI.

    System-defined policy

    +

    System-defined policy

    +

    This role depends on other roles in the same project.

    +
    • Creating a datasource connection: VPC ReadOnlyAccess
    • Creating a tag: TMS FullAccess and EPS EPS FullAccess
    • Using OBS for storage: OBS OperateAccess
    • Creating an agency: Security Administrator

    DLI ReadOnlyAccess

    +

    DLI ReadOnlyAccess

    Read-only permissions for DLI.

    -

    With read-only permissions, you can use DLI resources and perform operations that do not require fine-grained permissions. For example, create global variables, create packages and package groups, submit jobs to the default queue, create tables in the default database, create datasource connections, and delete datasource connections.

    +

    Read-only permissions for DLI.

    +

    With read-only permissions, you can use DLI resources and perform operations that do not require fine-grained permissions. For example, create global variables, create packages and package groups, submit jobs to the default queue, create tables in the default database, create datasource connections, and delete datasource connections.

    System-defined policy

    +

    System-defined policy

    +

    None

    Tenant Administrator

    +

    Tenant Administrator

    Tenant administrator

    -
    • Administer permissions for managing and accessing all cloud services. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
    • Scope: project-level service
    +

    Tenant administrator

    +
    • Job execution permissions for DLI resources. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
    • Scope: project-level service

    System-defined role

    +

    System-defined role

    +

    None

    DLI Service Admin

    +

    DLI Service Administrator

    DLI administrator

    -
    • Administer permissions for managing and accessing the queues and data of DLI. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
    • Scope: project-level service
    +

    DLI administrator.

    +
    • Job execution permissions for DLI resources. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
    • Scope: project-level service

    System-defined role

    +

    System-defined role

    +

    None
    Table 2 DLI permission types

    Permission Type

    +
    - @@ -72,9 +83,9 @@ - - @@ -86,9 +97,9 @@ - - @@ -103,9 +114,9 @@ - - @@ -114,10 +125,10 @@ - - @@ -129,9 +140,9 @@ - - @@ -145,7 +156,7 @@

    Examples

    An Internet company mainly provides game and music services. DLI is used to analyze user behaviors and assist decision making.

    -

    As shown in Figure 1, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team has applied for a Tenant Administrator account to manage and use cloud services. Since the Big Data Platform Team needs DLI for data analysis, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team adds a subaccount with the permission of DLI Service Admin to manage and use DLI. The Leader of the Basic Platform Team creates a Queue A and assigns it to Data Engineer A to analyze the gaming data. A Queue B is also assigned to Data Engineer B to analyze the music data. Besides granting the queue usage permission, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team grants data (except the database) management and usage permissions to the two engineers.

    +

    As shown in Figure 1, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team has applied for a Tenant Administrator account to manage and use cloud services. The Leader of the Basic Platform Team creates a subaccount with the DLI Service Administrator permission to manage and use DLI, as the Big Data Platform Team requires DLI for data analysis. The Leader of the Basic Platform Team creates a Queue A and assigns it to Data Engineer A to analyze the gaming data. A Queue B is also assigned to Data Engineer B to analyze the music data. Besides granting the queue usage permission, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team grants data (except the database) management and usage permissions to the two engineers.

    Figure 1 Granting permissions

    The Data Engineer A creates a table named gameTable for storing game prop data and a table named userTable for storing game user data. The music service is a new service. To explore potential music users among existing game users, the Data Engineer A assigns the query permission on the userTable to the Data Engineer B. In addition, Data Engineer B creates a table named musicTable for storing music copyrights information.

    Table 3 describes the queue and data permissions of Data Engineer A and Data Engineer B.

    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html index c97682da..65511366 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    - diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html index f30a9433..59ecdd15 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html @@ -6,325 +6,377 @@

    Namespace

    SYS.DLI

    Metric

    -
    Table 2 DLI permission types

    Permission Type

    Subtype

    +

    Subtype

    Console Operations

    Queue Permissions

    +

    Queue Permissions

    Queue management permissions

    +

    Queue management permissions

    For details, see Queue Permission Management.

    Queue usage permission

    Data Permissions

    +

    Data Permissions

    Database permissions

    +

    Database permissions

    For details, see Managing Database Permissions and Managing Table Permissions.

    Column permissions

    Job Permissions

    +

    Job Permissions

    Flink job permissions

    +

    Flink job permissions

    For details, see Managing Flink Job Permissions.

    For details, see Permission-related APIs > Granting Users with the Data Usage Permission in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.

    Package Permissions

    +

    Package Permissions

    Package group permissions

    +

    Package group permissions

    For details, see Managing Permissions on Packages and Package Groups.

    Package permissions

    Datasource Connection Permissions

    +

    Datasource Connection Permissions

    Datasource connection permissions

    +

    Datasource connection permissions

    For details, see Datasource Authentication Permission Management.

    Tenant Administrator

    DLI Service Admin

    +

    DLI Service Administrator
    Table 1 DLI metrics

    Metric ID

    +
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html index 45e8f7f7..b64b33d3 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

    Managing Database Permissions

    -

    Scenario

    • You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.
    • The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modified by other users.
    +

    Scenario

    • By setting permissions, you can assign varying database permissions to different users.
    • The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modified by other users.

    Precautions

    • Lower-level objects automatically inherit permissions granted to upper-level objects. The hierarchical relationship is database > table > column.
    • The database owner, table owner, and authorized users can assign permissions on the database and tables.
    • Columns can only inherit the query permission. For details about Inheritable Permissions, see Managing Database Permissions.
    • The permissions can be revoked only at the initial level to which the permissions are granted. You need to grant and revoke permissions at the same level. You need to grant and revoke permissions at the same level. For example, after you are granted the insertion permission on a database, you can obtain the insertion permission on the tables in the database. Your insertion permission can be revoked only at the database level.
    • If you create a database with the same name as a deleted database, the database permissions will not be inherited. In this case, you need to grant the database permissions to users or projects.

      For example, user A is granted with the permission to delete the testdb database. Delete the database and create another one with the same name. You need to grant user A the deletion permission of the testdb database again.

    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html index aef0417a..3d2b929c 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@

    Managing Table Permissions

    -

    Operation Scenario

    • You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.
    • The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modified by other users.
    • When setting database permissions for a new user, ensure that the user group to which the user belongs has the Tenant Guest permission.
    +

    Operation Scenario

    • By setting permissions, you can assign varying table permissions to different users.
    • The administrator and table owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modified by other users.
    • When setting table permissions for a new user, ensure that the user group the user belongs to has the Tenant Guest permission.

    Precautions

    • If you create a table with the same name as a deleted table, the table permissions will not be inherited. In this case, you need to grant the table permissions to users or projects.

      For example, user A is granted with the permission to delete the testTable table. Delete the table and create another one with the same name. You need to grant user A the deletion permission of the testTable table again.

    @@ -55,21 +55,21 @@
    - - - -
    Table 1 DLI metrics

    Metric ID

    Name

    +

    Name

    Description

    Value Range

    +

    Value Range

    Monitored Object

    +

    Monitored Object

    Monitoring Period (Raw Data)

    +

    Monitoring Period (Raw Data)

    queue_cu_num

    +

    queue_cu_num

    CU usage of a queue

    +

    Queue CU Usage

    Displays the number of CUs applied by the user queue

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_job_launching_num

    +

    queue_job_launching_num

    Number of Jobs Being Submitted

    +

    Number of Jobs Being Submitted

    Displays the number of jobs in the Submitting state in the user queue.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_job_running_num

    +

    queue_job_running_num

    Number of Running Jobs

    +

    Number of Running Jobs

    Displays the number of running jobs in the user queue.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_job_succeed_num

    +

    queue_job_succeed_num

    Number of Finished Jobs

    +

    Number of Finished Jobs

    Displays the number of completed jobs in the user queue.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_job_failed_num

    +

    queue_job_failed_num

    Failed Jobs

    +

    Failed Jobs

    Displays the number of failed jobs in the user queue.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_job_cancelled_num

    +

    queue_job_cancelled_num

    Number of Canceled Jobs

    +

    Number of Canceled Jobs

    Displays the number of canceled jobs in the user queue.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_cpu_usage

    +

    queue_alloc_cu_num

    Queue CPU Usage

    +

    Allocated CUs (queue)

    +

    Displays the CU allocation for user queues.

    +

    ≥ 0

    +

    Queues

    +

    5 minutes

    +

    queue_min_cu_num

    +

    Minimum CUs for Queue

    +

    Displays the minimum number of CUs for a user queue.

    +

    ≥ 0

    +

    Queues

    +

    5 minutes

    +

    queue_max_cu_num

    +

    Maximum CUs for Queue

    +

    Displays the maximum number of CUs for a user queue.

    +

    ≥ 0

    +

    Queues

    +

    5 minutes

    +

    queue_priority

    +

    Queue Priority

    +

    Displays the priority of a user queue.

    +

    1–100

    +

    Queues

    +

    5 minutes

    +

    queue_cpu_usage

    +

    Queue CPU Usage

    Displays the CPU usage of user queues.

    0–100

    +

    0–100

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_disk_usage

    +

    queue_disk_usage

    Queue Disk Usage

    +

    Queue Disk Usage

    Displays the disk usage of user queues.

    0–100

    +

    0–100

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_disk_used

    +

    queue_disk_used

    Max Disk Usage

    +

    Max Disk Usage

    Displays the maximum disk usage of user queues.

    0~100

    +

    0–100

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_mem_usage

    +

    queue_mem_usage

    Queue Memory Usage

    +

    Queue Memory Usage

    Displays the memory usage of user queues.

    0–100

    +

    0–100

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    queue_mem_used

    +

    queue_mem_used

    Used Memory

    +

    Used Memory

    Displays the memory usage rate of the user queues.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Queues

    +

    Queues

    5 minutes

    +

    5 minutes

    flink_read_records_per_second

    +

    flink_read_records_per_second

    Flink Job Data Read Rate

    +

    Flink Job Data Read Rate

    Displays the data input rate of a Flink job for monitoring and debugging.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_write_records_per_second

    +

    flink_write_records_per_second

    Flink Job Data Write Rate

    +

    Flink Job Data Write Rate

    Displays the data output rate of a Flink job for monitoring and debugging.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_read_records_total

    +

    flink_read_records_total

    Flink Job Total Data Read

    +

    Flink Job Total Data Read

    Displays the total number of data inputs of a Flink job for monitoring and debugging.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_write_records_total

    +

    flink_write_records_total

    Flink Job Total Data Write

    +

    Flink Job Total Data Write

    Displays the total number of output data records of a Flink job for monitoring and debugging.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_read_bytes_per_second

    +

    flink_read_bytes_per_second

    Flink Job Byte Read Rate

    +

    Flink Job Byte Read Rate

    Displays the number of input bytes per second of a Flink job.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_write_bytes_per_second

    +

    flink_write_bytes_per_second

    Flink Job Byte Write Rate

    +

    Flink Job Byte Write Rate

    Displays the number of output bytes per second of a Flink job.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_read_bytes_total

    +

    flink_read_bytes_total

    Flink Job Total Read Byte

    +

    Flink Job Total Read Byte

    Displays the total number of input bytes of a Flink job.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_write_bytes_total

    +

    flink_write_bytes_total

    Flink Job Total Write Byte

    +

    Flink Job Total Write Byte

    Displays the total number of output bytes of a Flink job.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_cpu_usage

    +

    flink_cpu_usage

    Flink Job CPU Usage

    +

    Flink Job CPU Usage

    Displays the CPU usage of Flink jobs.

    0–100

    +

    0–100

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_mem_usage

    +

    flink_mem_usage

    Flink Job Memory Usage

    +

    Flink Job Memory Usage

    Displays the memory usage of Flink jobs.

    0–100

    +

    0–100

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_max_op_latency

    +

    flink_max_op_latency

    Flink Job Max Operator Latency

    +

    Flink Job Max Operator Latency

    Displays the maximum operator delay of a Flink job. The unit is ms.

    ≥ 0

    +

    ≥ 0

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    flink_max_op_backpressure_level

    +

    flink_max_op_backpressure_level

    Flink Job Maximum Operator Backpressure

    +

    Flink Job Maximum Operator Backpressure

    Displays the maximum operator backpressure value of a Flink job. A larger value indicates severer backpressure.

    0: OK

    50: low

    100: high

    0–100

    +

    0–100

    Flink jobs

    +

    Flink jobs

    10 seconds

    +

    10 seconds

    Authorization Object

    Select User or Project.

    +

    Select User or Project.

    Username/Project

    • If you select User, enter the IAM username when granting table permissions to the user.
      NOTE:

      The username is an existing IAM user name and has logged in to the DLI management console.

      +
    • If you select User, enter the IAM username when granting table permissions to the user.
      NOTE:

      The username is an existing IAM user name and has logged in to the DLI management console.

      -
    • If you select Project, select the project to be authorized in the current region.
      NOTE:

      If you select Project, you can only view information about the authorized tables and their databases.

      +
    • If you select Project, select the project to be authorized in the current region.
      NOTE:

      If you select Project, you can only view information about the authorized tables and their databases.

    Non-inheritable Permissions

    Select a permission to grant it to the user, or deselect a permission to revoke it.
    • The following permissions are applicable to both user and project authorization:
      • View Table Creation Statement: This permission allows you to view the statement for creating the current table.
      • View Table Information: This permission allows you to view information about the current table.
      • Select Table: This permission allows you to query data of the current table.
      • Drop Table: This permission allows you to delete the current table.
      • Rename Table: Rename the current table.
      • Insert: This permission allows you to insert data into the current table.
      • Overwrite: This permission allows you to insert data to overwrite the data in the current table.
      • Add Column: This permission allows you to add columns to the current table.
      • Grant Permission: This permission allows you to grant table permissions to other users or projects.
      • Revoke Permission: This permission allows you to revoke the table's permissions that other users or projects have but cannot revoke the table owner's permissions.
      • View Other Users' Permissions: This permission allows you to query other users' permission on the current table.
      +
    Select a permission to grant it to the user, or deselect a permission to revoke it.
    • The following permissions are applicable to both user and project authorization:
      • View Table Creation Statement: This permission allows you to view the statement for creating the current table.
      • View Table Information: This permission allows you to view information about the current table.
      • Select Table: This permission allows you to query data of the current table.
      • Drop Table: This permission allows you to delete the current table.
      • Rename Table: Rename the current table.
      • Insert: This permission allows you to insert data into the current table.
      • Overwrite: This permission allows you to insert data to overwrite the data in the current table.
      • Add Column: This permission allows you to add columns to the current table.
      • Grant Permission: This permission allows you to grant table permissions to other users or projects.
      • Revoke Permission: This permission allows you to revoke the table's permissions that other users or projects have but cannot revoke the table owner's permissions.
      • View Other Users' Permissions: This permission allows you to query other users' permission on the current table.
      The partition table also has the following permissions:
      • Add Partition: This permission allows you to add a partition to a partition table.
      • Delete Partition: This permission allows you to delete existing partitions from a partition table.
      • Configure Path for Partition: This permission allows you to set the path of a partition in a partition table to a specified OBS path.
      • Rename Table Partition: This permission allows you to rename partitions in a partition table.
      • Restore Table Partition: This permission allows you to export partition information from the file system and save the information to metadata.
      • View All Partitions: This permission allows you to view all partitions in a partition table.
    @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

    Authorization Object

    Select User or Project.

    +

    Select User or Project.

    Username/Project

    diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html index f0caa1f1..ef9bda21 100644 --- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html +++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ } -

    Example Custom Policies